Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
SUCCESS
T
2004
GRE CAT
SUCCESS
T
2004
Includes a vocabulary-building chapter
by Merriam-Websterwith Greek and
Latin roots, quizzes, and a practice exam
GRE is a registered trademark of Educational Testing Service (ETS). This book is not endorsed or approved by ETS.
GRE CAT Success is published with a CD. The CD will allow you to practice what you have learned using state-of-the-art
computer adaptive software. The software was created by Cambridge Educational Services, 2720 River Road, Ste. 36,
Des Plaines, IL 60018.
For more information, contact Petersons, 2000 Lenox Drive, Lawrenceville, NJ 08648;
800-338-3282; or find us on the World Wide Web at www.petersons.com/about.
COPYRIGHT 2003 Petersons, a division of Thomson Learning, Inc.
Thomson Learning is a trademark used herein under license.
Previous editions 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002
Merriam-Websters Roots to Word Mastery Copyright 2003 Merriam-Webster, Incorporated.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the copyright herein may be
reproduced or used in any form or by any meansgraphic, electronic, or mechanical,
including photocopying, recording, taping, Web distribution, or information storage and
retrieval systemswithout the prior written permission of the publisher.
For permission to use material from this text or product, contact us by
Phone: 800-730-2214
Fax: 800-730-2215
Web: www.thomsonrights.com
ISBN 0-7689-1230-X
Printed in the United States of America
10
4th Edition
05
04
03
Contents
RED ALERT
DIAGNOSTIC TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analytical Writing Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verbal Ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
10
11
19
RED ALERT
UNIT 1
RED ALERT
UNIT 2
UNIT 3
UNIT 4
RED ALERT
UNIT 5
RED ALERT
UNIT 6
RED ALERT
UNIT 7
RED ALERT
UNIT 8
RED ALERT
UNIT 9
37
44
51
58
67
77
87
93
107
109
167
Mathematics Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
169
261
269
283
284
CONTENTS
PRACTICE TEST 1
PRACTICE TEST 2
291
292
293
302
PRACTICE TEST 1
PRACTICE TEST 2
Quantitative Ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantitative Ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
327
337
358
APPENDICES
www.petersons.com
vi
403
411
424
R E D A LERT
INTRODUCTION TO THE GRE CAT
The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test is primarily a multiple-choice test that most
graduate schools use for admission into their graduate programs that measures your verbal, quantitative, and writing skills. Fortunately, because most of this test is in a multiple-choice format, you can
study for it by using this book and learning some of the tricks-of-the trade that have been developed
by educators who have helped thousands of students prepare for this and similar exams. Well also
show you how to ace the Analytical Writing section and provide sample essays to use as models.
The Graduate Record Examination Program, which is administered by the Educational Testing
Service (ETS), is offered year-round at hundreds of test centers around the world. You can schedule
your appointment at a time that is convenient for you. You can also retake the test up to five times in
one year but no more than once in any given month.
ETS also offers Subject Tests in eight discipline areas (Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology,
Literature in English, Biology, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science, and Psychology),
each of which measures achievement in specific fields. If you are planning to take the General Test or
any of the Subject Tests, you can obtain a registration packet and additional information about each
test, by writing directly to:
Graduate Record Examination
Educational Testing Service
P.O. Box 6000
Princeton, New Jersey 08541
http://www.gre.org
Since 1999, the regular pencil and paper test for the Graduate Record Examination has been largely
discontinued, and only the computerized version, known as the computer-adaptive test (CAT), is
available in the United States and many other countries.
WHAT IS
A COMPUTER-ADAPTIVE TEST?
A computer-adaptive test isas the title saysadaptive. That means that each time you answer a
question, the computer adjusts to your responses when determining which question to present next.
If you answer the question correctly, you are presented with a question of increased difficulty. If you
answer the question incorrectly, you will receive a question of lesser difficulty. For example, the first
question in a section will be of moderate difficulty. If you answer it correctly, the computer adapts so
that the next question is slightly more difficult. If your answer was incorrect, the next question will
be somewhat easier. The computer will continue presenting questions based on your responses, with
the goal of determining your ability level.
RED
ALERT
RED ALERT
It is important to understand that the questions at the beginning of a section affect your score
more than those at the end. Thats because the early questions are used to determine your general
ability level. Once the computer determines your general ability level, it presents questions to identify
your specific ability level. As you progress farther into a section, it will be difficult to raise your score
very much, even if you answer most items correctly. Thats because the later questions affect your
score less, as they are used to pinpoint your exact score once the computer has identified your
general ability level.
Therefore, take as much time as you can afford to answer the early questions correctly. Your
score on each section is based on the number of questions you answer correctly as well as the
difficulty level of those questions. You will receive a score on each of the sections, whether or not
you complete all of the questions. If you do not answer any of the questions in a section, a No
Score will be reported.
Because of the nature of this type of test, you must answer each question as it is presented to
you before you get the next question. If you dont answer the question, you cant go forward. And
once you answer a question, you cant go back either, since the computer has already selected the
next question, based on what you answered. Also, once you exit a section, you cannot go back.
If you are not computer literate, dont worry. You will only be required to have basic computer
skills, and fortunately, you will have a tutorial prior to taking the exam, in order to demonstrate that
you are capable of taking the test. Of course, it would be helpful to practice on a computer prior to
taking the actual test, especially since the Analytical Writing portion of the exam will require typing
skills. At the test center, you will have up to 4 hours for your test appointment, but only 2 hours and
15 minutes are allotted for the actual exam. So you will have enough time to take the tutorial and
answer most of the other questions that you will receive, along with an ETS survey.
SCORING
The scoring for the GRE CAT is similar to the scoring for the pencil-and-paper test. The number of
correct answers is adjusted to the difficulty level of the questions you answered. As we mentioned
earlier, this is why it is important to answer the first questions correctly, so that the difficulty level
increases, as does your score. The final score incorporates the properties of the questions, how many
questions you answered correctly, and the number of questions that you answered. Your score report
will range from 200 to 800, will be separated into separate scores for each section, and will be
accompanied by a percentile rank for those sections.
One advantage of the CAT exam is that you will receive your verbal and quantitative scores as
soon as you complete the test, if you wish. You can cancel the test at that time before getting your
scores, if you think you did poorly. If you click on the Test Quit box on your screen, you will exit
the test, and no scores will be reportednot even for those sections you have already completed. If
you decide to see your scores, you will also receive a paper report in the mail within six weeks after
taking the test.
Another advantage of taking the CAT is that the test is offered year-round at hundreds of test
centers around the world. You can schedule your appointment at a time that is convenient for you.
You can also retake the test up to five times in one year but no more than once in any given month.
www.petersons.com
RED
ALERT
RED
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
However you normally study, we strongly recommend that you try to follow one of the courses
of study presented in the GRE Study Plans below. These plans offer approaches that will best use your
available time. The plans are flexible, as any plan should be. After you take the Diagnostic Test, revise
the study plan to fit your needs, weaknesses, and schedule.
Lets take a closer look at the components of the exam, in order to prepare you for what you
will encounterassuming this is the first time youve picked up a GRE review book. If youve already
taken the test and are studying to take it again or youve used another book prior to this, youre
probably very familiar with the different types of questions that you will encounter. In that case, skip
this chapter and move on to the Diagnostic Test and the review sections.
VERBAL ABILITY
There are four major question types in the Verbal Ability section: Analogies, Antonyms, Sentence
Completions, and Reading Comprehension. There are a total of 30 questions in this section, as
follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Each Verbal Ability test is only 30 minutes, so time is of the essence. Throughout this book, we
continually stress the idea of making time count, and one of the most important time-savers is to be
intimately familiar with the directions for the questions. If you have to take the time to read them
over again when you take the actual GRE, youre losing time. Keep in mind that with 30 questions to
be answered in 30 minutes, you have about 1 minute to answer each question.
This portion of the GRE essentially is a test of vocabulary. The stronger your vocabulary, the
easier it will be to answer the questions in the Antonyms, Sentence Completions, and Analogies. The
Reading Comprehension test will measure your ability to understand reading passages, and a command of vocabulary will be useful here as well. The review units will give you some strong pointers
and additional practice. There are several basic skills involved in this section, and in order to do well,
you must learn those skills. Our inclusion of Merriam-Websters Roots to Word Mastery will help to
improve your vocabulary.
www.petersons.com
RED
ALERT
Quantitative Comparisons
The Quantitative Comparison questions require you to be able to reason quickly and accurately
about two quantities provided. Thus, not only does this section require you to have mathematical
ability, but it also requires a sense of logic and reasoning. The chapter on Quantitative Comparisons
offers numerous fully explained examples as well as dozens of practice questions.
Basic Mathematics
Basic Mathematics involves traditional computational skills and includes arithmetic, algebra, and
geometry. Fortunately, even if your math skills are somewhat weak, you can develop strong questionanswering skills, that improve your chances of accurately narrowing your choices.
Data Analysis
The Data Analysis section is a test of interpretation of charts, graphs, and tables. Much of the
information is fairly clear, but many of the questions require you to analyze the material, select the
data required, and then perform a variety of calculations. Dont be misled by apparently easy answers.
Its likely that youll have to perform one or more mathematical operations in order to find the correct
answer.
POINTERS
There are a few things you should keep in mind when taking the GRE CATsome that are generic
tips and other that are CAT-specific. Although these may have appeared earlier in this chapter, they
are important enough for you to read them againand learn them.
1. You do not need to be computer literate in order to take the test. You will receive a
tutorial before the exam, so that you are totally familiar with the computer, word
processing, answering a test question, and using the mouse.
2. You must answer every question as it is presented to you. If you dont answer a question and
accept it at the time, you cannot get the next question. As we said earlier, take more time on
the early questions, since they will count for more than those at the end of the test.
RED
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
3. Questions are not grouped by type within each section. Thus, you might find it disruptive
to jump back and forth from one question type to another, but you should learn to develop
your own method of dealing with this.
4. During the test, there is a time display that you can turn on or off. When there are 5
minutes remaining for a section, the time will automatically turn on and flash briefly to alert
you. It will be helpful, though, to occasionally monitor how much time remains.
5. Use the process of elimination. One of the basic methods of answering multiple-choice
questions is the process of elimination. Cross off the wrong answers and work toward the
correct one. Eliminate those that are obviously incorrect. Select the one that strikes you as
correct right from the start. The more choices you eliminate, the better your odds are for
getting the correct answer.
Now that you have a good idea of what the exam consists of and how it is presented, its time to
begin studying. Try to pick a study plan that makes sense to youits good discipline for test preparation. Then start by taking the Diagnostic Tests that follow. By the time you have completed all of the
material in this book, you should be ready to score high on the actual GRE. Good luck!
Week 1
Lesson 1
Diagnostic Test
Take the entire paper-and-pencil Diagnostic Test in one sitting. There are three sections:
Verbal, Math, and Analytical Writing Assessment. Save the grading for Lesson 2.
RED
ALERT
Week 2
Week 3
Lesson 1 Verbal
Study the Red Alert section for the Verbal test. Also, answer the questions in Units 2
(Sentence Completions), 3 (Analogies), and 4 (Antonyms).
Lesson 2
Week 4
Week 5
Lesson 1
Mathematics Review
Read from Algebra to Plane Geometry. Answer the questions and make sure you
understand the answers before you move on to a new topic.
RED
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
Week 6
Week 7
Lesson 1
Lesson 2
Week 8
Lesson 1
Lesson 2
Week 9
Lesson 1
RED
ALERT
Week 10 Lesson 1
RED
ALERT
www.petersons.com
Diagnostic Test
ANALYTICAL WRITING MEASURE
Directions: Present your perspective on one of the issues below, using relevant
reasons and/or examples to support your views. (Note: On page 27, a sample
response is provided for the first issue only. While your essay will be quite
different, compare it to the sample in terms of organization, grammar, and logic.)
Students would benefit if they worked in groups rather than working alone on
major class projects.
In todays technological world, printed books are not as important as they once
were. The computer has replaced the printed page.
Directions: Discuss how well reasoned you find this argument.
Time30 minutes.
The following advertisement appeared in a big-city want-ad section:
In a dead-end job? Tired of being bossed around? Want the independent
lifestyle of being in business for yourself? Then telemarketing is for you! Work
in the privacy of your own home, inviting clients to take advantage of our
tremendous super-values, money-savers, coupon specials, and one-time-only
offers! No time clock! No quotas! No deadlines! Work from our huge list of
potential customers, right at your own desk or easy chair (or stay in bed!).
Starter kit, first client list, phone dialogue check-off list, tips on how to keep
them interested, what to do about cranks and hang-upsthe whole package
comes to your mailbox in five days! Send $29.99 for your passport to financial
paradise! This is how you can start being in charge of your life.
10
VERBAL ABILITY
VERBAL ABILITY
SENTENCE COMPLETION
Directions: Each of the following sentences has one or two blanks, indicating
that something has been omitted. Beneath the sentence are five lettered words or
sets of words. Choose the word or set of words for each blank that best fits the
meaning of the sentence as a whole.
1.
In a
that
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2.
3.
4.
Because of his ______ record of lying to police, the suspect was regarded as
a(n) ______ criminal.
(A) irascible. .disputatious
(B) chaste. .incorrigible
(C) circuitous. .insipid
(D) inveterate. .habitual
(E) crass. .impecunious
fit of ______, the ______ child, tired of waiting, whined to his mother
he no longer wanted the baseball players autograph.
exhaustion. .unruly
pique. .petulant
crying. .apathetic
rage. .indifferent
insouciance. .vexed
11
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
5.
6.
Since the terms of the proposed agreement between the vendors were
______, both businessmen were ______ and hesitant to sign.
(A) benign. .edified
(B) recondite. .stymied
(C) vaunted. .nebulous
(D) equivocal. .exigent
(E) irrefutable. .fallow
ANTONYMS
Directions: Each item below consists of a word printed in capital letters,
followed by five lettered words or phrases. Choose the lettered word or phrase
that is more nearly opposite in meaning from the word in capital letters. Since
some of the questions require you to distinguish fine shades of meaning, be sure
to consider all the choices before deciding which one is best.
www.petersons.com
1.
ANATHEMA
(A) boon
(B) fear
(C) curse
(D) virulent
(E) allergic
2.
TAWDRY
(A) salacious
(B) immune
(C) prized
(D) odious
(E) gaudy
3.
ACERBIC
(A) torrid
(B) synthetic
(C) indifferent
(D) mellifluous
(E) nefarious
12
VERBAL ABILITY
4.
PUSILLANIMOUS
(A) valorous
(B) obliterated
(C) satiated
(D) captious
(E) abstruse
5.
SURFEIT
(A) prosaic
(B) paucity
(C) succulence
(D) sluggish
(E) vacancy
6.
SEDITION
(A) treason
(B) ignorance
(C) patriotism
(D) perfidy
(E) havoc
7.
REVERENCE
(A) harbinger
(B) presentiment
(C) amulet
(D) contempt
(E) quotidian
8.
INCHOATE
(A) galactic
(B) opulent
(C) plenary
(D) verdant
(E) neophyte
9.
SOPORIFIC
(A) fatiguing
(B) hypnotic
(C) stimulating
(D) innocuous
(E) prodigious
13
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
READING COMPREHENSION
Directions: Each passage in this group is followed by questions based on the
content. After reading a passage, choose the best answer to each question.
Answer all questions following a passage on the basis of what is stated or
implied in that passage.
PASSAGE 1
Line
10
15
20
25
There is some evidence to suggest that Neanderthals were cannibalistic. The cave
dwellers, who lived as long as 125,000 years ago, were an important link in the
evolution of humankind. They had brains as large as modern man and developed a
culture of their own that included the burying of their dead with perhaps a
religious ceremonial aspect attached to the custom. In addition, they made
jewelry-like ornaments that demonstrate a sense of creativity and aestheticism.
However, in a recent report in Science magazine, there is evidence presented that
shows that Neanderthals may have slaughtered some of their numbers and actually
butchered them for the meat.
Since Neanderthals were cave-dwellers, the evidence was discovered in one
such cave near the Rhone River in France. Shockingly enough, human bones were
found that bore the signs of deliberate butchering. The bones were from adults,
teenagers, and even children of six or seven years of age and were 100,000 years
old. They were found next to deer bones. Not unlike those bones, the human bones
showed signs of slashes at the joints like the elbow, foot, and ankle, indicating that
muscles and tendons were deliberately cut to facilitate the removal of meat. Flint
could have been used for this purpose. Some bones had been smashed to remove
their marrow, and skulls had been broken to remove the brains.
Although this likelihood of cannibalism is substantiated by this ancient
evidence, what cannot be proven is whether it was a regularly practiced custom
among the Neanderthals to methodically slaughter their own kind or only practice
cannibalism out of the necessity caused by famine. While many cultures throughout time and from around the world have placed a taboo on such practices,
instances of cannibalism have occurred as tradition, religious ritual, or out of
necessity in other places and eras. The practice of the Neanderthals may be one
of the earliest precedence for such behavior and forever taint the image of early
man as a primitive brute rather than the growing consensus that they, with a
brain as large as contemporary man, were more like us than not.
1.
www.petersons.com
14
VERBAL ABILITY
2.
3.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
4.
The main point of the article is that Neanderthals did practice cannibalism as
(A) supported by evidence that was discovered.
(B) part of their culture.
(C) a necessity because of famine.
(D) a religious ritual.
(E) a regularly practiced custom or out of need.
PASSAGE 2
Line
10
15
20
25
In a seemingly repeating cycle, two diet fads seem to follow one another; the
Low-Carb (carbohydrate) approach versus the High-Carb method. Currently, the
former is the one in vogue with millions of people across the America eating a
high-protein, low-carbohydrate diet. So bring on the bacon, ham, eggs, cheese and
any other high-fat food, but eliminate as many carbohydrates as possible like pasta,
bread, fruit, soda, and high-sugar alcoholic beverages.
The many versions of Low-Carb diets decrease carbohydrates, thereby, causing
blood-sugar levels to fall. This causes the pancreas to produce less insulin. Insulin
stimulates energy and without this resource, the body is forced to burn fat reserves
to create needed energy. The result is a quick loss in weight. Conversely, when one
eats carbohydrates they are reduced by enzymes into simple sugars. These sugars
stimulate the pancreas to produce insulin, which allows sugars to enter tissue.
Although cells use the sugar for energy, the excess sugars are stored as fat. Since
many Americans, especially young people, have high-sugar diets, most of the excess
is stored as fat. If blood levels can be dropped low enough, the body will burn this
excess fat. While this mechanism is agreed upon by many scientists, there is some
disagreement about how people lose weight on Low-Carb diets.
Most people who write the diet books are not medical doctors and have
come under criticism for not understanding the process of weight loss and the
harmful effects of Low-Carb, high-protein diets. According to some doctors and
scientists, the reason why people lose weight on these diets is that by reducing
the ingestion of carbs, there is a corresponding reduction in caloric intake;
therefore, people are simply consuming less calories. Similarly, since Americans
traditionally have eaten so much sugar and sugar products, when the consumption
of those are reduced, caloric intake is lessened, and it results in a weight loss. In
addition to the misunderstandings regarding the process of weight loss, these
15
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
30
35
www.petersons.com
same doctors and scientists contend that a Low-Carb, high-protein diet can be
harmful in a number of significant ways. The lack of fiber in the diet can cause
constipation, weakness, nausea, as well as dehydration. Also, the high-protein diet
is a great strain on the kidneys. These are major bad health effects compared to
the additional side-effect of halitosis (bad breath).
The important thing to remember about diets is that unless they involve a
change of lifestyle that can be maintained for a lifetime, they are just a quick fix
for short-term weight loss, not a solution to an ongoing problem. In addition, even
some of these short-term solutions can affect health adversely, so when one
considers a change in eating habits, consulting a doctor who is a specialist in this
area would be beneficial.
1.
2.
The passage implies that the debate between designers of these diets and
doctors and scientists centers on the process of weight loss and adverse
effects on health in regards to
(A) whether excess fat is burned or there is simply less intake of calories.
(B) the kinds of adverse health effects that may result.
(C) which diet, Low-Carb or High-Carb, is more effective for weight loss.
(D) both (B) and (C)
(E) both (A) and (B)
3.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
4.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
16
VERBAL ABILITY
ANALOGIES
Directions: In each of the following questions, a related pair of words or
phrases is followed by five lettered pairs of words or phrases. Select the lettered
pair that best expresses a relationship similar to that expressed in the original pair.
1.
AMICABLE : CHARISMA ::
(A) perspicacious : perception
(B) stylish : panache
(C) ductile : refractory
(D) prolix : taciturnity
(E) turgid : drought
2.
DOG : CANINE ::
(A) feline : cat
(B) porcine : pig
(C) fish : aquarium
(D) vulture : vulpine
(E) bear : ursine
3.
SCONCE : CANDLE ::
(A) rack : framework
(B) citadel : dragon
(C) dormer : roof
(D) well : ink
(E) liter : grain
4.
TENACIOUS : HOLD ::
(A) fortuitous : unlucky
(B) wary : rash
(C) tapering : invigorate
(D) enervating : weaken
(E) vacillating : vivify
5.
METICULOUS : MESSY ::
(A) particular : finicky
(B) military : precise
(C) pacific : muddled
(D) vitriolic : scathing
(E) fastidious : slovenly
17
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
www.petersons.com
6.
TROWEL : MASON ::
(A) artist : brush
(B) spade : gardener
(C) spatula : bartender
(D) needle : farrier
(E) decoupage : writer
7.
VERACITY : FALSEHOOD ::
(A) submission : subjugation
(B) truth : probity
(C) recalcitrant : amiable
(D) slake : thirst
(E) carnage : accident
18
MATHEMATICS
MATHEMATICS
Directions: Each of the questions 114 consists of two quantities, one in Column
A and one in Column B. You are to compare the two quantities and choose:
(A) if the quantity in Column A is greater;
(B) if the quantity in Column B is greater;
(C) if the two quantities are equal;
(D) if the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.
Note: Since there are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).
Numbers: All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures: Position of points, angles, regions, etc., can be assumed to be in the order
shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive.
Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight.
Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwise indicated.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to provide information useful in answering the questions. However, unless a note states that a figure is drawn to scale,
you should solve these problems NOT by estimating sizes by sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledge of mathematics.
Column A
Column B
2.
A18
19
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
Column A
Column B
x57
y 5 22
3.
x2y
x2y
ABCD is a square
AB 5 3
www.petersons.com
4.
AC
5.
=17 1 =32
=49
z
2
3z
6.
20
MATHEMATICS
Column A
Column B
w1x
y1z
x2 1 x 5 20
8.
a.c
9.
CB
AC
10.
0.81
=0.81
a is 4 times b.
11.
a
b
b
a
21
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
Column A
Column B
(9)(27)(81) 5 3
12.
(p 1 q)3 5 64
p . 0, q , 0
13.
?p?
?q?
www.petersons.com
12
22
MATHEMATICS
Directions: Each of the questions 1528 has five answer choices. For each of
these questions, select the best of the answer choices given.
=25?
15.
What percent of 25 is
(A) 20%
(B) 25%
1
(C) 33 %
3
(D) 50%
(E) 75%
16.
17.
The price of a cassette deck was increased from $90 to $120. This represents what percent of increase in the price of the cassette deck?
(A) 25%
(B) 30%
1
(C) 33 %
3
(D) 75%
1
(E) 133 %
3
18.
19.
23
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
20.
21.
22.
23.
www.petersons.com
25
50
65
70
100
2
3
3
2
2
3
6
24
MATHEMATICS
24.
What was the amount of student aid provided through federal loans during
the 20002001 academic year?
(A) $11,280,000
(B) $32,400,000
(C) $3,240,000,000
(D) $11,280,000,000
(E) $32,400,000,000
25.
By what percent did the amount of total aid awarded increase from the
19901991 academic year to the 20002001 academic year?
(A) 40%
(B) 50%
(C) 60%
(D) 150%
(E) 250%
26.
Which of the following best describes the change in the amount of aid
provided by state grants from the 19901991 academic year to the 2000
2001 academic year?
(A) It remained constant.
(B) It decreased slightly.
(C) It increased slightly.
(D) It more than doubled.
(E) It more than quadrupled.
25
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
www.petersons.com
27.
How much more grant money was awarded through other federal programs
than through federal campus-based aid during the 19901991 academic
year?
(A) $0.36 billion
(B) $0.48 billion
(C) $3.6 billion
(D) $4.8 billion
(E) $48 billion
28.
26
B
C
D
D
C
B
Antonyms
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
A
C
D
A
B
C
D
C
C
Reading
Comprehension
Passage 1
1. B
2. D
3. E
4. E
Passage 2
1. B
2. E
3. E
4. C
Analogies
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B
E
D
D
E
B
C
Mathematics
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
C
D
B
B
A
D
C
B
D
D
A
A
A
C
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
A
E
C
D
D
C
C
A
B
E
D
D
B
D
27
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
will be tested by the group encourages students to clearly and concisely communicate
ideas and research to the team.
Third, the skills discussed above allow students to practice proficiencies that will be
useful in almost any career. Placing students in situations that emulate workplaces
promotes positive reinforcement of appropriate communication skills, problem-solving
facility, teamwork, compromise, and the organization and completion of both small and
large tasks. Instead of reading about the workplace in a solitary assignment, students
actually practice workplace skills with their group. This promotes successful activity on
the job once a student has begun a career.
Of course, there are benefits to individual research and learning as well. Research
can be conducted at the students own pace, the student can choose projects that are of
great interest to him or her, and individual accomplishment is certainly a self-esteem
booster for most students. However, group projects challenge the student to discover
ways to learn in different styles from what he or she is used to, thereby expanding the
methods of learning. Also, working in groups helps students develop problem-solving
skills, since not all students are working at the same pace with the same ideas, or in the
same manner. Flexibility, empathy, and responsibility are all important aspects of group
learning.
For the reasons listed above, I believe that it is essential that students spend a
sizeable amount of time working together in groups in the classroom. The benefits far
outweigh the negative aspects, and teamwork in the classroom promotes involvement,
skill building, and a sense of accomplishment.
VERBAL ABILITY
Sentence Completion
1. The correct answer is (B). Pique means irritation or resentment, while
petulant means peevish. The context clue in this sentence is whined.
Choice (A), exhaustion and unruly, can describe a childs condition; however, to
say a fit of exhaustion is illogical. In choice (C), if the child were crying, then he
would not be apathetic, or without interest or feeling. Choice (D) offers a similar
contrast. Rage does not accompany indifference. Choice (E), insouciance, or
lighthearted nonchalance, does not logically exist with vexed, which means
irritated.
2. The correct answer is (C). In this sentence, celebrations and parties are
context clues. Potables refer to something suitable for drinking; bibulous means
inclined to drink. In choice (A), charades is a party game; aesthetic refers to
beauty. In choice (B), canaps are cocktail food; zany means goofy. In choice
(D), parsimony refers to stinginess while execrable means detestable. In choice
(E), fustian is a pretentious writing or speech while stupefied means astonished.
3. The correct answer is (D). Diligently prepared suggests hard work. In choice
(D), undaunted means undiscouraged while stringent means very strict. The
original sentence, then, suggests that the student takes into account the strict
requirements for graduation and works hard. In choice (A), dissuaded means
advised against, while negligible means insignificant. This pair does not logically
complete the sentence. Neither does the pair in choice (B). Persuaded has a positive
connotation, but acrimonious, which means caustic, has a negative connotation.
The choices in (C) begin well: undismayed is appropriate for a diligent student;
however, marginal suggests the requirements are so easy, the student does not need
to study much. In choice (E), aghast means horrified, while picayune means
trivial. These words are paired illogically.
www.petersons.com
28
Antonyms
1. The correct answer is (A). Anathema means curse. Choice (A), boon, means
gift. Notice that curse, the synonym for anathema, is one of the choices. Watch
for this practice of including synonyms among the choices so that you wont be
misled. Choice (D), virulent, means noxious, full of poison. The other choices are
irrelevant.
2. The correct answer is (C). Tawdry means gaudy or cheap. Choice (A),
salacious, means lascivious or lewd. Choice (D), odious, means hateful. See
again the synonym gaudy among the choices.
3. The correct answer is (D). Mellifluous means honey-toned or sweetly flowing.
Acerbic means bitter or harsh. Choice (A), torrid, means very hot or scorching. Choice (E), nefarious, means wicked.
4. The correct answer is (A). Pusillanimous means cowardly. Valorous is heroic.
Choice (B), obliterated, means destroyed. Choice (C), satiated, means glutted.
Choice (D), captious, means highly critical. Choice (E), abstruse, means difficult
to comprehend.
5. The correct answer is (B). Surfeit means excess, while paucity means a lack
of or dearth. Choice (A), prosaic, means ordinary. Choice (C), succulence,
means juiciness. Choice (D), sluggish, means moving slowly.
29
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
6. The correct answer is (C). Sedition means treason, which is listed first among
the choices. Choice (D), perfidy, is closely related to sedition; it means treachery.
Choice (E), havoc, means commotion or pandemonium.
7. The correct answer is (D). Contempt means disdain. Choice (A), harbinger, is a
forerunner or hint of what is to come. Choice (B), presentiment, also means
omen. Choice (C), amulet, is a fetish or magic charm. Choice (E), quotidian,
means daily.
8. The correct answer is (C), Plenary means full or complete. Inchoate means
imperfectly formed or incipient. Choice (A), galactic, pertains to the galaxy;
choice (E), neophyte, is a beginner. Choice (D), verdant, means lush and green.
Choice (B), opulent, means rich or wealthy.
9. The correct answer is (C). Soporific means sleep-inducing. Choice (D), innocuous, means harmless. Choice (E), prodigious, means gigantic.
Reading Comprehension
Passage 1
1. The correct answer is (B). Choice (B) establishes the burying of the dead and an
attendant religious ceremony to commemorate it as a common practice among
diverse cultures throughout the world. Choice (A) is incorrect because it is common
knowledge that it is not typical behavior for most species to practice such a ritual.
Choice (C) is incorrect because of the key word all. Often in multiple-choice
questions, answers that state something categorically are not the right choice. Choice
(C), therefore, makes too sweeping an assertion. Choice (D) is incorrect; although
the Neanderthal had brains as large as modern man, there is no direct correlation
between that fact and the burying of the dead with religious ceremony. Choice (E) is
incorrect because although cannibalism may be the aberration in light of the new
evidence discovered, burying the dead may or may not have been a common
practice.
2. The correct answer is (D). The ornaments are not functional in nature but meant to
be appreciated as an expression of creativity and for their beauty. Choices (A) and (B)
are incorrect because although they fit the context of jewelry in the sense that some
jewelry consists of metals and/or gem stones and the ability to manipulate those materials, there is no mention of such materials in the article. Choice (C) is incorrect because
in the context of Neanderthal culture, one can infer that there is not a monetary
structure to evaluate worth. Choice (E) is incorrect because both choices have been
eliminated as stated above.
3. The correct answer is (E). It states in paragraph two that the cuts at the joints
facilitated the removal of meat by cutting through tendons and muscle. Choice (A) is
incorrect because it is not conclusive evidence just because the deer bones were a
source of meat, too. Choice (B) is incorrect because the bones would lack all of that
matter because of their age. Choice (C) is incorrect because nowhere in the article
does it mention the bones being scorched. Choice (D) is incorrect because it implies
that the young were eaten by the old; however, bones of adults were also found,
and all showed signs of cannibalism.
www.petersons.com
30
Passage 2
1. The correct answer is (B). In paragraph two, the process by which the blood
sugar is lowered is described. Choice (A) is incorrect. Although it correctly states
that the blood sugar level is reduced, the process is misstated. Choice (C) is incorrect because it mistakenly states that the pancreas increases the production of insulin
to burn excess fat. Choice (D) is incorrect because nowhere in the article is there an
explanation regarding secretions. In paragraph three, there is mention of the adverse
affect of this diet on the kidneys, but not in relation to the secretion of sugars to
induce weight loss. Choice (E) is incorrect. Although it correctly refers to the
lowering of the blood sugar, it misstates the process.
2. The correct answer is (E). Choices (A) and (B) are incorrect because they only
state one main discrepancy between the designers of the diets and the doctors and
scientists. Choice (C) is incorrect because a Low-Carb diet is mentioned only briefly
and is not compared to a High-Carb diet in terms of effectiveness. Choice (D) is
incorrect. As a general rule, usually when there is a choice that combines choices,
it is the correct choice. However, choice (D), although combining choices like
choice (E), incorporates choice (C), which was already determined to be incorrect.
3. The correct answer is (E). Often, the main point of a piece of writing will be in
the concluding paragraph as it is in this example. Choice (A) is incorrect. Although
the article is cautionary in regards to fad diets, it is not adverse to a change in diet
for better health. Choices (B), (C), and (D) are incorrect. Although they are statements that are made in the article, no one of them represents the main point. They
provide the evidence that supports the main point.
4. The correct answer is (C). The first three paragraphs are informative and lead to
the cautionary stance that is stated in the last paragraph. Choices (A) and (E) are
incorrect because the term whimsical (fanciful, unpredictable) does not relate to
this article at all. Choice (B) is incorrect because the article is adversarial but does
not conclude by supporting a High-Carb diet. Choice (D) is incorrect because the
tone is not supportive but cautionary.
Analogies
1. The correct answer is (B). A person who has charisma is amicable. In choice (B),
the same relationship exists: a person who has panache, which means verve, is
stylish. In choice (A), perspicacious means keen or insightful; someone with
perception is perspicacious. However, notice that the order has been reversed in this
item. Watch out for this technique. In choice (C), ductile means easily molded,
which is the opposite of refractory, meaning stubborn. In choice (D), prolix
means wordy, which is the opposite of taciturnity, meaning silence. In choice
(E), turgid means swollen, while drought means dry or without water.
31
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
2. The correct answer is (E). All of the choices offer animals; the word order is most
important. Most of the choices offer an adjectival form based on Latin roots. Canine,
for instance, is derived from the Latin canis for dog. Choice (E) reflects the same
order: bear 1 adjective form ursine, which is derived from ursa, bear. Choice (A)
has the right words; feline does refer to cats. However, the order is reversed here.
The same is true for choice (B). Porcine means pig-like, but the order does not
match that in the question. Choice (C) omits the adjectival form. Choice (D) offers
the correct order of animal 1 adjectival; however, vulpine refers to foxes, not
vultures.
3. The correct answer is (D). A sconce holds candles; a well can hold ink. The
relationship in these two is the same. In choice (A), rack is a kind of framework. In
choice (B), citadel is a fort; it does not hold a dragon. In choice (C), dormer is a
characteristic of some roofs. In choice (E), liter is a type of measure for liquids,
which grain clearly is not.
4. The correct answer is (D). Tenacious means persistent or holding fast. The
pairs of words are then synonyms. Enervating means weaken. In choice (A),
fortuitous, which means lucky, is the opposite of unlucky. In choice (B), wary,
which means cautious, is the opposite of rash, which means reckless. In choice
(C), tapering is diminishing, while invigorating means to strengthen. In choice
(E), vacillating means wavering, while vivify means to give life to.
5. The correct answer is (E). The original pair, meticulous and messy, are antonyms.
In choice (E), fastidious, which means excessively attentive to details, is the
opposite of slovenly, which means messy. Choice (A) offers a pair of words that
are antonyms, but the order is reversed. Among the other choices, pacific means
calm, and vitriolic means caustic, which is synonymous with scathing.
6. The correct answer is (B). A trowel is a tool used by a mason, someone who lays
bricks or stones; a spade or shovel is a tool used by a gardener. Choice (A) offers a
craftsman with a tool, but the order is reversed. Choice (C) presents a cooking tool,
a spatula, which is not used by a bartender. Choice (D) offers a needle, a tool not
used by a farrier, someone who shoes horses. Finally, in choice (E), decoupage is a
type of decoration using cutout pictures, gluing them to surfaces, and then varnishing them. A writer does not use this type of tool.
7. The correct answer is (C). The original pair, veracity and falsehood, are antonyms.
Veracity means truth. Choice (C) presents a similar pair: recalcitrant means
rebellious or disobedient. Amiable means agreeable. In choice (A), submission
and subjugation are virtual synonyms. In choice (B), truth and probity are also
synonyms. In choice (D), the relationship changes: slake means to quench. In
choice (E), carnage is massive bloodshed, which does not necessarily occur in an
accident; this pair is not opposite either.
MATHEMATICS
1. The correct answer is (C). Consecutive even integers differ by two. Thus,
A 1 2 5 B, A 1 4 5 C, A 1 6 5 D, and, finally, A 1 8 5 E.
2. The correct answer is (D). There is no way to tell which number is bigger. For
example, both numbers could be 16. Or, the number in Column A could be 19 and
the number in Column B could be 16. Or, the number in Column A could be 11 and
the number in Column B could be 24, etc.
3. The correct answer is (B). If x 5 7 and y 5 22, we have x2y 5 (7)2(22) 5
49(22) 5 298, while x 2 y 5 7 2 (22) 5 7 1 2 5 9.
www.petersons.com
32
SD
SD
33
www.petersons.com
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
17. The correct answer is (C). To find the percent of increase, divide the amount of
the increase by the original value, and express the result as a percent:
Percent of increase 5
1
1
30 1
5 . The fraction expressed as a percent is 33 %.
90 3
3
3
18. The correct answer is (D). This problem can be completed by solving a proportion:
300 words
2.5 words
5
10 seconds
x seconds
3000
5 1,200. Since it takes 1,200
2.5
seconds to type the letter dividing by 60, we get 20 minutes.
Next, cross multiply: 2.5 x 5 3000. Therefore, x 5
19. The correct answer is (D). Substituting the given values into
2x3 2y2 1 z , we get:
2x3 2y2 1 z 5
5
5
5
2(22)3 2(21)2 1 3
2(28) 2 (1) 1 3
82113
10
20. The correct answer is (C). If a 5 50, the measure of angle QPS is 50, since
opposite angles in a parallelogram are equal. Since a straight angle has 180, it must
be true that b 1 b 1 50 5 180. Therefore, 2b 5 130, so b 5 65.
21. The correct answer is (C). After Manager A gets $9,000, there is $23,000 of bonus
money left. Let C 5 the amount of Manager Cs bonus. Then, C 5 D, and
B 5 C 1 $2,000. Therefore, since B 1 C 1 D 5 $23,000, we can see that
(C 1 $2,000) 1 C 1 C 5 $23,000. 3C 1 $2,000 5 $23,000. 3C 5 $21,000 or
C 5 $7,000.
22. The correct answer is (A). For a number to be divisible by 2, its last digit must be
even, that is, either 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. For a number to be divisible by 5, it must end in
0 or 5. Thus, the only way a number can be divisible by both 2 and 5 is if its last
digit is 0.
23. The correct answer is (B). Begin by factoring the left-hand side of
15xy2 2 10xy3 5 0. The equation becomes: 5xy2~3 2 2y! 5 0. Since we are told that
xy 0, we know that neither x nor y is 0. Thus, 3 2 2y must equal 0.
3 2 2y 5 0
3 5 2y
or
3
y5
2
24. The correct answer is (E). The amount of student aid provided through federal
loans during the 20002001 academic year was 54% of the total amount of 60 billion.
54% of $60 billion 5 .54 3 $60 billion
5 $32.4 billion
5 $32,400,000,000
www.petersons.com
34
35
www.petersons.com
R E D A LERT
GRE ANALYTICAL WRITING
MEASURE STRATEGIES
The GRE Analytical Writing Measure (AWM) test became a required component of the GRE comprehensive examination starting in October 2002. The Analytical Writing Measure is designed to allow the
candidate to demonstrate skills in logical reasoning and composition. These skills are becoming more
and more important, not only in your graduate college experience, but also in the global workplace.
By doing well on this section of the GRE test, you are demonstrating to potential graduate
schools the following:
You can recognize and restate complex ideas.
You can analyze the structure of an argument.
You can advocate a point of view and support it with evidence.
You can construct a well-organized discussion of controversial topics.
You have control of the mechanics and stylistic elements of standard English.
Essentially, the Analytical Writing Measure calls for two kinds of thinking:
1. Constructive: In the constructive portion of the test, called the issue task, you are asked
to construct a strong, logical, well-supported argument in favor of or against a controversial
issue of importance, one that can be argued on either side with equal success.
2. Analytical: In the analytical portion, called the argument task, you are asked to take apart
the logical argument of anothers point of view, recognizing its components and assessing
the success or failure of the arguments support.
The combined test calls for you to think clearly, creatively, logically, and methodically and to express
your points of view and conclusions in strong, well-organized rhetoric.
RED
37
ALERT
RED ALERT
Sample Outline
Present Your Perspective on an Issue
Suppose your topic reads, Science is a need for order; art is a rage for chaos.
Step 1. Understanding
Do you understand the statement? How would you paraphrase it? What element submits to agreement
or disagreement? To comparison or contrast?
In this example, what does chaos mean? Is the statement contrasting science and art as diametrically opposed? What is meant by need versus rage? Are order and chaos mutually exclusive?
Step 2. Reaction
What is your first reaction to the statement? Does it ring true? Or does it sound phony? Do you
feel it is overly simple? Too vague? Too specific? What examples spring to mind on each side of the
question? How are the abstractions solidified by example and illustration?
In this example, do you like the juxtaposition of rage and chaos, or does it disturb you? Do
you have preconceived notions about the value or nonvalue of art? Do you admire scientific
inquiry, or do you find it uncreative? Is Picasso a good example of chaos? Does the taxonomy
of Mendeleevs chart serve as scientific order? How about the asymmetrical planetary orbits?
Could the universes chaos contradict the statement? While Eschers drawings are chaos, are
they also examples of rage?
Step 3. Commitment
Commit to an agreement or disagreement stance. Does the preponderance of examples that come to
mind support or refute the statement? Which side seems more supportable? What immediately
apparent flaws are there in the opposite view? List the arguments on both sides, preparing to support
your evidence and attack the opposing evidence.
In this example, you decide that science does indeed seem to seek out and even demand order,
even when that order must be forced on it. You think of the exceptions to the Mendeleevs
chart, those elements that do not really fit neatly into rows. You think of chaos theory, an
attempt to give order even to the idea of non-order. You remember the chaotic lives of artists,
their daring innovations, their powerful, even violent attacks on conventions and rules. You
determine that artists do in fact direct their creative energies on an assault on order, and you are
prepared to defend the statement. List the chaotic artists you can recall, and list all the failures of
science to order the universe:
Art
Science
Picasso
Pollock
Breughel, etc.
Missing quark
Failure of unified field theory
Mathematical enigmas, surds, etc.
Step 4. Defense
Begin to write your essay. Start with an introduction, in which you set the tone (Scientists would like
us to think that everything is in place in the universe, but the artist is always there to remind us of
the omnipresence of the impulse toward chaos. . . .). Answer the counterarguments. Refute the
www.petersons.com
RED
38
ALERT
opposing view. Anticipate how someone would argue the other side of the question, dismissing their
contentions and defusing their examples. In this example, If a scientist tries to suggest that chaos
theory is anti-order, remind him or her of Mandelbaums fractals, which become orderly, predictable
designs despite all efforts to randomize the results. Even Nature makes clouds, leaves, snow, and
waves by orderly design. The French Academys strict rules automatically excluded some of the
greatest artists of their timeVan Gogh, Renoir, Matisse, Modigliani.
End the first paragraph with your thesis statement: Clearly, science seeks order, while art gives
voice to the energy of chaos in all its forms.
Gradually unfold your argument, support by support, illustrating each support with strong, visual
examples: Mathematics, the language of science, is the numbering of everything that exists; even
impossible ideas such as pi are subjected to a number, even if it goes on infinitely. When a notion is
mathematically absurd, we still give it a neat, orderly name: surd. If the rage for chaos ever had a
signature, it is in the violent, physical exertions of throwing paint arbitrarily on canvas that made
Pollocks work absolutely unique in art history.
Conclude your essay by recapping your view, summarizing your arguments, and ending with a
convincing, specific statement that clinches your argument.
In this example: Clearly, then, the underlying difference between science and art is the struggle
between a belief in a Grand Design reflected in the benign neatness of everything in its place
and a grim but honest belief that individuality, newness, creativity, invention, and chaos are the
ultimate definitions of humankind, represented by the artist in the studio, staring at the blank
canvas, about to make something, whether or not the universe has a pigeonhole for it.
Step 5.
Composition
Write your essay, and review your mechanics, especially sentence structure, removing weak verb
constructions, strengthening clichs with fresh rewordings, and editing out extraneous verbiage,
wheel-spinning, and the like.
GENERAL DIRECTIONS
TASK
Directions: You will have 45 minutes to plan, outline, and compose an essay that presents your
perspective on one of several topics. You may not choose your own topic on which to write.
The topic chosen will take the form of a quotation, stating or suggesting a controversy, with two, or
several, points of view available for discussion. You need not agree with the quotation; rather, you are
to find a supportable thesis in favor of or opposed to the implications of the topic. Personal observations, your education, or your general knowledge on a subject can be the basis for your approach.
University/college faculty members will read and evaluate your essay based on the following:
First, think carefully about the issue itself, and plan your writing approach. Think logically, and
organize your ideas as they develop. Begin your writing when you have ordered your ideas in some
logical fashion. Leave time to reread and revise your essay, including re-ordering of your argumentive
supports for added strength.
RED
39
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
SAMPLE TOPICS
TASK
Directions: Present your perspective on the issue below, using relevant reasons and/or examples to
support your views.
Students with physical disabilities should be given special classes in special classrooms.
The death penalty acts as a preventative to violent crime in others.
Same-sex marriages do not meet the requirements of a true marriage.
A person with a gun is less likely to be the victim of a crime.
An individuals right to choose must be protected by the government.
Modern art is a trick played on a gullible public hungry for anything new.
America is not good at preserving its architectural heritage.
Poverty is a necessary ingredient of the free-enterprise system.
Your task here is to ask, How well reasoned is this argument? Is the thesis statement clearly articulated? Does the reader follow the supports in an organized way? Has the writer used measured,
reasonable examples to illustrate those supports? Has the writer avoided logical fallacies, such as
generalization, post hoc, argument by analogy, and the like? Has the arguer convinced through strong
evidentiary expression?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Sample Outline
Analyze an Argument
Suppose your essay argues in favor of stricter controls on illegal immigration into the U.S. from
Mexico. It cites statistics (calling them startling and overwhelming), gives anecdotal evidence of
the failure of the present system, and calls for a physical barrier between the countries, reinforced by
an increase in border patrol personnel.
www.petersons.com
RED
40
ALERT
Step 1
Do you understand the arguments thesis? Is it clearly stated in the opening paragraph? Does the
rhetoric contain the sense of should or it is necessary to?
Step 2
How does the author line up the support elements? Is there a number in the thesis statement (such as
for the following six reasons . . .)? Can you assign a number to each support element? Are they
arranged in ascending or descending order of power to convince or in some other logical order? Or
are they arbitrary or haphazardly arranged?
Step 3
What is the tone of the support material? Reasoned, logical, with qualifying statements of comparison
(such as by and large, the trend is . . . , it would make sense that . . . , etc.) or is it slanted,
impassioned, emotional (such as disease-ridden peons, lazy, corrupt border guards, deadly
economic parasites, etc.)?
Step 4
Is each separate support convincing in its own right, or do logical fallacies insert themselves in the
support (such as We let Mexican lettuce workers unionize, and now look at the soaring price of
food)? Does each element have a logical weight to it?
Step 5
Is the conclusion warranted by the evidence? Has the author given the reader enough facts and
reasoning to actually convince?
GENERAL DIRECTIONS
FOR THE
ARGUMENT TASK
Within a 30-minute time limit, you will be called upon to read a short essay supporting one specific
point of view. Your task is as follows:
Find its thesis statement.
Order its support statements.
Evaluate the strength of the general argument and support statements made.
Examine the rhetorical devices and linguistic choices.
Find possible argumentative fallacies.
Determine the validity of the argument made.
Most importantly, you are asked to consider the logical soundness of the argument rather than to
agree or disagree with the position it presents.
You will then write an analytical essay presenting your findings. Begin your writing when you
have ordered your ideas in some logical fashion. Leave time to reread and revise your essay for
sense and for mechanics.
RED
41
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
SAMPLE TOPICS
FOR THE
ARGUMENT TASK
www.petersons.com
RED
42
ALERT
TEST-TAKING STRATEGIES
Writing and analyzing arguments can be an overwhelming and daunting task, unless you understand
the simple outline steps toward breaking down a complex argument into its component parts. The
following checklist can be used with sample essays in practice and can help you plan your strategies
for the actual test:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
RED
43
ALERT
www.petersons.com
Unit 1
ANALYTICAL WRITING REVIEW
Directions: Present your perspective on the issue below, using relevant
reasons and/or examples to support your views. Time45 minutes (Note: In the
actual GRE, you will be given a choice of two issues.)
Financial gain should be the most important factor in choosing a career.
Directions: Discuss how well reasoned you find this argument.
The following appeared in the editorial section of a local newspaper:
In the first four years that Jones-Harrison has served as President of the
country of Salmantir, the consumer spending has decreased and the unemployment rate has increased. Two businesses have closed for each new
business that has opened. Under Bentley, who served for four years before
Jones-Harrison, the unemployment rate decreased and the consumer spending increased. Clearly, the residents of Salmantir would be best served if they
voted Jones-Harrison out of office and reelected Bentley.
44
Response of Score 3
Financial gain should be the most important factor in choosing a career.
Financial gain is an extremely important factor to consider in choosing a career
path. Without adequate monetary income, it would be very difficult to maintain
appropriate shelter, nourishing food, and reliable transportation. However, in the
essay that follows, I will argue that ample financial gain, while especially important, should not be the most imperative factor when deciding how to spend your
professional life.
In a capitalistic society, there is a certain percentage of people who believe
that financial gain should be the foremost consideration when deciding a career
path. Because most sectors of the United States economy spent 15 years (from the
mid-eighties to the end of the 1990s) in tremendous fiscal growth, a bull market,
and exponential explosion in personal finances, those individuals who strove for
and created their own wealth only to see it plummet in the past 24 months could
argue that securing adequate finances, if not wealth, should be the most important
factor in determining a career path.
These individuals created, then maintained, a lifestyle that required substantial income. Beautiful homes, exotic vacations, luxury vehicles, Ivy League
educations, nightly socializing, and lavish entertainment cost tens of thousands of
dollars each year. When the stock market began its swift decline in October of
2000, many of these individuals lost sizeable amounts of money and were forced
to condense spending on non-essential items. Closure of large corporations forced
an increase in unemployment of white-collar jobs. Political and commercial
scandals pulled even more money out the economy. Due to these hardships, the
individuals who have been forced to live more conservatively than they are use to
could argue that it takes a significant amount of money to fund a moderate
lifestyle. Their skewed definition of a moderate lifestyle includes the homes,
vacations, luxury vehicles, Ivy League educations, socializing, and entertainment.
Because they grew accustomed to that level of lifestyle, they considered it
moderate, or normal. Now that they have had to cut back, they feel the loss of
status and material goods could be salvaged if only there was a way to produce
more income.
Alternately, individuals who chose a career based more upon their interests,
skills, talents, and even their callings rather than finances have not had to make
45
www.petersons.com
UNIT 1
such drastic adjustments as the economy has fluctuated. They have lived more
conservatively overall, and have not felt the pressure of substantially decreased
income. Also, because they chose occupations that were fulfilling both personally
and professionally, they tend to have higher levels of job satisfaction and a desire
to continue to further to develop skills in their field. Statistics have shown that
the happier a person is at his or her job, the happier his or her overall life is.
Of course, financial security is also necessary for a comfortable life. Therefore, career choices should be made first upon skills, interests, and talents, and
secondarily upon financial security. Both are necessary for a well rounded and
fulfilling life.
Response of Score 56
Financial gain is an important consideration when choosing a career. Without
adequate income, it is difficult to maintain shelter, food, and transportation. In
this essay, however, I will argue that financial gain, while important, should not
be the most important factor when deciding how to spend your professional life.
People who choose occupations that are closely aligned with their interests,
talents, and beliefs will spend their work time engaged in more fulfilling activity.
Since one is likely to spend at least half of ones waking weekday hours at work,
fulfillment there is crucial to ones happiness. Numerous studies have shown that
the happier a person is at work, the happier he or she is in other aspects of life.
If a person is fulfilled by the work itself, that sense of fulfillment is an
experience that can easily be renewed each day simply by going to work. But
what of people focused solely on financial gain? When they suffer a financial
decline, their source of satisfaction may not be so easily renewed. Throughout the
www.petersons.com
46
1990s, many people accumulated unprecedented wealth. They may not have
enjoyed their workthey may even have short-changed their nonwork lives to
accumulate moneybut at least they had the satisfaction of seeing their portfolios
grow. As their wealth increased, they may have leveraged it to borrow money for
a more expensive car or home. Then the bear market of 20002003 struck. Much
of their financial gainthe very thing that made their work worthwhile
evaporated and left behind no sense of fulfillment or satisfaction.
During this same time period, the people who chose personally fulfilling
work still had access to it, while people who chose financial gain alone were left
holding decimated balance statements and perhaps crushing debt. For these
people, renewal of their sense of fulfillment would take much longer than driving
to work the next day.
For these reasons, financial gain should not be the most important factor in
choosing a career. It is an end-product of work rather than integral to the daily
experience of work. The person who enjoys work for itself day by day is more
likely to experience fulfillment and better positioned to renew that sense of
fulfillment in financially difficult times.
Sample ResponseScore 2
This argument makes several good points, but it is not strong enough to be
completely believable. Examples and statistics are given but not everyone would
agree with the writer of this argument, just because there are facts presented.
Just because more businesses have closed than opened, doesnt mean
Jones-Harrison has done a bad job. Also, it is possible that when Bentley was
President, the general economy is better or there were more jobs available; And it
isnt the fault of a President if the consumer spending decreases.
Overall, Jones-Harrison may not want to run for reelection, and Bentley may
not want to by President again in the country. Basically, the writer doesnt give
enough information to tell.
Before an election could occur, condition could change for the better, and
the people might be very happy with Jones-Harrison as President after all in
the position.
47
www.petersons.com
UNIT 1
Sample ResponseScore 56
This argument is presented clearly and backs up several of its claims with facts,
and the writer is passionate about his or her issue. However, the argument isnt
strong enough to be convincing. Examples are given and a conclusion is drawn,
but the items offered as evidence are assumptions without justification, and the
ideas and facts offered as evidence can be disputed with simple logic. The essay
that follows will demonstrate the weak points in the argument, as well as suggest
ways to clarify and strengthen the argument.
Each of the four sentences in the argument contains an underlying assumption that can be easily and logically challenged. In the first sentence, the implication is that President Jones-Harrison is solely responsible for a decline in consumer
www.petersons.com
48
49
www.petersons.com
R E D A LERT
VERBAL ABILITY STRATEGIES
To succeed on this part of the GRE, you need to become familiar with the types of questions that the
test contains. These include vocabulary questions dealing with sentence completion, analogies,
reading passages, and antonyms. The section that follows offers explanation, strategies, and practice
with each type of question. Working through this information should help you improve your scores
on the examination. Each review contains sample questions with explanations of what skills and
techniques should be used for success. Working your way carefully through each section, you will
increase your understanding of the kinds of questions as you strengthen your skills.
SENTENCE COMPLETIONS
In a sentence completion question, one or more words have been removed. You are required to
supply the missing word(s) that will best complete a sentence. These questions demand skill in
figuring out meanings from context. Choose words that BEST fit the meaning of the sentence. In
order to handle this type of question, you should first read the sentence as you see it without trying
to fill in the word(s). After reading, consider the MAIN IDEA of the sentence and THEN read the
choices. Remember, BOTH words must fit into the meaning of the sentence; therefore, read your
choice into the sentence supplying and evaluating BOTH words.
Example
Choose words that best fit the meaning of the sentence:
The zoology students sat quietly in their observation post; they were pleasantly surprised to
observe, over the course of two days, a band of gorillas build a ______ camp each night. This
always followed a day of ______ for the berries and leaves that constitute their diet.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
solid..trading
sturdy..roaming
interesting..seeking
makeshift..foraging
circular..farming
Your knowledge of the meanings of words and the ability to use those words appropriately within a
given context will help you answer sentence completion questions. In addition, each sentence
provides key words, specific examples, or an overall logic that helps direct you to the correct answer,
regardless of your knowledge of the subject. The following strategies listed are also useful.
RED
51
ALERT
RED ALERT
Rules
1. Relationships: As you read the sentence, note key words that show relationships. For
example, but, although, however, and on the other hand indicate contrasting ideas. And,
another, and the same denote similarity. Therefore, as a result, consequently, since, and
because signify a causeeffect relationship. In the example, followed indicates a time
relationship.
2. Grammar and Logic: Eliminate any choices that make no sense or that are grammatically
incorrect. Choice (C) cannot be correct because the first blank requires a word beginning
with a consonant. Choice (E) cannot be correct because farming does not apply to gorillas
or their food.
3. Both blanks: Be sure that your choice of answer offers words that fit both blanks logically.
Often only one of a pair may seem a sensible choice. Read through both words in each
possible answer because both words must make sense. For example, in choice (A), solid
logically could be used to complete the sentence; however, tradinga human activity
does not fit logically into the context of the sentence. Also, if two choices still seem to be
possibly correct answers, examine the choice of vocabulary carefully to determine any
nuances of meaning. Choices (B) and (D) both offer words that could be used to complete
the sentence; however, since the camp is remade each night, it is probably makeshift
rather than sturdy. Also, while the gorillas may be said to be roaming for food, foraging is
a more specific and suitable word because it means searching for food.
Example
I attend the local college games, especially the one with our arch rival, State College. This year
was extremely tough for us. State led throughout the game; but, after the ______ of a strong rally
late in the ball game, we really thought we had a great chance of winning. Therefore, we were
doubly ______ when our team lost.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
lack. .surprised
threat. .amused
dispute. .annoyed
excitement. .disappointed
skill. .doubtful
Using the aforementioned clues and procedures, select the answer you think is best.
Rule 1 The key words in the sentence that help you determine this answer are strong, rally, and
lost. You can determine that by looking at the entire selection to see what its intent is.
Rule 2 indicates that choice (A) is not possible because it would make sense ONLY if the team
had won.
Rule 3 indicates that choice (B) cannot be correct. While the word threat seems reasonable, the
word amused does not. Applying this rule also helps you make the right selection of choice (D)
by pointing out that in the context of strong, rally, and lost, logically this one is the correct
choice. Choices (C) and (E) offer words whose meanings are incorrect in the context of the
sentence; therefore, rule 3 applies to them as well.
www.petersons.com
RED
52
ALERT
Example
Traditionally, countries with ______ borders requiring ______ must maintain a large army and
support it by imposing taxes.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
historic. .markers
vulnerable. .defense
vague. .exploration
unwanted. .elimination
contested. .estimation
Now, by applying the three rules again, which choice did you make?
Lets look at choice (A) first. While historic will work in the sentence, markers does not because
it makes no sense. A country does NOT employ an army to maintain its markers; therefore, rule
3 fits here.
Choice (B) offers two words that are logical options, so rule 3 applies again. However, you must
be sure to read all of the possible choices before you select an answer.
Choices (C) and (D) present options that are NOT logical. A vague border would not require
exploration; an unwanted border does not require an army to eliminate the border. Choice (E)
makes no sense at all. Therefore, rule 2 applies to all three of these selections.
ANALOGIES
An analogy question presents two words that are related in some way, and it requires you to first
discover the relationship, then find another pair of words that is related in the same way. Note the
following example:
ADVERTISING : SELLING ::
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
reporting : informing
training : helping
discovering : exploring
marketing : research
creating : destroying
RED
53
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
Example
Action of Object
PLAY : CLARINET ::
incise : knife
Cause to Effect
SUN : SUNBURN ::
overeating : indigestion
Item to Category
IGUANA : REPTILE ::
cat : mammal
PENCIL : WRITING ::
tractor : plowing
CURTAINS : CLOTH ::
windows : glass
Part to Whole
PAGE : BOOK ::
limb : tree
Time Sequence
RECENT : CURRENT ::
antique : obsolete
Word to Antonym
ASSIST : HINDER ::
enthrall : bore
Word to Synonym
PROVISIONS : SUPPLIES::
portent : omen
ARTIST : SKETCH ::
composer : etude
CHEF : KITCHEN ::
judge : courtroom
ACT : ACTION ::
image : imagine
Now, using the two previously described procedures and the preceding table, look at these examples.
Example 1
MNEMONIC : MEMORY ::
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
trousers : speech
glasses : vision
earmuffs : movement
blinders : hearing
glove : hand
www.petersons.com
RED
54
ALERT
The correct answer is (B). Now, consider the relationship between the words MNEMONIC :
MEMORY. A mnemonic device helps one to remember. Choices (A), (C), (D), and (E) cannot be
logical answers because none of these offers the same relationship. Speech has no relationship to
trousers. Earmuffs have no relationship to movement, and blinders have no relationship to hearing.
While a glove covers a hand, it does not help to produce a hand. Choice (B) is correct because
glasses are designed to aid vision or to help one to see. The relationship is identical to that of the
original pair; it is a Cause to Effect relationship.
Example 2
WAGGISH : LAUGHS ::
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
risible : yawns
bilious : smiles
lachrymose : tears
ribald : moans
frown : grin
The correct answer is (C). Again, using the previously described procedures, you can determine
that a waggish remark is designed to produce laughs. Looking at choices (A), (B), (D), and (E), you
can see that they are incorrect because they do not produce the same relationship. Risible means
laughable, while bilious refers to a yellowish coloration of the skin, and ribald pertains to coarse,
offensive humor. Choices (A) and (E) are incorrect because the relationship in each is Word to
Antonym, while choices (B) and (D) are wrong because the relationship in each is not Cause to Effect.
Example 3
PHILIPPIC : VITUPERATIVE ::
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
liturgy : ribald
encomium : complimentary
harangue : restrained
paean : scurrilous
anecdote : story
The correct answer is (B). The relationship is Word to Synonym since a philippic is a kind of
speech that is, by definition, vituperative or scathing. Choices (A), (C), and (D) have the relationship
of Word to Antonym. Choice (B), on the other hand, is correct because an encomium is a kind of
speech that is, by definition, complimentary. Choice (E) is incorrect since the relationship is Item to
Category.
ANTONYMS
Antonym questions require you to use your vocabulary skills as well as to develop relationships and
thought processes.
Antonym questions provide a single word and ask you to select from a list of words the ONE that
is most opposite in meaning.
RED
55
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
Example 1
APATHY
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
indifference
wrath
zeal
expression
bewilderment
prevent
drain
expose
revive
stick
The correct answer is (D). Using the procedure already described, consider the meaning of wilt.
You probably thought of a flower as it begins to suffer from a loss of water, or because of extreme
heat. You recognize that the wilting flower is about to die. So, what you need is an opposite. Neither
choices (A), (B), (C), nor (E) denotes the same relationship. Indeed, prevent, choice (A), seems to
ward off the wilting condition. Choices (B) and (E) make no sense. Choice (C) might be the CAUSE of
the wilting, but it would not be the opposite of wilt. Therefore, the answer is choice (D), revive. The
word revive means to bring back to life or to stop the wilting. The meaning is opposite.
Example 3
PREMEDITATED
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
spontaneous
conclusive
disruptive
vindictive
strenuous
www.petersons.com
RED
56
ALERT
The correct answer is (A). Using the procedure, what do you discover? Premeditated means to plan
or set out to accomplish. One might even say that premeditated is planned. So, we need an antonym
that indicates no planning at all. Choice (A) is correct. Spontaneous indicates an action that is NOT
planned or premeditated. Choice (B) at first seems a possible choice; however, when we think about
it, conclusive means either closing or decisive. Premeditated is NOT opening or tentative; therefore,
the answer is not correct. Choice (C) indicates a loss of control that has nothing to do with our word.
Choice (D) evokes the meaning of a grudge or an attempt to make up for something that has already
happened. Premeditated activities are not always vindictive. Choice (E) means using great amounts of
energy. Premeditated activities are not necessarily strenuous.
Do you see how the reasoning process works? Now, let us try one more.
Example 4
BREADTH
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
rarity
mobility
complexity
narrowness
roughness
The correct answer is (D). Remembering the procedure, did you decide that breadth means broad
or wide? Good, that is correct! Now, look at the answers. Choice (A) cannot be correct because
something broad does not have to be common, which would be necessary for rarity to be the
opposite. In addition, choice (B) cannot be correct because something that is broad is not always
stationary; therefore, mobility as the opposite would not be true either. Choice (C) cannot be correct
because something broad or wide does not have to be simple; therefore, the opposite cannot be
complex. Choice (E) cannot be correct because something broad does not have to be smooth, which
would make roughness an antonym. You see that something that has breadth MAY be the opposite of
all of these things, but none of them is required for the definition to fit. Choice (D) is correct because
something that has breadth cannot be narrow.
Now its time to practice what you have learned in this section. Following are three review sections:
Sentence Completions, Analogies, and Antonyms. Go through each section, answering all of the
questions and then carefully checking your answers. If you are still having problems with any one
section, come back to this chapter and reread it.
RED
57
ALERT
www.petersons.com
Unit 2
SENTENCE COMPLETION REVIEW
Directions: Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank indicating
that something has been omitted. Beneath the sentence are five lettered words or
sets of words. Choose a set of words for each pair of blanks that best fits the
meaning of the sentence as a whole.
1.
Philosophers tell us that ones lifetime is ______ when considered from the
viewpoint of ______ making humans appear much less important than they
think in the grand scheme of things.
(A) laudatory. .prestidigitation
(B) jaded. .youth
(C) ephemeral. .eternity
(D) superfluous. .transience
(E) gauche. .theology
2.
The primitive emotions of love and hate, even though extreme opposites,
are found in varying degrees even in the most ______ and ____ person,
according to sociologists.
(A) brackish. .mature
(B) sylvan. .intellectual
(C) celestial. .civilized
(D) beneficent. .stable
(E) defunct. .healthy
3.
When surveying the rule of the elderly king, we could only conclude that as
he neared his ______ he became a(n) ______ ruler, which was obvious by
his inattention to some matters.
(A) pinnacle. .blatant
(B) dotage. .effete
(C) prime. .voluble
(D) euphony. .dissident
(E) prerogative. .covert
4.
58
5.
6.
7.
Even though we had heard that Professor Smith of the English Department
taught an easy class, we knew that ______ and ______ are usually studied
by those who enjoy the language.
(A) liturgy. .pantheism
(B) philology. .etymology
(C) prosody. .ubiquity
(D) tautology. .simony
(E) raillery. .verity
8.
9.
10.
59
www.petersons.com
UNIT 2
www.petersons.com
11.
12.
13.
After ruining her dress, I would have preferred her most biting ______ to
the ______ looks she directed my way.
(A) euphemisms. .consummate
(B) anodynes. .feckless
(C) diatribes. .reproachful
(D) effigies. .refulgent
(E) histrionics. .penitent
14.
During the fearful storm, the people in its path ______ God for divine
______.
(A) importuned. .intervention
(B) imputed. .favors
(C) expiated. .revelation
(D) deprecated. .power
(E) immortalized. .gifts
15.
After studying psychology for a quarter, I can see that my friend is a ______
because he is always ______ favors from others.
(A) sycophant. .currying
(B) benediction. .eliciting
(C) brigand. .flouting
(D) facade. .brandishing
(E) tryst. .avowing
16.
Many of my peers have turned to religion, realizing that the ______ in the
church was a sign of ______ rather than money-hungry leaders.
(A) tithe. .redress
(B) windfall. .sacrilege
(C) skeptic. .predilection
(D) wraith. .piety
(E) schism. .sedition
60
17.
18.
19.
Returning home for vacation, I learned that my mothers new medicine had
made her extremely ______ and ______.
(A) articulate. .copious
(B) doltish. .overt
(C) autocratic. .congruent
(D) torpid. .phlegmatic
(E) ludicrous. .remiss
20.
When I interviewed for a journalists position, I was told that often the
editor was very ______; he made numerous ______.
(A) sedentary. .rifts
(B) fastidious. .emendations
(C) saline. .parables
(D) maudlin. .orifices
(E) onerous. .idylls
21.
22.
When listening to nursery rhymes, my daughter likes the part in which the
______ witch uses a tiny doll as a ______.
(A) ductile. .missal
(B) eviscerated. .derelict
(C) exacting. .crux
(D) malevolent. .fetish
(E) doughty. .doxology
61
www.petersons.com
UNIT 2
www.petersons.com
23.
24.
25.
Can you believe that I won the photo contest with the ______ of the two
pictures that was most ______, even though I only tried to hang them
where there were nails!
(A) sophistry. .hallow
(B) juxtaposition. .esthetic
(C) trappings. .emaciated
(D) pseudonym. .facile
(E) corollary. .extraneous
26.
27.
When my sister got her first job, her novice ______ led to a ridiculous
______.
(A) collusion. .consanguinity
(B) synthesis. .cordovan
(C) colophon. .temerity
(D) ineptitude. .imbroglio
(E) chauvinism. .quirk
28.
In Meteorology, we learned that the ______ around the moon is a(n) ______
sign.
(A) parody. .audacious
(B) oblation. .heretic
(C) hiatus. .onerous
(D) corona. .auspicious
(E) dregs. .organic
62
29.
During the time of Teddy Roosevelt, soldiers in battle might see the ______
troop appear over the ______.
(A) equestrian. .butte
(B) albino. .heyday
(C) exorbitant. .pendant
(D) diabolic. .ventricle
(E) incendiary. .rhesus
30.
After a year of hard work in the metropolitan rush, as a relief from ______
pressures, many plan to ______ on their vacation.
(A) inveterate. .pique
(B) urban. .rusticate
(C) pent. .prate
(D) neolithic. .venerate
(E) laconic. .slake
63
www.petersons.com
UNIT 2
C
D
B
C
D
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
B
B
C
E
A
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
D
C
C
A
A
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
A
B
C
D
B
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
D
D
E
A
B
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
A
D
D
A
B
www.petersons.com
64
65
www.petersons.com
UNIT 2
23. The correct answer is (E). The key word is courtroom. A good word for one who
hears in a courtroom is judge. That eliminates choices (B), (C), and (D). The
trigger words for the second blank are to jail. Good word choices would be sent
back. That eliminates choice (A).
24. The correct answer is (A). The clue here is Alcoholics Anonymous. A good word
would be alcoholism. That eliminates choices (B), (D), and (E). The trigger for the
second blank is liver disease. A good word would be cirrhosis. That eliminates
choice (C).
25. The correct answer is (B). The clue here is hang them. A good word would be
arrangement. That eliminates choices (A), (D), and (E). The trigger for the second
blank requires a result. A good word would be interesting. That eliminates
choice (C).
26. The correct answer is (A). The key word for the second blank is grass. That
eliminates choices (B), (C), and (E). The clue for the first blank is animal. A good
word would be cow. That eliminates choice (D).
27. The correct answer is (D). The key words are first job and novice. A characteristic
of a beginner would be lack of training. That eliminates choices (B), (C), and (E).
The trigger for the second blank is ridiculous. A good word would be confusion.
That eliminates choice (A).
28. The correct answer is (D). The key words here are around the moon. A good
word would be circle. That eliminates choices (A), (B), and (E). The trigger for the
second blank is sign. A good word would be beautiful. That eliminates choice (C).
29. The correct answer is (A). The key words here are Teddy Roosevelt, whom we
revere as our president, who rode with the cavalry. A good word would be horse.
That eliminates choices (C), (D), and (E). The trigger for the second word is over.
A good word would be rise. That eliminates choice (B).
30. The correct answer is (B). The key words are metropolitan rush. A good word
would be city. That eliminates choices (C), (D), and (E). The trigger for the second
blank is vacation. A good word would be country. That eliminates choice (A).
www.petersons.com
66
Unit 3
ANALOGY REVIEW
Directions: In each of the following questions, a related pair of words or
phrases is followed by five lettered pairs of words or phrases. Select the lettered
pair that best expresses a relationship similar to that expressed in the original
pair.
1.
ASKEW : STRAIGHT ::
(A) smooth : soft
(B) rough : smooth
(C) tall : high
(D) rough : tough
(E) often : frequent
2.
NEEDLE : SEW ::
(A) pencil : paper
(B) radio : electricity
(C) picture : color
(D) towel : dry
(E) book : cover
3.
FAST : HUNGER ::
(A) camp : fire
(B) jog : fatigue
(C) sing : voice
(D) tight : choke
(E) play : win
4.
APPETIZER : DESSERT ::
(A) hat : shoes
(B) right : left
(C) rug : carpet
(D) introduction : epilogue
(E) step : stair
5.
CANDLE : WICK ::
(A) hammer : nail
(B) light : bulb
(C) oven : fire
(D) bicycle : ride
(E) drill : bit
67
UNIT 3
www.petersons.com
6.
BARREL : VIAL ::
(A) honey : milk
(B) shovel : hoe
(C) key : door
(D) pit : peach
(E) volume : monograph
7.
ARROW : ROCKET ::
(A) bow : gun
(B) Ford : car
(C) sand : glass
(D) tent : camp
(E) stagecoach : jet
8.
IGLOO : ESKIMO ::
(A) house : man
(B) tree : bark
(C) cabin : hunter
(D) tent : camping
(E) tepee : Indian
9.
CHURCH : STATE ::
(A) confusion : adaptation
(B) priest : officer
(C) time : minutes
(D) team : player
(E) breeze : sunshine
10.
APPLE : PIE ::
(A) dentist : teeth
(B) milk : cake
(C) sin : evil
(D) flour : bread
(E) eat : salad
11.
PRESIDENT : NATION ::
(A) snake : bite
(B) frog : swim
(C) mayor : city
(D) student : college
(E) land : human
12.
TEPID : BOILING ::
(A) car : tire
(B) fast : long
(C) charcoal : flame
(D) cool : freezing
(E) light : dark
68
ANALOGY REVIEW
13.
CATERPILLAR : BUTTERFLY ::
(A) star : flag
(B) face : head
(C) mountain : field
(D) tadpole : frog
(E) animal : fur
14.
15.
RAIN : DROP ::
(A) milk : bucket
(B) ice : skid
(C) water : icicle
(D) snow : flake
(E) pudding : bowl
16.
ANTWERP : BELGIUM ::
(A) Russia : France
(B) Italy : Sicily
(C) Lima : Peru
(D) New York : New York City
(E) England : Ireland
17.
BLADE : SKATE ::
(A) car : gas
(B) chair : leg
(C) table : knife
(D) wheel : bike
(E) bowl : soup
18.
PEDIATRICS : GERIATRICS ::
(A) sociology : anthropology
(B) medicine : law
(C) history : biology
(D) obstetrics : thanatology
(E) geology : chemistry
19.
BOOKKEEPER : ACCOUNTANT ::
(A) player : coach
(B) farmer : cowboy
(C) senator : congressman
(D) typist : secretary
(E) janitor : engineer
69
www.petersons.com
UNIT 3
www.petersons.com
20.
LAWYER : JUDGE ::
(A) message : messenger
(B) capitalist : interest
(C) mother : daughter
(D) reporter : editor
(E) lieutenant : army
21.
RAISIN : GRAPE ::
(A) bread : toast
(B) orange : kumquat
(C) prune : plum
(D) apple : berry
(E) wash : hang
22.
STARVATION : FAMINE ::
(A) energy : resistance
(B) ship : harbor
(C) dissect : join
(D) disease : epidemic
(E) surgeon : operation
23.
COURT : JUSTICE ::
(A) camp : counselor
(B) hospital : health
(C) school : books
(D) palace : royal
(E) airport : hangar
24.
RUNG : LADDER ::
(A) buckle : belt
(B) logs : cabin
(C) step : stairway
(D) bricks : concrete
(E) limbs : body
25.
AFTERNOON : DUSK ::
(A) spring : fall
(B) 2 p.m. : 5 p.m.
(C) Sunday : Friday
(D) light : dark
(E) sun : moon
26.
VIBRATION : SOUND ::
(A) ring : bell
(B) staff : stick
(C) courage : strength
(D) dust : chalk
(E) gravity : pull
70
ANALOGY REVIEW
27.
HYDROGEN : GAS ::
(A) oxygen : breathe
(B) gold : jewelry
(C) mercury : liquid
(D) plant : grow
(E) steel : solid
28.
BOMB : TARGET ::
(A) aim : miss
(B) train : station
(C) brow : forehead
(D) ball : throw
(E) vest : suit
29.
ATOM : MOLECULE ::
(A) toothpick : tooth
(B) ocean : lake
(C) shrub : tree
(D) raspberry : apple
(E) star : galaxy
30.
SPOTS : MEASLES ::
(A) clamp : hold
(B) fire : flames
(C) dollar : penny
(D) trail : path
(E) swellings : mumps
71
www.petersons.com
UNIT 3
B
D
B
D
E
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
E
E
E
B
D
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
C
D
D
D
D
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
C
D
D
D
D
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
C
D
B
C
B
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
E
C
B
E
E
ANALOGY REVIEW
1. The correct answer is (B). The words are antonyms. Only choice (B) contains
antonyms; therefore, the best answer is choice (B). Choice (A) is incorrect; smooth
and soft are similar and not opposites. Choice (C) is incorrect for the same reason;
tall and high are similar. Choice (D) is incorrect; rough and tough are rhyming
words and slightly similar, and therefore incorrect. Choice (E) is incorrect; often and
frequent are synonyms.
2. The correct answer is (D). The relationship is Object to Its Function. A needle is
used by a person to sew; a towel is used by a person to dry, therefore choice (D) is
correct. Choice (A) is incorrect; pencil and paper do have a relationship; however, if
paper is a noun, the relationship is not Object to Its Function. If it is a verb, there is
no relationship because a pencil is not used to paper a wall. Choice (B) is incorrect;
a radio uses electricity. Choice (C) is incorrect; a picture might have color. Choice
(E) is incorrect; a book has a cover. In choices (A), (B), (C), and (E), the relationship
is not that of Object to Its Function.
3. The correct answer is (B). Fasting causes hunger; jogging causes fatigue. The
relationship is Cause to Effect. Choice (A) is incorrect; a camp does not cause a fire.
The camp may have a fire as a part of its program, but it does not cause the fire.
Choice (C) is incorrect; sing does not cause voice. A voice is needed to sing, but will
not necessarily cause singing. Choice (D) is incorrect; something tight may or may
not cause one to choke. Choice (E) is incorrect; playing does not cause winning.
One may wish that it did, but it does not. Only choice (B) has the proper Cause to
Effect relationship.
4. The correct answer is (D). Both sets list a beginning and an endan appetizer
begins the meal, a dessert ends the meal; an introduction begins a speech, an
epilogue ends the speech. Choice (A) is incorrect; while a hat is on the head and
shoes are on the feet, this is not a relationship of beginning and ending. Choices (B),
(C), and (E) are incorrect. The relationship of right and left is Opposites; the same is
true of rug and carpet, and of step and stair.
5. The correct answer is (E). A candle cannot serve its purpose without a wick;
similarly, a drill cannot serve its purpose without a bit. The relationship is Part to
Whole. Choice (A) is incorrect; a hammer pounds a nail, but the nail is not part of
the hammer. Choice (B) is incorrect; a bulb may give light but light is not part of
the bulb. Choice (C) is incorrect; there may be fire in an oven, but fire is not part of
the oven. Choice (D) is incorrect; a bicycle is used to ride but requires a third party
to accomplish it.
www.petersons.com
72
ANALOGY REVIEW
6. The correct answer is (E). A barrel is a large container; a vial is a small container.
A volume is a large book; a monograph is a small one. The relationship is Opposites. Choice (A) is incorrect; honey and milk are natural products but have no
relationship as opposites. Choice (B) is incorrect; shovel and hoe are both objects
used for basically the same purpose and are not opposites. Choice (C) is incorrect; a
key is used to open a door; it is not the opposite of a door. Choice (D) is incorrect;
a pit is a part of a peach and therefore not an opposite.
7. The correct answer is (E). A rocket is a modern projectile; an arrow is an archaic
one. A jet is a modern means of transportation; a stagecoach is an archaic one. The
relationship is that of old and new, or Opposites. Choice (A) is incorrect; the bow
and the gun are both weapons but do not have the old/new relationship. Choice (B)
is incorrect; a Ford is a make of car, and without the proper relationship. Choice (C)
is incorrect; sand is used to make glass, but it is not the opposite of glass. Choice
(D) is incorrect; a tent is used in camping, which does not have the old/new
relationship. Only choice (E) has the same old/new relationship.
8. The correct answer is (E). An igloo is the precise name for an Eskimo house, just
as a tepee is the precise name for an Indian house; the relationship is Synonyms.
While choice (A) is similar, it is not precise; it is too general; mankind does live in a
house, but the meaning is not precise. Choice (B) is incorrect; a tree is covered with
bark, but the two are not synonymous. Choice (C) is incorrect; the relationship is
imprecise; a hunter might use a cabin, but these words are not synonyms. Choice
(D) is incorrect; a tent is used for camping, but it is not a synonym for camping.
9. The correct answer is (B). A church and the state are organizations in a society.
The head of a church is a priest; the head of a state is an officer; the relationship is
Parts of a Whole. Choice (A) is incorrect; confusion might cause adaptation; but it
is not a part of adaptation. Choice (C) is incorrect; time is measured in minutes but
the minutes are parts of an hour, not time. Choice (D) is incorrect; a team is made
up of players, but the two are not part of the same whole. Choice (E) is incorrect;
breeze and sunshine are both attributes of weather, but the relationship is not as
specific as choice (B).
10. The correct answer is (D). Apples are made into a pie; flour is made into bread.
The relationship is Object to Outcome. Choice (A) is incorrect; a dentist works on
teeth but does not make them. Choice (B) is incorrect; milk is sometimes used in
making a cake, but the function is not as specific. Choice (C) is incorrect; sin is not
made into evil; sin and evil are synonymous. Choice (E) is incorrect; one might eat a
salad, but the relationship is different, because it has a verb and a noun, rather than
two nouns.
11. The correct answer is (C). The head of a nation is a president; the head of a city
is a mayor; the relationship is Part to Whole. Choice (A) is incorrect; a snake may
bite; however, the snake is not head of the bite. Choice (B) is incorrect; a frog may
swim but is not head of the swim. Choice (D) is incorrect; a student may attend
college, but a student is not the head of the college. Choice (E) is incorrect; a
human may use the land, but is not the head of it.
12. The correct answer is (D). Tepid is moderate: boiling is extreme. Similarly, cool is
moderate; freezing is extreme. The words are Opposites. Choice (A) is incorrect; a
car has a tire, but the two words are not opposites. Choice (B) is incorrect; fast and
long do not have opposite connotations. Choice (C) is incorrect; charcoal is ignited
by a flame, but these words are not opposites. Choice (E) is incorrect; while light
and dark are opposites, there is not the specific relationship of temperature, as in
choice (D).
73
www.petersons.com
UNIT 3
13. The correct answer is (D). A caterpillar becomes a butterfly; a tadpole becomes a
frog. The relationship is Object to Outcome. Choice (A) is incorrect; the flag may
have a star, but a star will not become a flag. Choice (B) is incorrect; a face will not
become a head; the face is part of the head. Choice (C) is incorrect; a mountain
may contain a field, but it will not become a field. Choice (E) is incorrect; an
animal will not become fur but is covered in fur. Only choice (D) has the correct
relationship.
14. The correct answer is (D). North America is the continent where the country of
Canada is found. Europe is the continent where the country of Ireland is found.
The relationship is Part to Whole. Choice (A) is incorrect; a land is not necessarily
where a lake is found; the relationship is nonspecific. Choice (B) is incorrect; a
valley is not necessarily where a hill is found. Choice (C) is incorrect; a wolf is not
where a dog is found: Choice (E) is incorrect; while New York is where Rochester is
found, the specific relationship is continent to country, not state to city.
15. The correct answer is (D). Rain falls in drops; snow falls in flakes. The relationship is Whole to Part. Choice (A) is incorrect; milk does not come in a bucket.
Choice (B) is incorrect; ice may relate to skid, but ice is not a part of a skid. Choice
(C) is incorrect; water may become an icicle, but an icicle is not a part of water. The
relationship is imprecise. Choice (E) is incorrect; pudding may be served in a bowl,
but the relationship is not Whole to Part. Only choice (D) has the appropriate
relationship.
16. The correct answer is (C). Antwerp is a city in Belgium; Lima is a city in Peru.
Both Belgium and Peru are countries. Choice (A) is incorrect; Russia and France are
both countries; however, there is not the relationship of City to Country. Choice (B)
is incorrect; Italy and Sicily are both countries. Choice (D) is incorrect; New York is
a state, and New York City is a city, but the relationship we seek is city to country.
Choice (E) is incorrect; England is a country, as is Ireland. Only choice (C) has the
proper relationship of city to country.
17. The correct answer is (D). A blade on a skate touches the ground; a wheel on a
bike touches the ground. Choice (A) is incorrect; a car uses gas, but the relationship
is not precise. Choice (B) is incorrect; a chair has a leg on which to stand, but the
relationship is Object to Part, rather than Part to Object. Choice (C) is incorrect; a
table may have a knife on it, but the knife is not a part of the table. Choice (E) is
incorrect; a bowl may contain soup, but soup is not part of a bowl.
18. The correct answer is (D). Pediatrics deals with children; geriatrics deals with the
aged. Similarly, obstetrics deals with birth, and thanatology deals with death. The
relationship is Opposites. Choices (A), (B), (C), and (E) are incorrect; sociology and
anthropology are both the study of man; medicine and law are both courses of
professional study; history and biology are both courses of study; geology and
chemistry are both courses of study in science; however, none has the same
relationship as choice (D).
19. The correct answer is (D). A bookkeeper is a novice accountant as a typist is a
novice secretary. The relationship is Cause to Effect. Choice (A) is incorrect; a
player needs a coach and may one day become a coach, but a coach does not have
to be a player. Choice (B) is incorrect; a farmer is not a novice cowboy. Choice (C)
is incorrect; a senator is not a novice congressman. Choice (E) is not correct; a
janitor is not a novice engineer.
www.petersons.com
74
ANALOGY REVIEW
20. The correct answer is (D). A lawyer may become a judge; a reporter may become
an editor. The relationship is the ultimate of accomplishments for the professional.
Choice (A) is incorrect; a messenger carries a message; but there is no relationship.
Choice (B) is incorrect; a capitalist may collect interest; but there is not the same
relationship. Choice (C) is incorrect; a mother will not necessarily become a
daughter; the reverse may be true. She is her mothers daughter. The relationship is
not the same. Choice (E) is incorrect; a lieutenant does not become an army; a
lieutenant is part of an army.
21. The correct answer is (C). A raisin is a dried grape; a prune is a dried plum. The
relationship is Object to Outcome. Choice (A) is incorrect; while bread may become
toast, it does not represent the process of drying. Choice (B) is incorrect; an orange
does not dry into a kumquat. Choice (D) is incorrect; an apple does not become a
berry; there is no relationship. Choice (E) is incorrect; one may hang the wash to
dry, but the relationship is not the same.
22. The correct answer is (D). Starvation is associated with famine as disease is
associated with an epidemic. The relationship is Object to Outcome. Choice (A) is
incorrect; energy may be associated with resistance but is not the outcome. Choice
(B) is incorrect; a ship will enter a harbor but will not result in the harbor. Choice
(C) is incorrect; dissect means to take apart; which is the opposite of join. The
relationship is Opposites. Choice (E) is incorrect; a surgeon will perform an operation but will not cause it. The surgeon is not an object.
23. The correct answer is (B). One seeks justice in court and health in a hospital. The
relationship is Cause to Effect. Choice (A) is incorrect; a camp will not seek a
counselor in the same capacity of cause/effect. Choice (C) is incorrect; books are
used in a school, but there is not the cause-and-effect relationship. Choice (D) is
incorrect; a palace is royal, but there is no seeking of effect. Choice (E) is incorrect;
an airport may contain a hangar, but it is not Cause to Effect.
24. The correct answer is (C). A rung is part of a ladder as a step is part of a stairway. They are both used to go up and down. Choice (A) is incorrect; a belt may
contain a buckle, but it is not used in the same way. Choice (B) is incorrect; logs
make a cabin, but the comparison is not used similarly. Choice (D) is incorrect;
bricks and concrete are used in construction, but without the precise relationship.
Choice (E) is incorrect; limbs are part of a body, but the usage is different.
25. The correct answer is (B). Afternoon is to dusk as 2 p.m. is to 5 p.m. 2 p.m. is
usually afternoon; 5 p.m. can be dusk. The relationship is synonymous. Choice (A) is
incorrect; spring and fall are seasons that occur with different manifestations.
Choice (C) is incorrect; Sunday and Friday are days of the week, but without
relationship. Choice (D) is incorrect; light and dark are opposites. Choice (E) is
incorrect; sun and moon are both planets, but without the relationship of afternoon
and dusk.
26. The correct answer is (E). A vibration causes sound; gravity causes a pull. The
relationship is Object to Effect. Choice (A) appears to be similar; however, a ring
does not cause a bell. Choice (B) is incorrect; a staff is a stick; the relationship is
synonymous. Choice (C) is incorrect; courage and strength are similar, but not with
the relationship of vibration and sound. Choice (D) is incorrect; dust comes from
chalk but does not cause chalk. Choice (E) has the same relationship.
75
www.petersons.com
UNIT 3
27. The correct answer is (C). Hydrogen is a gas; mercury is a liquid. Both hydrogen
and mercury are elements. The relationship is Part to Whole. Choice (A) is incorrect;
we breathe oxygen, but the relationship is not the same. Choice (B) is incorrect; we
use gold to make jewelry but the relationship is not the same. Choice (D) is incorrect; a plant will grow, but there is not a Part-to-Whole relationship. Choice (E) is
incorrect; steel is solid; but the relationship is not Part to Whole.
28. The correct answer is (B). A bomb travels to a target as a train travels to a
station. The relationship is Object to Outcome. Choice (A) is incorrect; aim and
miss have a negative relationship. Choice (C) is incorrect; brow and forehead are
synonyms. Choice (D) is incorrect; while we may throw a ball, the destination is not
mentioned. Choice (E) is incorrect; a vest is part of a suit. Only choice (B) has the
proper relationship.
29. The correct answer is (E). An atom is a part of a molecule; a star is part of a
galaxy. The relationship is Part to Whole. Choice (A) is incorrect; a toothpick is not
part of a tooth. Choice (B) is incorrect; an ocean is not a part of a lakeboth are
bodies of water. Choice (C) is incorrect; a shrub is not a part of a tree. Choice (D) is
incorrect; a raspberry is not a part of an apple.
30. The correct answer is (E). One of the symptoms of measles is spots. One of the
symptoms of mumps is swellings. The relationship is Effect (the symptom) to Cause
(the disease). Choice (A) is incorrect; a clamp is not a symptom of holding; a clamp
will hold. Choice (B) is incorrect; fire and flames are synonyms. Choice (C) is
incorrect; a dollar is not a symptom of a penny. Choice (D) is incorrect; trail and
path are synonyms.
www.petersons.com
76
Unit 4
ANTONYM REVIEW
Directions: Each question below consists of a word printed in capital letters,
followed by five lettered words or phrases. Choose the lettered word or phrase
that is most nearly opposite in meaning to the word in capital letters. Since some
of the questions require you to distinguish fine shades of meaning, be sure to
consider all the choices before deciding which one is best.
1.
INTREPID
(A) scurrilous
(B) pusillanimous
(C) propitious
(D) mettlesome
(E) militant
2.
EFFRONTERY
(A) timidity
(B) palpable
(C) raillery
(D) libel
(E) forensic
3.
TURBULENT
(A) quiescent
(B) cursory
(C) extol
(D) gyrate
(E) imbibe
4.
INEXORABLE
(A) surreptitious
(B) tractable
(C) jaded
(D) iconoclast
(E) garish
5.
PEREMPTORY
(A) glaucous
(B) docile
(C) extricate
(D) panegyric
(E) mnemonics
77
UNIT 4
www.petersons.com
6.
SAGACIOUS
(A) trepidation
(B) perspicuity
(C) frugal
(D) garish
(E) ignorant
7.
TRUNCATE
(A) enlarge
(B) extrude
(C) intrepid
(D) pique
(E) vacillate
8.
UNCOUTH
(A) urbane
(B) travail
(C) sentient
(D) prevaricate
(E) maladroit
9.
ZEAL
(A) flail
(B) impute
(C) ignoble
(D) affable
(E) indifference
10.
EMPYREAN
(A) amenity
(B) corpulent
(C) exonerate
(D) hellish
(E) indolent
11.
JUDICIOUS
(A) incongruous
(B) poignant
(C) imprudent
(D) volition
(E) syncopate
12.
VOCIFERATE
(A) turgid
(B) listen
(C) resurgent
(D) rapacity
(E) vilify
78
ANTONYM REVIEW
13.
ABJURE
(A) venerate
(B) maintain
(C) transpire
(D) obdurate
(E) lacerate
14.
RECALCITRANT
(A) submissive
(B) paroxysm
(C) cryptic
(D) exhort
(E) divert
15.
OBDURATION
(A) exogenous
(B) approbation
(C) decry
(D) covetous
(E) deference
16.
ENCOMIUM
(A) censure
(B) invoke
(C) sequence
(D) coherence
(E) paradox
17.
FLUCTUATE
(A) magnate
(B) canter
(C) inflate
(D) spin
(E) stabilize
18.
MITIGATE
(A) lie
(B) correct
(C) increase
(D) remark
(E) integrate
19.
ANOMALOUS
(A) audacious
(B) congruous
(C) obsolete
(D) ominous
(E) chronicle
79
www.petersons.com
UNIT 4
www.petersons.com
20.
TIMOROUS
(A) daring
(B) rigorous
(C) perceptive
(D) frugal
(E) unctuous
21.
LACERATE
(A) mend
(B) tolerate
(C) profligate
(D) accept
(E) masticate
22.
CIRCUMSPECT
(A) negligent
(B) fortuitous
(C) delude
(D) repressive
(E) extrinsic
23.
FIASCO
(A) production
(B) gamut
(C) analysis
(D) success
(E) allegory
24.
ETIOLATE
(A) relegate
(B) facilitate
(C) clean
(D) stain
(E) discuss
25.
HERETIC
(A) exorbitant
(B) verbal
(C) orthodox
(D) clerical
(E) stoic
26.
PREDILECTION
(A) seclusion
(B) limpid
(C) repulsion
(D) anachronism
(E) gibe
80
ANTONYM REVIEW
27.
LACONIC
(A) cogent
(B) voluble
(C) prodigal
(D) dulcet
(E) acme
28.
MENDACIOUS
(A) honest
(B) adroit
(C) theological
(D) vituperative
(E) harsh
29.
ANTEDILUVIAN
(A) foible
(B) modern
(C) affable
(D) pragmatic
(E) foment
30.
MOTLEY
(A) vermilion
(B) malaise
(C) aphorism
(D) fecund
(E) homogeneous
81
www.petersons.com
UNIT 4
B
A
A
B
B
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
E
A
A
E
D
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
C
B
B
A
E
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
A
E
C
B
A
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
A
A
D
D
C
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
C
B
A
B
E
ANTONYM REVIEW
1. The correct answer is (B). Intrepid means valorous and heroic; pusillanimous
means mean-spirited or cowardly, and is therefore the opposite. Choice (A) is
incorrect; while close in meaning, scurrilous means abusive language. Choice (C) is
incorrect; propitious, meaning favorable circumstances, is close in meaning to
intrepid; therefore, it is not an opposite. The same is true for choices (D) and (E),
both of which mean helpful or brave.
2. The correct answer is (A). Effrontery means audacity, boldness; timidity means
shy or awkward. The two words are opposites, and therefore antonyms. Choice (B)
is incorrect because it means touchable and has no relationship to effrontery. Choice
(C) is incorrect; good-natured has only a vague relationship with effrontery. Choice
(D) is incorrect because it means a false statement, which is not the opposite of
effrontery. Choice (E) means used in a court of law and has no relationship with
effrontery.
3. The correct answer is (A). Turbulent means disorderly or unruly; quiescent means
quiet, still, resting, or inactive, the opposite of turbulent. Choice (B) is incorrect;
cursory means scant, which is not the opposite of turbulent. Choice (C) is incorrect;
meaning praise. Choice (D) means to revolve, which has only a scant relationship to
turbulent. Choice (E) is incorrect; meaning to drink, there is no relationship. Choice
(A) is closest to being an exact opposite.
4. The correct answer is (B). Inexorable means uncompromising or rigid; tractable
means yielding or docile. Choice (A) is incorrect; surreptitious means stealthy,
which has no relationship to inexorable. Choice (C) means to become dull from
overwork or overuse, which is not the opposite of inexorable. Choice (D) is
incorrect; an iconoclast is one who destroys religious symbols. Choice (E) is incorrect; garish means gaudy.
5. The correct answer is (B). Peremptory means authoritative or positive; docile
means complacent or changeable. Choice (A) is incorrect; glaucous means pale or
bluish gray, which has no relationship to peremptory. Choice (C) means release, and
has no relationship to peremptory. Choice (D), which means elaborate praise, while
seemingly a bit of an opposite to peremptory, actually has no relationship.
Choice (E) is incorrect; mnemonics means a memory aid, which has nothing to do
with peremptory.
www.petersons.com
82
ANTONYM REVIEW
6. The correct answer is choice (E). Sagacious means rational or knowledgeable;
ignorant means unknowing. The two are opposites, and therefore antonyms. Choice
(A) is incorrect; trepidation means dread and is not an opposite. Choice (B),
perspicuity, means lucidity, which is similar to sagacious. Choice (C) means miserly,
which has no relationship. Choice (D), garish, means gaudy, which, again, has no
relationship.
7. The correct answer is (A). Truncate means amputate or shorten; enlarge means to
grow or lengthen. Choice (B) is incorrect; extrude means to push or throw out,
which, while similar to enlarge, is not as close to being the opposite of truncate as
is enlarge. Choice (C) means valorous and heroic, which has no relationship to
truncate. Choice (D), pique, means to irk or annoy, which has no relationship.
Choice (E), vacillate, is incorrect because it means to switch back and forth; this
word has no connection with truncate.
8. The correct answer is (A). Uncouth means barbarous or crude; urbane means
proper and sophisticated. Choice (B) is incorrect; travail means toil and has no
relationship at all. Choice (C), sentient, is incorrect because it means conscious, and
has no relationship. Choice (D), prevaricate, mean falsehood, and while prevaricate
may be uncouth, it is not the opposite. Choice (E) is incorrect; maladroit means
inept and is close in meaning to uncouth and therefore incorrect.
9. The correct answer is (E). Zeal means enthusiasm or keenness; indifference
means cool or without interest. Choice (A) is incorrect; flail means to beat, which
might be done with zeal, but is not the opposite. Choice (B), impute, is incorrect,
meaning to attribute, which is not an opposite. Choice (C) is incorrect; ignoble
means common or ordinary, and is not related to zeal at all. Choice (D) means
cordial or friendly. Only choice (E) is opposite.
10. The correct answer is (D). Empyrean means heavenly or celestial; hellish means
acting with wickedness. Choice (A) is incorrect; amenity means an agreeable or
pleasing manner, which is similar in meaning to empyrean and therefore not an
antonym. Choice (B) means obese, which has no relationship to empyrean. Choice
(C) means to free from blame, which is not an antonym. Choice (E) means disinclined or lazy, which has no relationship to empyrean. Only choice (D) is the
opposite.
11. The correct answer is (C). Judicious means discreet or sensible; imprudent means
without care or thinking. Choice (A) is incorrect; incongruous means incompatible,
which is slightly the opposite, but not the exact opposite. Choice (B) is incorrect;
poignant means sharp, which is not the opposite of sensible. Choice (D) means
conscious choice, and is not the opposite of judicious. Choice (E) is a term used in
music, which has no relationship to judicious.
12. The correct answer is (B). Vociferate means to bellow or shout; listen means to
pay attention or be silent. Choice (A) is incorrect; turgid means ornate language,
which might describe one who is vociferating, but it is not the opposite. Choice (C)
is incorrect; resurgent means to return or come back, and has no relationship.
Choice (D) is incorrect; it means greedy, and is not the opposite of vociferate.
Choice (E) is incorrect; vilify means to slander, which might be done in a vociferous
way, but is not the opposite. Only choice (B) is correct.
83
www.petersons.com
UNIT 4
13. The correct answer is (B). Abjure means to forswear or repudiate; maintain means
to keep or hold fast, which is opposite in meaning. Choice (A) is incorrect; venerate
means to adore, which has no relationship. Choice (C), transpire, means to become
known or occur, which has a similarity as an opposite, but it is not directly opposite of
abjure. Choice (D), obdurate, means stubborn, which is not the best choice. Choice
(E) means to tear out roughly, which has no relationship.
14. The correct answer is (A). Recalcitrant means obstinate or rebellious; submissive
means to give in and be obedient. Choice (B) means a sudden outburst, which
recalcitrant might describe, but paroxysm is not the opposite. Choice (C) means
secret or puzzling, which has no relationship. Choice (D) means to appeal urgently,
which might be done in a recalcitrant manner, but it is not the opposite. Choice (E)
means to turn aside, which might be the result of recalcitrant behavior, but is not
the opposite of it.
15. The correct answer is (E). Obduration means condemnation or reproof; deference
means courtesy and kindness. Choice (A), exogenous, is incorrect; the meaning is
out-of-body origin, which has nothing to do with obduration. Choice (B), approbation, is incorrect; the meaning is warm praise, which is similar to an opposite, but
not the most opposite. Choice (C) is incorrect; decry means to put down and
disapprove, which is similar to obduration and therefore not opposite. Choice (D) is
incorrect; covetous means to want what others have and has no relationship to
obduration. Only choice (E) is correct.
16. The correct answer is (A). Encomium means adulation or praise; censure means
criticism or castigation. Choice (B) is incorrect; invoke means to ask or pray for, and
is not the opposite. Choice (C) is incorrect; sequence means logical order, and has
no relationship with encomium. Choice (D) is incorrect; coherence means the
quality of being understandable; an encomium might be delivered in a coherent
manner; the meanings are not opposite. Choice (E) means seemingly contradictory
but actually true, which is not the opposite of encomium.
17. The correct answer is (E). Fluctuate means undulate or move; stabilize means to
make steady or to maintain a given level. Choice (A) is incorrect; magnate means a
powerful person; while such a person might fluctuate, the meaning is not opposite.
Choice (B) is incorrect; canter is a gait of a horse, which might occur in a fluctuating manner, but is not the opposite. Choice (C) means to enlarge, which is not the
opposite of fluctuate. Choice (D) is incorrect; spin means to turn, which might be
done in a fluctuating manner. Only choice (E) is the direct opposite.
18. The correct answer is (C). Mitigate means to lessen or ameliorate; increase means
to grow. Choices (A), (B), and (D) are incorrect; lie, choice (A), means a falsehood,
which might be spoken to mitigate a problem; correct (B) means proper and
provable, which might mitigate a situation; remark choice (D) is a statement that
might mitigate something; however, none is an opposite. Choice (E) is incorrect;
integrate means to bring together, which is not opposite.
19. The correct answer is (B). Anomalous means abnormal or inconsistent; congruous means appropriate or fitting. Choice (A) is incorrect; audacious means bold or
daring, which is slightly similar to anomalous but not the opposite. Choice (C),
absolute, means out of date and might be slightly similar. Choice (D), ominous;
means threatening, which is definitely not the opposite. Choice (E), chronicle, means
a narrative, which has no relationship with anomalous.
www.petersons.com
84
ANTONYM REVIEW
20. The correct answer is (A). Timorous means afraid or faint-hearted; daring means
brave. Choice (B) is incorrect; rigorous means harsh and a rigorous act, which
might make one timorous, is not the opposite. Choice (C) is incorrect; perceptive
means to know quickly, which is not the opposite of timorous. Choice (D) is
incorrect; frugal means stingy or miserly, but a frugal person is not the opposite of a
timorous one. Choice (E) is incorrect; unctuous means oily or excessively smooth
manner. Only choice (A) is the opposite.
21. The correct answer is (A). Lacerate means to rend or sever; mend means to repair
or make new. Choice (B) is incorrect; tolerate means to endure, which is similar to
mend, but not the opposite of lacerate. Choice (C), profligate, means wildly
extravagant, which is not the opposite of lacerate. Choice (D) is incorrect; accept
means to receive, which has no relationship with lacerate. Choice (E), masticate,
means to chew, which may be done in a lacerating manner, but it is therefore not
the opposite.
22. The correct answer is (A). Circumspect means careful or watchful; negligent
means careless. Choice (B) is incorrect; fortuitous means by accident or chance,
which is similar to negligent but not the most nearly opposite of circumspect.
Choice (C) is incorrect; delude means to deceive, which is not the opposite.
Choice(D) is incorrect; repressive means keeping under control, which is not the
opposite of circumspect. Choice (E), extrinsic, means not essential, which is not the
opposite. Only choice (A) is the most nearly opposite.
23. The correct answer is (D). Fiasco means flop or failure; success means victory or
achievement. Choice (A) is incorrect; production means a creation, which might
become a fiasco, but it is not the most nearly opposite. Choice (B) is incorrect;
gamut means the range; a fiasco might cover a gamut but is not the opposite.
Choice (C) is incorrect; analysis means separating parts from a whole, which may or
may not be a fiasco, but the word is not opposite. Choice (E) is incorrect; allegory is
a story with a literal and a symbolic meaning, and it is not the opposite of fiasco.
24. The correct answer is (D). Etiolate means to blanch or whiten; stain means to soil
or blacken. Choice (A) is incorrect; relegate means to send or consign. Choice (B) is
incorrect; facilitate means to make easier; there is no relationship with etiolate.
Choice (C) is incorrect; clean is similar to etiolate. Choice (E) means to talk, which
has no relationship.
25. The correct answer is (C). Heretic means schismatic or nonconforming; orthodoxy
means conforming to a religious doctrine. Choice (A) is incorrect; exorbitant means
exceeding all bounds, which might describe heretic. Choice (B) is incorrect; verbal
means oral. Choice (D) is incorrect; clerical means of or relating to the clergy, which
might describe the opposite of heretic, but it is not most nearly opposite. Choice (E)
is incorrect; stoic means unaffected by joy or pleasure, which might describe a
heretic, but is certainly not opposite. Only choice (C) is most directly opposite.
26. The correct answer is (C). Predilection means inclination or liking; repulsion
means disinclined or not to ones liking. Choices (A), (B), (D), and (E) are incorrect;
seclusion, choice (A), means isolation; limpid, choice (B), means clearness; anachronism, choice (D), means chronologically out of order; and a gibe, choice (E), is a
taunting remarkall of these might be ones predilection or repulsion, but none of
them is an opposite of predilection.
85
www.petersons.com
UNIT 4
27. The correct answer is (B). Laconic means brief or terse; voluble means readily flowing of speech or lengthy conversation. Choice (A) is incorrect; cogent means appealing
to the intellect by clear presentation, which might be done in a laconic manner, but it
is not the opposite. Choice (C) is incorrect; prodigal means extravagant or wasteful,
which is similar to the opposite but not most nearly opposite. Choice (D) is incorrect;
dulcet is sweetly pleasing, which might be in a laconic manner if we stretch it, but
which is definitely not opposite. Choice (E) is incorrect; acme is the pinnacle or top
and has no relationship to laconic.
28. The correct answer is (A). Mendacious means deceitful or dishonest; honest is the
opposite. Choice (B) is incorrect; adroit means skillful and adept, which has no
relationship to mendacious. Choice (C) is incorrect; theological means relating to
religious study, which could be described as honest, but it is not the opposite of
mendacious. Choice (D) is incorrect; vituperative means bitter, which could
describe a mendacious person, but not an honest one. Choice (E) is incorrect; harsh
means coarse or rough, which might describe someone who is mendacious, but is
not the opposite.
29. The correct answer is (B). Antediluvian means ancient or hoary; modern means
new and fresh. Choice (A) is incorrect; foible means minor weakness, which might
be described by either antediluvian or modern, but is not the opposite of antediluvian. Choice (C), affable, means cordial or friendly, which might be similarly
descriptive, but is not the opposite. Choice (D), pragmatic, means in a practical
manner, which is not directly opposite. Choice (E) is incorrect; foment means incite
or promote, which would not be the opposite.
30. The correct answer is (E). Motley means mixed or variegated; homogeneous
means same type or without mixture. Choice (A) is incorrect; vermilion is the bright
red color that might be made from a motley group of colors and therefore not
opposite. Choice (B) is incorrect; malaise is a vague feeling, which is not the
opposite. Choice (C) is incorrect; an aphorism is a short saying about life, which
would not be the opposite. Choice (D) is incorrect; fecund means productive and is
not the opposite.
www.petersons.com
86
R E D A LERT
READING COMPREHENSION
STRATEGIES
The GRE CAT requires that you read various kinds of passages and then show how well you understand them by answering reading comprehension questions. The passages may be selections from a
work of literature; persuasive arguments for or against some idea; or passages about the biological or
physical sciences, the humanities, or the social sciences.
There are basically four types of questions concerning the reading comprehension selections:
1. Comprehension: Questions that test your comprehension require you to understand the
material given in the reading selection. Remember, the material contained will NOT assess your
prior knowledge of the subject but will assess your ability to understand the material covered by
the selection under consideration.
2. Evaluation: Questions that test your ability to evaluate require you to look at the
material of the reading selection and determine how reliable or accurate that information is
in view of the selection presented. Again, this material will NOT assess your prior knowledge but will present facts and conclusions that you must evaluate for reliability.
3. Application: Questions that test your ability to apply require you to read the material presented and to then apply or use that material in a different situation. Often this involves situations in which a fact is presented and the question deals with the opposite of that fact. This
means that you must apply what is presented and draw a conclusion regarding the opposite
effect.
4. Incorporation of new information: Questions that test your ability to deal with new
information presented in the light of that which is familiar require you to reevaluate the
conclusions you have drawn in light of new facts or observations. Often this type of
selection will present a tried and true situation about which you may or may not have
prior knowledge. After this presentation, the selection will introduce new findings or
additional pertinent information that may changedramatically or slightlythe outcomes
or conclusions.
The following guidelines should help you answer Reading Comprehension questions:
1. You will see only the passage and the first question, so old paper-and-pencil techniques of
reading all of the questions first dont work. Thus, the first task is to read the first few
sentences of the passage to get an idea of the topic.
2. Read the first and final sentences of each paragraph, and skip through the rest of it quickly
to see what else you might notice.
RED
87
ALERT
RED ALERT
EXPECT QUESTIONS
ON THE
FOLLOWING
www.petersons.com
RED
88
ALERT
happening; this is narrative, or telling a story. Much of the material presented for your comprehension
is expository in technique. Exposition is explaining and elaborating. Often this technique is a how
to organization. Another of the more popular techniques is description, which is a technique used
frequently. This simply presents material in which the writer describes a situation, scene, or emotion.
10
The United States and other Western industrial countries may face a period of jobless
growth in the 1980s, even if President Carter and other nations leaders succeed in their
declared aim of expanding business investment and ending the world recession.
This is the warning that an increasing number of economists, officials, and business
people are giving Western governments as they prepare for the Bonn economic summit
meeting, to be held this month. It reflects fears that any upturn in business spending,
stimulated by the summit meeting, will merely accelerate the present trend toward
replacing human workers with sophisticated new machinery instead of creating additional
jobs.
The evidence that we have is suggesting increasingly that the employmentdisplacing effects of automation, anticipated for the 1950s, are now beginning to arrive
on a serious scale in the 1970s, concludes an unpublished report by the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development, which monitors the economic progress of
Western nations.
1.
2.
It is apparent that statements alluded to in this selection stem from thoughts expressed
prior to
(A) a meeting of the Common Market nations.
(B) a conference of the United Nations.
(C) an international economic summit meeting.
(D) a disarmament conference.
(E) no particular meeting.
RED
89
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
3.
www.petersons.com
RED
90
ALERT
Sample
The passage below is followed by questions based on its content. Answer the questions following the
passage on the basis of what is stated or implied about the planet Mars in the passage.
Line
10
15
1.
Mars revolves around the Sun in 687 Earth days, which is equivalent to 23 Earth months.
The axis of Marss rotation is tipped at a 25-degree angle from the plane of its orbit,
nearly the same as the Earths tilt, which is about 23 degrees. Because the tilt causes the
seasons, we know that Mars goes through a year with four seasons just as the Earth does.
From the Earth, we have long watched the effect of the seasons on Mars. In the
Martian winter, in a given hemisphere, there is a polar ice cap. As the Martian spring
comes to the northern hemisphere, for example, the north polar cap shrinks, and
material in the planets more temperate zones darkens. The surface of Mars is always
mainly reddish, with darker gray areas that, from the Earth, appear blue green. In the
spring, the darker regions spread. Half a Martian year later, the same process happens in
the southern hemisphere.
One possible explanation for these changes is biological: Martian vegetation could be
blooming or spreading in the spring. However, there are other explanations. The theory
that currently seems most reasonable is that each year during the northern hemisphere
springtime, a dust storm starts, with winds that reach velocities as high as hundreds of
kilometers per hour. Fine, light-colored dust is blown from slopes, exposing dark areas
underneath. If the dust were composed of certain kinds of materials, such as limonite, the
reddish color would be explained.
It can be inferred that one characteristic of limonite is its
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2.
According to the author, seasonal variations on Mars are a direct result of the
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
3.
reddish color.
blue-green color.
ability to change colors.
ability to support rich vegetation.
tendency to concentrate into a hard surface.
It can be inferred that, as spring arrives in the southern hemisphere of Mars, which of the
following is also occurring?
(A) The northern polar cap is increasing in size.
(B) The axis of rotation is tipping at a greater angle.
(C) A dust storm is ending in the southern hemisphere.
(D) The material in the northern temperate zones is darkening.
(E) Vegetation in the southern temperate zones is decaying.
RED
91
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
As you check your answers, be especially aware of the other choices. In some cases, the other
choices actually contain words from the article; however, the sequence is different or the inference is
incorrect.
Following this overview is a section with several sample passages for your review. Read through the
passages and answer the questions. Check your answers carefully, and try to analyze those types of
questions that give you difficulty. If necessary, reread this overview for clarification.
www.petersons.com
RED
92
ALERT
Unit 5
READING COMPREHENSION REVIEW
Directions: Each passage in this group is followed by questions based on its
content. After reading a passage, choose the best answer to each question.
Answer all questions following a passage on the basis of what is stated or
implied in that passage.
Passage 1
Line
10
15
20
25
93
UNIT 5
30
www.petersons.com
2.
In comparison with the other weapons used in the Civil War, the Spencer
rifle was
(A) superior in its capacity to withstand excessive use.
(B) easy for the soldiers to carry.
(C) simple to load and operate.
(D) powerful in its discharge of explosives.
(E) all of the above.
3.
Evidence that the war was drawing to a close was apparent because
(A) more Southern soldiers had been killed in battle than Northern
soldiers.
(B) the Northern soldiers had moved into and occupied the capital of the
South.
(C) Northern generals were better trained than Southern generals.
(D) Northern soldiers had captured a key intersection and were in command of the railroad.
(E) Southern generals had surrendered.
4.
Private Berry Benson was an elite soldier with possession of special knowledge that
(A) there were others of his number waiting to ambush the Union patrol.
(B) the war was almost over and a Union patrol would not shoot a lone
soldier.
(C) he would rather be on the Union side than the side of the South.
(D) his weapon was empty of ammunition, but he knew its superiority and
therefore perpetuated the ruse of its power.
(E) the Union soldiers had unloaded guns.
5.
The sentence The arm that Private Benson carried toward Appomattox
reflected the plight of a resourceful imagination stifled by technological
inferiority means that
(A) the North was inferior to the South.
(B) the South had more ingenuity than the North.
(C) the South was reduced to using whatever faculties were available,
including confiscated weapons.
(D) Spencer rifles were in great demand as technological advances.
(E) all of the above.
94
6.
7.
According to the article, the fact that the Southern soldier was in possession
of a Northern weapon was
(A) unexplainable, since the South was on the verge of losing the entire
war.
(B) evidence of a traitor in the midst of the Northern armies.
(C) Colonel Wilders idea of the gross inferiority of the training of Northern soldiers.
(D) not an isolated incident since an entire cache of weapons had been
seized with their ammunition.
(E) a total surprise to the entire Northern army.
Passage 2
Line
10
15
20
25
Black holes, when imagined, are unimaginable. But popular culture got used to
them anyway. Black holes are the stars of movies, the heroes of books, the
byword for all kinds of bad risks. They are overfamiliar and all but clich. Luckily,
astronomers are not bored yet. In the last few years, they have found increasing
evidence of black holes both in our galaxy and outside it. These days, whats most
unbelievable about black holes is that they seem to be real.
For certain stars, black holes are the afterlife. Stars the size of our sun spend
their lives burning fuel and radiating light, balancing the radiations push outward
against gravitys pull inward. As a star runs out of fuel, gravity begins to win. The
star condenses and shrinks smaller and smaller until gravitys pull is again balanced, this time by the force that keeps electrons from crowding too close
together. The star, now called a white dwarf, shines for a while, then gradually
cools and dims.
In stars with masses more than eight times the suns, gravity is correspondingly stronger. These stars die with a bang in supernova explosions, which blow
away much of the stars mass. If what remains is less than three solar masses,
gravity jams the negatively charged electrons and the positively charged protons
together. The opposite charges neutralize each other, and the remnant core, now
composed entirely of neutrons, is called a neutron star. It has shrunk to about ten
miles in diameter. Matter this compact beggars description, says Jeffrey McClintock, an astronomer at the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for astrophysics in
Massachusetts. If the Great Lakes were made this compact, they would fit into a
bathroom sink. Compact is the word we like to use, McClintock adds, because dense doesnt even cover it. Neutron stars shine when theyre formed,
most brightly in X rays; they also have magnetic fields that can send out crisp
pulses of radio waves.
95
www.petersons.com
UNIT 5
30
35
40
In stars with masses forty times the suns, gravity is strong enough to make
the unthinkable happen. These stars also die violently. If the remaining core is
bigger than a neutron starthat is, greater than three solar massesit condenses
to nothingness, or near enough to make no difference. Physicists call this point a
singularity and tend not to talk about it because they have no clue as to what
happens to matter at these densities. It most likely goes unstable, says McClintock. Does it exist anymore? I dont know. Its basically out the window. The
elementary particles themselves are torn into fragments whose nature is not
known and cannot be guessed. Scientists do know that matter at these densities
loses all properties except for mass, rotation, and charge. Says McClintock: The
trees out there, those pearls, the computerany property they have, once in the
black holethey dont have anymore. The physicists phrase is black holes have
no hair. That means black holes dont have you-name-it, just-list-it, says McClintock. Nothing nothing nothing nothing nothing.
8.
9.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
10.
www.petersons.com
96
11.
12.
13.
14.
The death of a star has long been a subject of interest to mankind, and
especially to astronomers. One might infer from this article that
(A) stars die different deaths, depending upon their size and gravity.
(B) all stars die after a period of time and form black holes.
(C) many stars explode violently, while others fade slowly.
(D) the death of a star is determined by the presence of matter in outer
space.
(E) outer space is littered with dead stars.
15.
One
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
should conclude from this reading that the word mass has to do with
what is left after a star explodes.
the core or center of black hole.
the actual physical makeup of the star.
the remnants of a dead star.
the central ingredient for a black hole.
16.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
97
www.petersons.com
UNIT 5
17.
The conclusion that one may reach from this selection is that
(A) black holes are formed by the collision of stars in outer space.
(B) scientists have decided not to investigate black holes because of a lack
of information.
(C) physicists exploring black holes find unexplainable conditions.
(D) black holes change the identity of their contents to nothing.
(E) all of the above
Passage 3
Line
10
15
20
25
30
35
www.petersons.com
98
18.
19.
20.
21.
This selection makes the point that meeting the needs of adolescent
students often requires incorporating
(A) some type of organization that incorporates adult support.
(B) supervised reading programs.
(C) a strict academic environment.
(D) adult supervision of social programs.
(E) competitive activities.
22.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
23.
One
(A)
(B)
(C)
99
www.petersons.com
UNIT 5
24.
25.
Passage 4
Line
10
15
20
25
www.petersons.com
One by one, it seems, American values are being restored. First, there was Liberty
in New York, then Freedom in Washington. The statues, that is, both stalwart
women worn by a century or more of exposure to the elements. Liberty received
her face-lift right on her pedestal in New York Harbor in the mid-1980s, but
before Freedom could be cleaned and repaired in 1993, the 19.5-foot, 7.5-ton
bronze figure had to be removed from the top of the U.S. Capitol. Enter a large
orange helicopter named Bubba.
One morning in May 1993, a Sikorsky S-64F rose quickly from the Capitol
grounds and hovered above the dome. With the aid of a gyro-coupled flight
control system, pilot Max Evans held that spot in the sky while a rigging crew on
the dome attached four dangling cables to a framework of bars and nylon straps
that supported the statue. With the connections secure, the helicopters hoist
began lifting, threading the statue through the scaffolding that had been erected
around it. The statue swayed slightly, but did not twist on the short trip down.
The company that operates Bubba has a suspension system that ensures that the
load turns only with the helicopter.
The Skycrane has three pilots: two facing forward, one aft. The aft pilot sits
in a glass-enclosed booth, looking directly at the hoist. The aircraft is under his
control as the cables are attached to the payload and the lift begins. Once all
obstacles are cleared, the pilots in front take over.
A cheer rose from hundreds of onlookers as the helicopter lowered the
statue to the ground and workers bolted it to a metal base constructed on the
Capitols east Plaza, the statues temporary home. The three pilots, wearing tan
jumpsuits, stood by their helicopter and received some rare public adulation. We
were in Columbus last week on a much more difficult job, one of them said with
a grin. We lifted a transformer through a narrow opening and carried it a block,
and no one said a thing.
100
30
This was the first time Freedom had been moved since 1863, when pieces of
the statue were first hoisted atop the dome by steam engine and bolted together.
It took less than 10 minutes to lift the statue off the dome. Freedom was returned
to its original position after the restoration.
26.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
27.
Which of the following statements accurately portrays the main idea of this
selection?
(A) The methods for moving a statue are complicated.
(B) The Sikorsky S-64F helicopter is an efficient machine.
(C) Moving a historical statue is similar to moving a transformer.
(D) When dealing with matters of history, all care must be taken.
(E) The statues Liberty and Freedom had to be refurbished.
28.
The mention of the crew and its part in the operation is included for the
purpose of
(A) showing the humanity of the operation.
(B) illustrating the involvement of humanity in a technological operation.
(C) depicting the statues as human as well.
(D) showing how insufficient technology is, in that it requires human
operation.
(E) confusing the reader.
29.
30.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
101
www.petersons.com
UNIT 5
A
D
D
D
C
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
A
D
C
A
B
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
C
D
E
A
C
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
C
D
E
B
E
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
A
D
C
D
E
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
C
B
B
B
E
PASSAGE 1
1. The correct answer is (A). The Southern soldiers possession of a Spencer rifle
surprised and intimidated the Northern soldiers, who threw down their weapons.
They recognized the weapon as one of theirs (the captured weapon; line 19). The
rifle is also described as a superior weapon. Choice (B) is incorrect. It is the opposite
of the thrust of the selection. Choice (C) is incorrect. Although the war was coming
to an end, the Northern soldiers were prepared to confront the Southern soldier
until they saw his weapon. Choice (D) is incorrect. There is no evidence to draw
this conclusion. Choice (E) is incorrect. Although the Southern soldier bravely
covered the Northern soldiers with his empty weapon, this is not an indicator of the
bravery of the South or the lack of bravery of the North.
2. The correct answer is (D). In the second paragraph, we learn that the Union
soldiers, aware of the weapons capacity for discharging explosives in quick
succession, surrendered. Choice (A) is incorrect; that the weapon was sturdy
means that it would withstand use is not mentioned in this selection. Choice (B) is
incorrect; there is no evidence in the selection that the Spencer was the premier
small weapon. A small weapon is usually a pistol, not a rifle. Choice (C) is incorrect;
there is no indication that the weapon was simple to operate and load. Thus,
choice (E) cannot be a correct choice.
3. The correct answer is (D). The author states that . . . cavalry had captured the
vital road junction to the west . . . and the Army was poised to sever the last railroad
link. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no direct evidence of this fact in the selection.
Choice (B) is incorrect; there is no mention of the capital of the South. Choice (C) is
incorrect; the training of generals is not mentioned, nor is there an allusion to it.
Choice (E) is incorrect; there is no evidence of the surrender of Southern generals.
4. The correct answer is (D). The author states that only he [Benson] knew that his
Spencers magazine was empty. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no mention of the
remainder of Bensons South Carolina unit. Choice (B) is incorrect; while the author
does opine that the war is about to end, there is no indication but that the Union
patrol would take the lone prisoner. Choice (C) is incorrect; Bensons allegiance to
the South is never questioned. Choice (E) is incorrect; though it is not mentioned,
the Union guns were obviously loaded. Bensons gun was not loaded.
www.petersons.com
102
PASSAGE 2
8. The correct answer is (C). The author states that a star running out of fuel is the
victim of gravity and that the black hole is the stars afterlife. Choice (A) is incorrect
because the entire article deals with the reality of gravity as a part of the phenomenon of the black hole. Choice (B) is incorrect; there is no information to support
this statement. Choice (D) is incorrect; gravity actually works with the black hole
and would not add to the likelihood of the demise. Choice (E) is incorrect; gravity
contributes to the function of the black hole but is not the same thing.
9. The correct answer is (A). The author states that for some stars the black hole is
the final resting place or afterlife. Choice (B) is incorrect because there is no
mention of eternity; therefore, there is no information to support this theory. Choice
(C) is incorrect; the birthplace of stars is not mentioned. Choice (D) is incorrect;
there is no evidence that stars shine brighter adjacent to a black hole. Choice (E) is
incorrect because choice (A) provides the connection.
10. The correct answer is (B). In the opening paragraph, the author makes the
statement that using the black hole as a subject for literature and film has bored the
public, while the astronomer is still discovering truths. Choice (A) is incorrect; there
is no evidence presented that the public considers the black hole a hoax. Choice (C)
is incorrect; there is no evidence that astronomers view the black hole as a fluke,
but rather as an interesting subject. Choices (D) and (E) are incorrect; there is no
supporting evidence in the selection.
11. The correct answer is (C). The third paragraph of the article begins with a
sentence that states this premise. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no evidence to
support this. Choice (B) is incorrect; in fact, the neutron star is often the by-product
of the supernova explosion. Choice (D) is incorrect; this is a false premise.
Choice (E) is incorrect; the opposite is true, according to McClintock, when he says
it beggars description.
103
www.petersons.com
UNIT 5
12. The correct answer is (D). The illustration is intended to show that something of
enormous size when reduced as significantly as this article is discussing becomes a
unit we can easily recognizea bathroom sink. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no
attempt in this article to divide the different sizes of stars. Choice (B) is incorrect; at
first glance this would seem correcthowever, the term matter existing there
renders this a false statement. Choice (C) is incorrect; again, at first glance this
appears correcthowever, remember the need to separate what we think we know
from what is in the article. The illustration is used to assure that we DO understand.
Choice (E) is incorrect; there is nothing in the article to support this statement.
13. The correct answer is (E). There is evidence in the article for all of the answers.
Choice (A) is correct; the first sentence of the third paragraph renders this true.
Choice (B) is correct; paragraph 2 provides the evidence for this inference. Choices
(C) and (D) are correct; paragraph 3 provides information for this conclusion.
14. The correct answer is (A). The evidence presented in this article allows the reader
to infer that there are differences, and that these differences lie in the composition
of the star. Choice (B) is incorrect; this is a commonly held theory of laypeople
however, you have been cautioned not to select what you think to be true, but to
base your choice on the material presented. There is no support for this theory in
this article. Choice (C) is incorrect; there is evidence to support the first part of this
premise, but not the last part; therefore, the answer is incorrect. Choices (D) and (E)
are incorrect; there is no evidence to support either of these theories.
15. The correct answer is (C). Throughout the article, the author refers to the physical
being of the stars as a mass, and the condensation of that physical property by
gravity as a mass. Choice (A) is incorrect; after the violent death of a star, there are
fragments only. Choice (B) is incorrect; the core or center is a singularity. Choice
(D) is incorrect; the remnants of a dead star vary in designation from fragments to
singularity. Choice (E) is incorrect. There is no evidence in this article to the central
ingredient for a black hole.
16. The correct answer is (C). The author states that physicists prefer not to discuss
the central condensation but to refer to it as singularity because they have no clue
as to what happens. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no evidence of a name for this
condition. Choice (B) is incorrect; a supernova is a very bright star. Choice (D) is
incorrect; the afterlife of such a star is not discussed in this article. Choice (E) is
incorrect; there is no discussion of fuel.
17. The correct answer is (D). In the last paragraph, the author explains that property
is changed to nothing. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no reference to the collision
of stars in this selection. Choice (B) is incorrect; the opposite is true. McClintock
indicates that the investigation is ongoing. Choice (C) is incorrect; while there is an
indication that the singularity condition of the black hole is puzzling, the explanation
is that the condensation is so infinitesimal as to defy description. Choice (E) is
incorrect, because choice (D) is correct.
PASSAGE 3
18. The correct answer is (E). Choice (A) is incorrect; the first sentence of the
selection makes the point that the material SHOULD meet the needs. Choice (B) is
incorrect; the point is clearly made that the material SHOULD meet these needs.
Choice (C) is incorrect; again, the point is made that this SHOULD happen.
Choice (D) is incorrect; teachers SHOULD be ready to do this.
www.petersons.com
104
105
www.petersons.com
UNIT 5
PASSAGE 4
26. The correct answer is (C). The comparison between the steam engine that placed
the statue there and the fact that it took less than 10 minutes to hoist it by helicopter implies that modern technology, when viewed in a historical perspective, is far
more efficient than technology in the past. Choice (A) is incorrect; there is no
indicator that statues should be refurbished often. Choice (B) is incorrect; indeed,
the use of the efficient helicopter is applauded. Choice (D) is incorrect; while this is
a true statement, it is not the authors inference. Choice (E) is not correct; although
probably true, it is not the authors inference.
27. The correct answer is (B). The author extols the virtues of the Sikorsky S-64F
helicopter. Choice (A) is incorrect; the author makes the movements of the helicopter seem simple. Choice (C) is incorrect; the mention of the transformer is an aside.
Choice (D) is incorrect; although perhaps true, this is not the main idea. Choice (E)
is incorrect; again, although true, this is not the main idea of this selection.
28. The correct answer is (B). Putting the crew in and including its comments
involves humanity. Choice (A) is incorrect; while this may be a truth, it is not the
authors intent. Choice (C) is incorrect; there is no effort to humanize the statues.
Choice (D) is incorrect; there is no effort on the authors part to demean technology.
Choice (E) is incorrect; the author makes no effort to confuse the reader.
29. The correct answer is (B). The author states that Liberty was kept on her pedestal
for her face-lift, while Freedom was brought to the ground. Choice (A) is incorrect;
there is no mention of this fact. Choice (C) is incorrect; while perhaps true, this is
not stated in the selection. Choice (D) is incorrect; this is not discussed with relation
to Liberty. Choice (E) is incorrect; there is no mention of the composition of
Freedom.
30. The correct answer is (E). All answers are correct and are spelled out in the
selection. There is a gyro-coupled flight control system, which makes choice (A)
correct. There is a third pilot to handle the hoisting system, which makes choice (B)
correct. The special suspension system is mentioned, making choice (C) correct. The
crew and its work is mentioned, making choice (D) correct. Therefore, choice (E) is
the correct choice.
www.petersons.com
106
R E D A LERT
WHY STUDY VOCABULARY FOR
THE GRE?
If youre a native speaker of English, you already know thousands of words. (The average person has a
working vocabulary of over 10,000 wordsand is probably capable of at least recognizing thousands
more.) After four years of college, you probably have an extensive vocabulary of words drawn from
many fields of study, to say nothing of the words you hear, see, and use in everyday life. Is it really
necessary for you to study vocabulary in preparation for the GRE?
For most people, the answer is yes.
The test-makers consider vocabulary so important that they test it in several ways on the GRE.
1. As you know, the verbal sections of the exam include antonym questions, which require
you to pick a word whose meaning is the opposite of some other word. In Unit 4, we
provided you with a number of hints and strategies for tackling these items effectively.
Then there are indirect and hidden vocabulary questionsof which there are plenty.
2. Your ability to fully understand reading comprehension passages will often turn on your
knowledge of vocabulary. The broader, more varied, and more accurate your vocabulary
knowledge, the better your chances of answering the questions that cover these passages
quickly and correctly.
3. Analogy questions obviously depend to a large extent on vocabulary. Its difficultthough
not impossible, as we discussed in Unit 3to decipher the analogy relationships unless you
understand the words that are involved. One typical group of analogy items includes the
words proficiency, embellish, carping, reclusive, tactile, criterion, intransigent, and
strenuous, among others. (How many of these can you define?) You dont have to throw
up your hands in despair if an analogy item contains a word or two you dont know; theres
more than one way to skin that cat. But the process will be a lot easier and faster if you
know most of the words used, or at least have a nodding acquaintance with them.
4. The better your vocabulary knowledge, the easier youll find it to understand the sentence
completion items (which are, in effect, mini-reading passages, each one sentence long).
Even an occasional math item is made a little more complicated by the use of a challenging
vocabulary word.
5. Your performance on the Analytical Writing Measure will be aided by vocabulary knowledge that is both broad and deep: broad, in the sense that you have a relatively large and
varied pool of words to draw upon; deep, in the sense that your understanding of individual words is accurate and sophisticated. The words you use in your essays will have a
significant impact on the grades you receive. Reliance on rudimentary or narrow vocabulary
makes you sound less smart; so does misusing words.
RED
107
ALERT
RED ALERT
LEARN
FEW WORDS
AT A
TIME
Dont try to gobble dozens of words in one sitting. Theyre likely to blur into an indistinguishable
mass. Instead, pick a reasonable quantitysay, ten to fifteen wordsand study them in some depth.
Learn the definition of each word; examine the sample sentence provided in the word list; learn the
related words; and try writing a couple of sentences of your own that include the word. Refer to your
own dictionary for further information if you like.
LEARN WORDS
IN
FAMILIES
Language is a living thing. Words are used by humans, innately creative beings who constantly twist,
reshape, invent, and recombine words. (Think of the jargon of your favorite sport or hobby, or the
new language currently blossoming in cyberspace, for some examples.) As a result, most words
belong to families in which related ideas are expressed through related words. This makes it possible
to learn several words each time you learn one.
USE
THE
Make a deliberate effort to include the new words youre learning in your daily speech and writing. It
will impress people (professors, bosses, friends and enemies) and it will help solidify your memory of
the words and their meanings. Maybe youve heard this tip about meeting new people: if you use a
new acquaintances name several times, youre likely never to forget it. The same is true with new
words: use them, and you wont lose them.
www.petersons.com
RED
108
ALERT
Unit 6
MERRIAM-WEBSTERS
ROOTS TO WORD MASTERY
If youre like many students today preparing for the GRE, you probably have
never taken a course in Latin, which means you may never have learned how
most English words came to be based on words from older languages. And you
may never have realized how the study of word roots can lead to a much larger
vocabulary than you now have. Studying and mastering vocabulary words can
certainly improve your GRE Verbal and Analytical Writing scores. So to maximize
your chances of scoring high on your test, this unit will set you on the path to
learning a broad range of vocabulary words.
Youll learn 50 of the Greek and Latin roots that form the foundation of most
of the words in the English language as well as 150 English words based on those
roots. Many of these 150 words will actually lead you to several more words each.
By learning the word credible, youll also understand credibly and credibility the
next time you hear them; by learning gratify, youll also learn gratifying and
gratification; and by learning theology, youll understand theological, theologically, and theologian when you run across them. So learning the roots and words
in this chapter will help you to learn thousands of words.
Ancient Greek and Latin have been the sources of most words in the English
language. (The third-biggest source is the family of Germanic languages.) And not
just of the older words: Almost the entire English vocabulary was created long
after the fall of the Roman empire, and it continues to expand to this day. Of the
new words that are constantly being invented, the majorityespecially those in
the sciences, where most new words are introducedare still based on Greek and
Latin roots. Even new buzzwords that you think appear out of nowhere may be
Greek or Latin in origin. For instance, morph is a short form of metamorphose,
which comes almost straight from Latin; def is short for definitely, which is also
based on Latin; hype is probably short for hyperbole, which comes straight from
Greek; and rad is short for radical, which comes from the Latin radixwhich
actually means root!
While root study is very valuable, be cautious when you begin exploring it. A
portion of a word may resemble a root only by coincidence. For example, the
word center doesnt have anything to do with the root cent (meaning hundred),
and the words interest and interminable dont have anything to do with the root
109
UNIT 6
inter (meaning between). It may take time to recognize which words actually
contain the roots you think you see in them. Another problem is that not every
root you think youve identified will necessarily be the right one. For example,
ped may mean either foot or child, and liber may mean either book or
free. A third problem is that many common roots are too short to recognize or
change their spelling in a confusing way from word to word. So even though
perception, deceive, recipe, capture, and receipt can all be traced to the same
Latin root, the root changes form so muchcip, cept, cap, etc.that root study
probably wont help the student looking for a memory aid. Similarly, when the
Latin word ad (meaning to or toward) becomes a prefix, it usually changes to
ac-, ad-, af-, ag-, am-, an-, or some other form, so the student can rarely recognize
it. In addition, the meanings of some roots can change from word to word. So
even though the cip-cept-cap root means grasp, seize, or take, it may seem
to change its meaning completely when combined with a prefix (per-, de-, etc.).
As long as you are aware of such difficulties, root study is an excellent way
to learn English vocabulary (not to mention the vocabularies of Spanish, French,
Italian, and Portuguese, all of which are based on Latin). In fact, its the only
method of vocabulary acquisition that relies on broadly useful memory aids.
Without it, vocabulary study consists of nothing but trying to memorize unrelated
words one by one by one.
So from here on, its up to you. The more fun you can have learning your
new vocabulary, the better youll do. And it can be fun. For one thing, the results
are instantaneousyou can show off your new knowledge any time you want.
And youll almost feel your mind expanding as your vocabulary expands. This is
why people talk about the power of a large vocabulary; youll soon realize your
mental capacities are actually becoming more powerful with every new word.
Take every opportunity to use the words youre learning; the most effective
way to keep a new word alive in your vocabulary is to use it regularly. Look and
listen for the new words youve learnedyoull be surprised to find yourself
running into them often, especially if youve also begun reading more demanding
books and magazines in your leisure time. Challenge your friends with them, even
if just in a joking way. Make up games to test yourself, maybe using homemade
flashcards.
And dont stop acquiring new vocabulary words after youve mastered this
unit. Whenever youre reading, look for roots in the new words you keep
encountering and try to guess each words meaning before looking it up in a
dictionary (which you should try to keep close at hand). Once youve acquired
the habit, youll be astonished at how quickly your vocabulary will grow.
INSTRUCTIONS
We introduce you to 50 of the most useful Greek and Latin roots (omitting the
prefixes and suffixes that almost everyone knowsanti-, co-, de-, -ism, mis-, non-,
un-, vice-, etc.). We call these roots useful because they are common and also
because they nearly always keep their meaning in an obvious way when they
appear in an English word. So if you encounter an unfamiliar word on your test,
these roots may be the key to making an educated guess as to its meaning.
www.petersons.com
110
111
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
50 ROOTS TO SUCCESS
Pronunciation Guide: \@\ abut \@r\ further \a\ ash \a\ ace \\ mop, mar
\au
\ out \ch\ chin \e\ bet \e\ easy \g\ go \i\ hit \\ ice \j\ job \\ sing
\o
\ go \o
\ law \o
i\ boy \th\ thin \th\ the \\ loot \u
\ foot \y\ yet
\zh\ vision
agr Beginning Latin students traditionally learn the word agricola, meaning farmer,
in their very first class. Though most of us tend to think of the Romans as soldiers,
senators, and citizens of the city of Rome, most inhabitants of the empire were actually
farmers. We see the root today in words such as agriculture.
agronomy \@-'gr-n@-me\ A branch of agriculture dealing with field-crop production
and soil management.
The poor country was in dire need of an agronomy team to introduce its
farmers to new crops and techniques.
agrochemical \a-gro
-'ke-mi-k@l\ An agricultural chemical (such as an herbicide or
an insecticide).
The rivers pollution was easily traced to the runoff of agrochemicals from the
cornfields.
agrarian \@-'grer-e-@n\ Of or relating to fields, lands, or farmers, or characteristic of
farming life.
The team of sharply dressed lawyers seemed nervous and awkward in this
agrarian landscape of silos and feed stores.
ante Ante means before; its opposite, post, means after. Both almost always appear
as prefixes (that is, at the beginnings of words). Ante is easy to confuse with anti,
meaning against. Antebellum means before the war, and we often speak of the
antebellum Souththat is, the South before the Civil War, not the antiwar South.
antedate \'an-ti-dat\ 1: To date as of a date prior to that of execution. 2: To precede
in time.
It appeared that Crowley had antedated his check to the contractors, helping
them evade taxes for work done in the new year.
antecedent \an-t@-'se-d@nt\ Prior, preceding.
As Mrs. Perkins told it, the scuffle had started spontaneously, and any antecedent events involving her rowdy son had been forgotten.
anterior \an-'tir-e-@r\ Situated before or toward the front.
Dr. Singh was going on about anterior and posterior knee pain, but in her
agony Karen could hardly remember a word.
www.petersons.com
112
anthro The Latin anthro means man or mankind. Thus, in English we call the
study of mankind anthropology. Anthro is very close to the Greek and Latin andro,
which shows up in such words as android.
anthropoid \'an-thr@-poid\ Any of several large, tailless apes.
The anthropoidschimpanzees, bonobos, gorillas, orangutans, and gibbons
had diverged from the human evolutionary line by 5 million years ago.
misanthrope \'mi-s@n-thro
p\ A person who hates or distrusts mankind.
Over the years she had retreated into an increasingly bitter solitude, and her
former friends now dismissed her as a misanthrope.
philanthropy \f@-'lan-thr@-pe\ Active effort to promote human welfare.
His philanthropy was so welcome that no one cared to inquire how hed come
by his fortune.
aqu The Greek and Latin root aqu- refers to water. The ancient world regarded all
matter as made up of four elementsearth, air, fire, and water. Today, the root is
found in such familiar words as aquarium, aquatic, and aquamarine.
aquaculture \'-kw@-k@l-ch@r\ The cultivation of the natural produce of water, such
as fish or shellfish.
Having grown hugely, the aquaculture industry now produces 30 percent of the
worlds seafood.
aquifer \'a-kw@-f@r\ A water-bearing stratum of rock, sand, or gravel.
The vast Ogallala aquifer, which irrigates most of the Great Plains, is monitored
constantly to ensure that it isnt dangerously depleted.
Aquarius \@-'kwar-e-@s\ 1: A constellation south of Pegasus pictured as a man
pouring water. 2: The 11th sign of the zodiac in astrology.
Many believe that the great Age of Aquarius began in 1962; others believe it
commenced in 2000 or hasnt yet begun.
arti This root comes from the Latin word for skill. Art could also mean simply
cleverness, and we still describe a clever solution as artful. Until recent centuries,
almost no one made a real distinction between skilled craftsmanship and what we
would now call art. So the words artistic and artificial turn out to be very closely
related.
artifice \'r-t@-f@s\ 1: Clever skill. 2: A clever trick.
She was stunned to find shed been deceived by a masterpiece of artificethe
lifelike figure of a seated man talking on the phone, a lit cigarette in his right
hand.
artifact \'r-ti-fakt\ A usually simple object, such as a tool or ornament, made by
human workmanship.
Among the artifacts carried by the 5,000-year-old Iceman was a fur quiver with
fourteen arrow shafts.
artisan \'ar-t@-z@n\ A skilled worker or craftsperson.
Ducking down an alley, he weaved quickly through the artisans hawking their
wares of handworked brass and leather.
113
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 1
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
News of the caves discovery soon leaked out, and local youths were soon
plundering it of its Indian ________________s.
4.
5.
They had drilled down 85 feet before they struck the ______________ and
water bubbled to the surface.
6.
7.
George Washington Carver, a hero of American ________________, transformed Southern agriculture through his research into the peanut.
8.
The throne itself, its surface glittering with ornaments, was the most
extravagant example of the sculptors ________________.
9.
10.
11.
114
12.
Any contracts that ________________ the new law by five years or more
will remain in effect.
13.
14.
A young boy pouring water into the basin below reminded her of the
astrological symbol of ________________.
15.
115
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
bene In Latin, bene means well; its near-opposite, mal, means bad or poorly.
Both usually appear at the beginnings of words. We may hope to use this root often to
list benefits and describe beneficial activities.
benediction \be-n@-'dik-sh@n\ The pronouncement of a blessing, especially at the
close of a worship service.
The restless children raced out to the church picnic immediately after the
benediction.
beneficent \b@-'ne-f@-s@nt\ Doing or producing good; especially performing acts of
kindness or charity.
Even the busy and poor willingly contribute to organizations recognized as
beneficent.
benefactor \'be-n@-fak-t@r\ A person or group that confers aid, such as a charitable
donation.
Construction of the new playground had been funded by a generous benefactor.
bio Bio comes from the Greek word for life. Thus, biology means the study of all
living forms and life processes, and biotechnology uses the knowledge gained
through biology. Antibiotics fight off bacteria, which are life forms, but not viruses,
which may not be.
bionic \b-'-nik\ Having normal biological ability enhanced by electronic or
mechanical devices.
A 1970s TV series featuring the Bionic Woman sparked interest in robotics.
biopsy \'b-p-se\ The removal and examination of tissue, cells, or fluids from the
living body.
Until the biopsy results came back, there was no way to tell if the lump was
cancerous.
symbiosis \sim-be-'o
-s@s\ The intimate living together of two dissimilar organisms,
especially when mutually beneficial.
In a display of symbiosis, the bird stands on the crocodiles teeth and pecks
leeches off its gums.
chron This root comes from the Greek word for time. A chronicle records the
events of a particular time. Chronometry is the measuring of time, which can be
done with a chronometer, a timepiece more accurate than an ordinary watch or
clock.
chronic \'kr-nik\ Marked by long duration or frequent recurrence; habitual.
Her roommate was a chronic complainer, who started off every day grumbling
about something new.
anachronism \@-'na-kr@-ni-z@m\ 1: The error of placing a person or thing in the
wrong period. 2: One that is out of its own time.
After the collapse of the Soviet Union, some analysts felt that NATO was an
anachronism.
chronology \kr@-'n-l@-je\ An arrangement of events in the order of their occurrence.
Keeping a journal throughout her trip gave Joan an accurate record of its
chronology afterward.
www.petersons.com
116
117
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 2
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The childrens clinic was built soon after a significant gift by a single
________________.
9.
10.
Measles and flu are acute illnesses, while asthma and diabetes are
________________ conditions.
11.
12.
118
13.
Office life, with all its dramas and secrets, seemed to her a
________________ of the world outside.
14.
15.
119
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
cred This root comes from credere, the Latin verb meaning to believe. Thus something incredible is almost unbelievable. We have a good credit rating when institutions believe in our ability to repay a loan, and we carry credentials so that others will
believe we are who we say we are.
credence \'kre-d@ns\ Mental acceptance as true or real; belief.
Giving credence to gossipor even to corporate financial reports these
daysis risky.
credible \'kre-d@-b@l\ Trustworthy; believable.
The defense team doubted that the ex-convict would make a credible witness.
creed \'kred\ A statement of the essential beliefs of a religious faith.
The Nicene Creed of A.D. 381 excluded Christian beliefs considered incorrect.
dis In Latin, dis means apart. In English, its meanings have increased to include do
the opposite of (as in disobey), deprive of (as in disillusion), exclude or expel
from (disbar), the opposite or absence of (disaffection), and not (disagreeable).
disarming \di-'sr-mi\ Reducing hostility or criticism; ingratiating.
Their ambassador to the United Nations has a disarming manner but a cunning
mind.
disburse \dis-'b@rs\ To pay out; distribute.
The World Bank agreed to disburse $20 million to Bolivia in recognition of its
economic reforms.
discredit \dis-'kre-d@t\ 1: To cause disbelief in the accuracy or authority of. 2: To
disgrace.
Lawyers with the states suing the tobacco company sought to discredit testimony of its chief witness.
dyna The Greek root dyna means to be able or to have power. Dynamite has
enough power to blow up the hardest granite bedrock. A dynamic person or group is
powerful and energetic. A dynamometer measures mechanical force, which is measured in dynes.
dynamo \'d-n@-mo
\ 1: A power generator. 2: A forceful, energetic person.
The early dynamo was a mysterious mechanism for many, who saw no relation
between steam and electric current.
dynasty \'d-n@-ste\ 1: A line of rulers from the same family. 2: A powerful group or
family that maintains its position for a long time.
After the Mongols and before the Manchus, the Ming dynasty provided China a
very stable era.
hydrodynamic \h-dro
-d-'na-mik\ Of or relating to the motion of fluids and the
forces acting on moving bodies immersed in fluids.
Water temperature, resistance, and depth are among the hydrodynamic aspects
of rowing.
www.petersons.com
120
dys In Greek, dys means bad or difficult. As a prefix in English, it has the additional
meanings abnormal and impaired. Dyspnea is difficult or labored breathing.
Dyspepsia is indigestion (or ill humor). A dysfunctional family is one that functions
badly.
dyslexia \dis-'lek-se-@\ A disturbance of the ability to read or use language.
Dyslexia is regarded as the most widespread of the learning disabilities.
dysentery \'di-s@n-ter-e\ An infectious intestinal disease with abdominal pain and
severe diarrhea.
Considering the poor sanitation, travelers were not surprised to find dysentery
widespread.
dystrophy \'dis-tr@-fe\ A disorder involving wasting away of muscular tissue.
The telethon raises over $50 million a year to battle muscular dystrophy and
related diseases.
epi Coming from the Greek, this root means various things, particularly on and
over. An epicenter is the part of the earths surface directly over the focus of an
earthquake. The epidermis is the outer layer of the skin, overlying the inner dermis.
An epitaph is an inscription upon a tomb in memory of the person buried there.
epithet \'e-p@-thet\ A characterizing and often abusive word or phrase.
Classic epithets used by Homer include rosy-fingered dawn and Zeus, the
cloud-gatherer.
epigraph \'e-p@-graf\ 1: An engraved inscription. 2: A quotation set at the beginning
of a literary work to suggest its theme.
Chapter 5, describing the great battle, bears the Shakespearean epigraph Let
slip the dogs of war.
epilogue \'e-p@-lo
g\ A concluding section, especially to a literary or musical work.
Not until the novels epilogue do we realize that all the characters were based
on the authors family.
121
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 3
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
With his ________________ smile and quiet humor, he charms even the
wariest clients.
3.
4.
5.
New reports lent ________________ to the captives story that the enemy
had fled.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Lou Gehrigs disease is one of about forty diseases in the area of muscular
________________.
122
13.
14.
Her story is hardly ________________, since shes already changed the facts
twice.
15.
123
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
extra This root, from Latin, places words outside or beyond their usual or routine
territory. Extraterrestrial events take place beyond the Earth. Something extravagant, such as an extravaganza, goes beyond the limits of moderation. And extra is
itself a word, a shortening of extraordinary, beyond the ordinary.
extrapolate \ik-'stra-p@-lat\ To project (known data) into an unknown area to arrive
at knowledge of the unknown area.
Her department pored over export-import data endlessly in order to extrapolate
present trade trends and predict the future.
extrovert \'ek-str@-v@rt\ An outgoing, sociable, unreserved person.
Lindas boss is an extrovert, always happiest in a roomful of people.
extraneous \ek-'stra-ne-@s\ Not forming a vital part; irrelevant.
Coaching in diving and dance often seeks to reduce extraneous movements.
fid Fid comes from fides, the Latin word for faith. An infidel is someone who lacks
a particular kind of religious faith. An affidavit is a sworn statement, a statement you
can have faith in. Something thats bona fide is in good faithabsolutely genuine,
the real deal.
fiduciary \f@-'d-she-er-e\ 1: Involving a confidence or trust. 2: Held or holding in
trust for another.
Corporate directors have often forgotten their fiduciary responsibility to their
companies stockholders.
confidante \'kn-f@-dnt\ A person to whom secrets are entrusted, especially a
woman.
The famed advice columnist Ann Landers was in many ways Americas confidante.
fidelity \f@-'de-l@-te\ 1: The quality or state of being faithful. 2: Accuracy, as in sound
reproduction.
Harriets comment left Lisa wondering about her husbands fidelity.
geo From the Greek word for earth, geo almost always appears as a prefix. Geography describes the Earths surface; geology deals with its history. We measure the
Earthand relationships of its points, lines, angles, surfaces, and solidsusing geometry.
geopolitical \je-o
-p@-'li-ti-k@l\ Combining geographic and political factors such as
economics and population spread, usually with reference to a state.
Any invasion might trigger a series of geopolitical consequences, including the
fall of other governments.
geosynchronous \je-o
-'si-kr@-n@s\ Having an orbit such that its position is fixed
with respect to the Earth.
Satellites in geosynchronous orbits are usually positioned over the equator.
geothermal \je-o
-'th@r-m@l\ Of, relating to, or using the heat of the Earths interior.
Geothermal energy technology is most developed in areas of volcanic activity.
www.petersons.com
124
graph This root is taken from the Greek word meaning to write. Something graphic
is vividly described. Graphology is the study of handwriting. A graph is a diagram
representing changes in something that varies. But graph, or graphy, actually most
often appears at the end of a word.
spectrography \spek-'tr-gr@-fe\ The dispersing of radiation (such as electromagnetic radiation or sound waves) into a spectrum to be photographed or mapped.
Spectrography can determine what elements stars are made of and how fast
they are moving.
seismograph \'sz-m@-graf\ An apparatus for measuring and recording earthquakerelated vibrations.
Only recently have seismographs been enabling earthquake predictions that
actually save lives.
topography \t@-'p-gr@-fe\ 1: The detailed mapping of geographical areas showing
their elevations and natural and manmade features. 2: The contours of a geographical
surface.
Watching for the next El Nio, NASA monitors ocean surface topography from
space for clues.
grat This root comes from gratus, the Latin word meaning pleasing, welcome, or
agreeable, or from gratia, meaning grace, agreeableness, or pleasantness. A meal
that is served graciously will be received with gratitude by grateful diners, unless
they want to risk being called ingrates.
gratify \'gra-t@-f\ 1: To be a source of pleasure or satisfaction. 2: To give in to;
indulge or satisfy.
The victims family was gratified by the guilty verdict in the murder trial.
ingratiate \in-'gra-she-at\ To gain favor by deliberate effort.
Backers of the proposed new mall sought to ingratiate themselves with
community leaders.
gratuitous \gr@-'t-@-t@s\ Uncalled for; unwarranted.
Luckily for Linda and all concerned, her gratuitous and offensive remark was
not recorded.
125
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 4
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
4.
He kept the embarrassing details a secret from everyone but Kendra, his
longtime ________________.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAT scans and ________________ are being used to analyze old bones from
the Southwest.
9.
10.
11.
12.
126
13.
The map detailed the regions ________________, indicating the approximate altitude of every square foot of land.
14.
15.
127
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
hydr Hydr flows from the Greek word for water. Hydrotherapy uses water for
healing physical infirmities. Water may spout from a hydrant. Water can also be
found in the lovely flower called hydrangea: its seed capsules resemble ancient Greek
water vessels.
hydraulic \h-'dro
-lik\ 1: Operated or moved by water. 2: Operated by the resistance
offered or the pressure transmitted when a quantity of liquid is forced through a
small opening or tube.
The hydraulic brake system used in automobiles is a multiple piston system.
dehydrate \de-'h-drat\ 1: To remove water from. 2: To lose liquid.
To minimize weight on the challenging trail, the hikers packed dehydrated fruits
and vegetables.
hydroelectric \h-dro
-i-'lek-trik\ Of or relating to production of electricity by waterpower.
Hydroelectric power sounded clean and renewable, but some asked about its social and environmental impact.
hyper This Greek prefix means above and beyond it all. To be hypercritical or
hypersensitive is to be critical or sensitive beyond what is normal. To hyperextend
means to extend a joint (such as a knee or elbow) beyond its usual limits. Clicking on
a hyperlink may take you beyond the Web site where you found it.
hyperbole \h-'p@r-b@-le\ Extravagant exaggeration.
The article called him the colleges most popular professor, which even he
thought was hyperbole.
hypertension \h-p@r-'ten-sh@n\ The condition accompanying high blood pressure.
Hypertension ran in Rachels family and seemed to be linked to her relatives
heart attacks.
hyperventilate \h-p@r-'ven-t@l-at\ To breathe rapidly and deeply.
Competitive short-distance runners hyperventilate briefly before running.
hypo Coming from Greek, hypo as a prefix can mean under or below normal. A
hypocrite says or does one thing while thinking or feeling something entirely different
underneath. Many hypo- words are medical. A hypodermic needle injects medication
under the skin. Hypotension, or low blood pressure, can be just as unhealthy as
hypertension.
hypochondriac \h-p@-'kn-dre-'ak\ A person depressed in mind or spirits because
of imaginary physical ailments.
My grandmother is a hypochondriac; every time she hears about a new disease
on the news, she thinks she has caught it.
hypothetical \h-p@-'the-ti-k@l\ Involving an assumption made for the sake of
argument.
The dating service provides hypothetical questions designed to predict success
or failure.
hypothermia \h-po
-'th@r-me-@\ Subnormal body temperature.
Confusion and slurred speech are signs of hypothermia, a silent killer in all
seasons.
www.petersons.com
128
inter This prefix is the Latin word meaning between or among. Someone who
interferes comes between two people; a player who intercepts a pass comes
between the ball and its intended receiver. An intermission is a break between acts of
a play. An international event takes place between or among nations.
intercede \in-t@r-'sed\ 1: To act between parties as a mediator. 2: To plead on
anothers behalf.
The bishop prayed, asking Mother Mary to intercede for us.
interdict \'in-t@r-dikt\ To destroy, cut off, or damage.
U.S. Kosovo Force soldiers sought to interdict weapons at the Serbian and
Albanian borders.
interface \'in-t@r-fas\ 1: A surface forming a common boundary between two
bodies, spaces, or phases. 2: The place where independent systems meet and act on
each other.
Long before the computer age, the auto dashboard was designed as a
man2machine interface.
jur Jur comes from the Latin verb jurare, to swear or take an oath, and the noun
juris, right or law. A jury, made up of jurors, makes judgments based on the law.
A personal injury caused by another person is not right.
perjury \'p@r-j@-re\ Violation of an oath to tell the truth; lying under oath.
Lying to a TV reporter is one thing; perjury before a Senate committee is
another.
jurisprudence \ju
r-@s-'pr-d@ns\ 1: A system of laws. 2: The science or philosophy
of law.
Julianas heroes were the crusaders of 20th-century jurisprudence, especially
Thurgood Marshall.
abjure \ab-'ju
r\ 1: To give up, renounce, recant. 2: To abstain from.
To the prison counselor, the three conspirators always solemnly abjured a
future life of crime.
129
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 5
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
The novelist Lord Archer was found guilty of ________________ for lying
during his libel suit.
2.
3.
Jared led the team up the river to visit the principal ________________
power plant in the region.
4.
In the thinner air near the mountain top, the climbers began to
________________.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
By then her face was caked with ice and ________________ had caused her
heart to stop.
10.
11.
12.
130
13.
14.
Jasons mom said he read thick books and took quantities of notes, but this
was surely ________________.
15.
Once the enriched uranium left the lab, there would be no chance to
________________ it.
131
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
mal Mal, from the Latin, means bad. Malodorous things smell bad. A malefactor is
someone guilty of bad deeds. A malady is a disease or disorder. Malnutrition is faulty
or inadequate nutrition. Dismal means particularly bad.
malevolent \m@-'le-v@-l@nt\ Having, showing, or arising from intense ill will, spite,
or hatred.
Bookstores report that children still like stories with hairy beasts and malevolent aliens.
malign \m@-'ln\ To speak evil of; defame.
Amanda didnt wish to malign her neighbors, but the late-night partying had to
stop.
malpractice \mal-'prak-t@s\ An abandonment of professional duty or a failure of
professional skill that results in injury, loss, or damage.
The soaring cost of malpractice insurance forced many doctors into early retirement.
mar From the Latin word mare, meaning sea, mar brings its salty tang to English in
words like marine, having to do with the sea, and submarine, under the sea. It
also forms part of such place names as Del Mar (of the sea), California. Aquamarine
is the color of clear seawater in sunlight.
maritime \'mar-@-tm\ Of or relating to the sea, navigation, or commerce of the sea.
She achieved a national practice in maritime law, specializing in ship insurance.
marina \m@-'re-n@\ A dock or basin providing secure moorings for pleasure boats.
Florida has marinas all along its coast to meet the needs of watercraft from
enormous yachts to flimsy sailboats.
mariner \'mar-@-n@r\ A sailor.
Ann was haunted by some lines about the old mariner in Coleridges famous
poem.
morph This form comes from the Greek word for shape. It appears in anthropomorphic, meaning having human form. And morph is itself a new English word; by
morphing, filmmakers can alter photographic images or shapes digitally, transforming
them in astonishing ways.
amorphous \@-'mo
r-f@s\ Shapeless; formless.
The sculptor swiftly molded an amorphous lump of clay into a rough human
shape.
metamorphosis \me-t@-'mo
r-f@-s@s\ 1: A change in physical form or substance. 2: A
fundamental change in form and often habits of an animal as part of the transformation of a larva into an adult.
Day by day we watched the gradual metamorphosis of the tadpoles into frogs.
morphology \mo
r-'f-l@-je\ A branch of biology dealing with the form and structure of
organisms.
As an example, she mentioned the morphology of whales, whose fins evolved
from legs.
www.petersons.com
132
mort / mori These roots come from the Latin noun mors (and its related form
mortis), meaning death. A mortuary is a place where dead bodies are kept until
burial, and a mortician prepares corpses for burial or cremation. Memento mori, a
Latin phrase used in English, means a reminder of death, such as a skull.
moribund \'mo
r-@-b@nd\ 1: Dying or approaching death. 2: Inactive or becoming
outmoded.
Evidence of the sagging industrial economy could be seen in the moribund
factories and towns.
mortify \'mo
r-t@-f\ 1: To subdue or deaden (the body) with self-discipline or
self-inflicted pain. 2: To embarrass greatly; humiliate.
The parents attempts to act youthful mortified their kids, who almost died of
embarrassment when their friends were around.
mortality \mo
r-'ta-l@-te\ 1: The state of being subject to death. 2: The proportion of
deaths to population.
The preacher takes every occasion to remind us of our mortality, as does the
insurance agent.
mut Mut comes from the Latin mutare, to change. Science-fiction movies often
focus on weird mutations, changes in normal people or animals that lead to death,
destruction, or comedy. A governor may commute or change a prison sentence; a
person commuting between cities exchanges one location for another.
permutation \p@r-myu
-'ta-sh@n\ 1: The changing of the order of a set of objects. 2:
An ordering of a set of objects.
The letters A, B, and C have six possible permutations: ABC, ACB, BAC, BCA,
CAB, and CBA.
immutable \i-'my-t@-b@l\ Unchangeable or unchanging.
The physical world is governed by the immutable laws of nature.
transmute \trans-'myt\ To change in shape, appearance, or nature, especially for
the better; transform.
A meek person may dream of being transmuted into a tyrant, or a poor person
into a rich one.
133
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 6
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
The ________________ at Hyannis has over 180 slips for deep-draft sailboats, motorboats, and yachts.
2.
________________ suits are being filed today against even fine doctors who
have made no errors.
3.
4.
5.
The fabled dream of the alchemist was to ________________ lead into gold.
6.
The stores nautical antiques and pond yachts should interest the armchair
________________.
7.
8.
Al Capps Shmoo was an ________________ blob-like creature who sometimes helped his friends solve mysteries.
9.
10.
In terms of ________________, bats wings are skeletal hands with very long
fingers, webbed with membranes.
11.
The day the first CD appeared in the stores, the vinyl LP was
________________.
12.
The number of different ways eight people can line up in a row provides a
nice illustration of ________________s.
134
13.
14.
The National ________________ Museum was displaying personal possessions of the Bounty mutineers.
15.
135
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
neo Old as its Greek source, neo means new. Neon was a new gas when found in 1898.
A neoconservative is a liberal who has become a conservative. A neophyte is a new
convert, or a beginner. And a neologism is a new word.
neoclassical \ne-o
-'kla-si-k@l\ Of or relating to a revival or adaptation of the style of
classical antiquity.
Neoclassical paintings are dignified and restrained, and they often radiate a noble
spirit.
Neolithic \ne-@-'li-thik\ Of or relating to the latest period of the Stone Age, characterized by polished stone implements.
Doctors have asked how the life spans of the Neolithic farmers compared with
those of earlier hunter-gatherers.
neoplasm \'ne-@-pla-z@m\ A new growth of tissue serving no useful purpose in the
body; tumor.
Using digital X rays, the dentist examined Toms gums for neoplasms and cysts.
omni This comes from the Latin prefix meaning all. Thus an omnidirectional
antenna will draw in stations from all directions. Something omnipresent is thought
to be present at all places and at all times. An omnivorous animal might eat almost
everything. Some companies apparently meaning to be everything to their customers
name themselves simply Omni.
omnibus \'m-ni-b@s\ Of, relating to, or providing for many things at once.
The Senates omnibus bill includes money for everything from snail research to
new bombers.
omnipotent \m-'ni-p@-t@nt\ Having unlimited authority or influence; almighty.
The question arises, If God is good and omnipotent, why do bad things happen?
omniscient \m-'ni-sh@nt\ Having infinite awareness, understanding, insight, or knowledge.
His stories usually have an omniscient narrator, who reveals the thoughts of all
the characters.
ortho Ortho comes from orthos, the Greek word for straight, right, or true.
Orthotics is a therapy that straightens out the stance or posture of the body by
providing artificial support for weak joints or muscles. Orthograde animals, such as
humans, walk with their bodies in an upright position. Orthography is correct
spelling.
orthodox \'o
r-th@-dks\ 1: Holding established beliefs, especially in religion. 2:
Conforming to established rules or traditions; conventional.
Gerald preferred orthodox, mainstream cancer treatments to untested alternative therapies.
orthopedist \o
r-th@-'pe-dist\ A medical specialist concerned with correcting or
preventing skeletal deformities.
A local orthopedist eventually managed to correct the childs spinal curvature.
orthodontic \o
r-th@-'dn-tik\ Pertaining to irregularities of the teeth and their correction.
As much as she dreaded braces, Jennifer knew the time had come for orthodontic
work.
www.petersons.com
136
pan Directly from Greek, pan means all; as a prefix in English it can also mean
completely, whole, or general. A panoramic view is a complete view in every
direction. Pantheism is the worship of all gods. A pandemic outbreak of a disease
will affect an exceptionally high proportion of the population, though probably not
literally all people.
panacea \pa-n@-'se-@\ A remedy for all ills or difficulties; a cure-all.
Educational reform is sometimes seen as the panacea for societys problems.
panoply \'pa-n@-ple\ 1: A magnificent or impressive array. 2: A display of all
appropriate accessory items.
The full panoply of a royal wedding was a thrilling sight for millions.
pantheon \'pan-the-n\ 1: The gods of a people. 2: A group of illustrious people.
Even during Dickenss lifetime, the critics had admitted him into the literary
pantheon.
phon This Greek root means sound or voice. It shows up in such words as
telephone (far sound), microphone (small sound), and xylophone (wood
sound). Phonics teaches reading by focusing on the sounds of letter groups. A
phonograph is an instrument for reproducing sounds.
cacophony \ka-'k-f@-ne\ Harsh or discordant sound.
According to his grandfather, popular music since Bing Crosby had been
nothing but cacophony.
phonetic \f@-'ne-tik\ Relating to or representing the sounds of the spoken language.
Some schools teach reading by the phonetic method, linking sounds with
letters.
polyphonic \'p-le-'f-nik\ Of or relating to music in which two or more independent melodies are sung or played against each other in harmony.
Children singing Three Blind Mice are performing the simplest kind of
polyphonic music.
137
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 7
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
Suzanne, age 16, said if she were ________________ for a day, she would
bring about world peace and save the rainforest.
4.
5.
6.
7.
A ________________ alphabet was developed by NATO to be understandable by all allies in the heat of battle.
8.
9.
My ________________ traces all our lower back problems to the time when
the first humans stood erect.
10.
11.
Even several university degrees and eyes in the back of your head do not
make you ____________.
12.
138
13.
His mouth was a disaster area, and his crooked rows of teeth had never had
a minute of ________________ attention.
14.
Out over the ocean, the winter sky spread a brilliant ________________ of
stars.
15.
The kids who liked producing the most outrageous music soon were styling
themselves the ________________ Club.
139
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
photo Coming from the Greek word for light, photo enlightens us in words like
photography, which is the use of light to create an image on film or paper. A
photocopy is a printed copy made by light on an electrically charged surface. A
photogenic person is one highly suitable for being photographed.
photon \'fo
-tn\ A tiny particle or bundle of radiant energy.
Star Treks photon torpedoes destroy their targets with intense radiation in the
X-ray range.
photosynthesis \fo
-to
-'sin-th@-s@s\ The process by which green plants use light to
produce organic matter from carbon dioxide and water.
Sagebrush is a hardy plant that can carry on photosynthesis at very low
temperatures.
photoelectric \fo
-to
-i-'lek-trik\ Relating to an electrical effect from the interaction of
light with matter.
Photoelectric cells would trigger the yard lights when they sensed motion.
post Post comes from a Latin word meaning after or behind. A postscript is a note
that comes after an otherwise completed letter, usually as an afterthought. Postpartum refers to the period just after childbirth and all of its related concerns. To
postdate a check is to give it a date after the date when it was written.
posterior \p-'stir-e-@r\ Situated behind or on the back; rear.
A posterior view of the animal revealed unusual coloring and an extremely long
tail.
posthumous \'ps-ch@-m@s\ Following or happening after ones death.
The late singer achieved posthumous success when her film became a huge hit.
postmortem \po
st-'mo
r-t@m\ 1: Occurring after death. 2: Following the event.
In 1999 the institute had issued a postmortem report on the Bosnian war,
NATOs Empty Victory.
pre One of the most common of all English prefixes, pre comes from prae, the Latin
word meaning before or in front of. A TV program precedes another by coming
on before it. You predict an event by saying it will happen before it does. A person
who presumes to know assumes something before having all the facts.
precocious \pri-'ko
-sh@s\ Showing mature qualities at an unusually early age.
Some thought the sitcoms precocious child star was cute; others thought she
was a show-off.
prerequisite \pre-'re-kw@-z@t\ An action, event, or object required in advance to
achieve a goal.
Certain courses were prerequisites for majoring in engineering at the university.
predisposed \pre-di-'spo
zd\ Influenced in advance or made persuadable.
The commissioner was predisposed to vote for the project since its developer
had given his campaign a large contribution.
www.petersons.com
140
prim Prim comes from primus, the Latin word for first. A prime minister is the
chief minister of a ruler or state. Something primary is first in time, rank, or importance. Something primitive seems to be in an early stage of development.
primal \'pr-m@l\ 1: Original or primitive. 2: First in importance.
Much of civilization seems designed to disguise or soften the rawness of our
primal urges.
primordial \pr-'mo
r-de-@l\ Existing in or from the very beginning.
He assumed his ancestors emerged from the primordial ooze, and not as gods.
primate \'pr-mat\ A member of an order of mammals that includes humans, apes,
and monkeys.
Do we have anything important to learn about human behavior from our
cousins the primates?
rect This root comes directly from the Latin word rectus, meaning straight or
right. A rectangle is a four-sided figure whose straight sides meet at right angles. To
correct something is to make it right. To stand erect is to stand straight.
rectitude \'rek-t@-td\ Correctness in judgment; moral integrity.
The school superintendent wasnt popular, but no one could question his
fairness and rectitude.
rectify \'rek-t@-f\ To make or set right; correct.
Problems with the Bowl Championship Series were rectified by a simple
four-team playoff.
rectilinear \rek-t@-'li-ne-@r\ Characterized by straight lines.
In its rectilinear structure, the sculpture reflects the surrounding office buildings.
141
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 8
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With the dead man now proven innocent, his relatives sought a
________________ pardon.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Green plants dont graze, hunt, or shop; they make food by using sunlight
through ________________.
10.
11.
12.
142
13.
Over ten billion years ago, the Milky Way was just a giant
________________ gas cloud.
14.
15.
143
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
retro Retro means back, behind, or backward in Latin. Retro itself is a fairly new
word in English, meaning nostalgically old-fashioned, usually when describing styles
or fashions. To retrogress is to go back to an earlier and usually worse state. A
retrograde action is a backward or reverse action.
retroactive \re-tro
-'ak-tiv\ Intended to apply or take effect at a date in the past.
The fact that the tax hike was retroactive was what annoyed the public the
most.
retrofit \'re-tro
-fit\ To furnish something with new or modified parts or equipment.
Owners were offered fast-track permits to retrofit their homes against
earthquakes.
retrospective \re-tr@-'spek-tiv\ Of or relating to surveying the past.
Excitement grew in anticipation of the rare retrospective exhibition of Avedons
photographs.
scrib / scrip These roots come from the Latin verb scribere, to write. A script is
written matter, such as lines for a play. Scriptures are sacred writings. Scribble means
to write or draw carelessly. A written work that hasnt been published is a manuscript.
circumscribe \'s@r-k@m-skrb\ To limit the range or activity of.
Various laws have circumscribed the freedom of labor unions to strike and
organize.
inscribe \in-'skrb\ 1: To write, engrave, or print. 2: To dedicate (a book) to
someone.
As Mike turned to leave, the store clerk offered to inscribe the diamond ring
free.
proscribe \pro
-'skrb\ 1: To prohibit. 2: To condemn or forbid as harmful.
If the doctor proscribes certain foods, youd better not eat them.
sub Sub means under, as in subway, submarine, and substandard. A subject is a
person who is under the authority of another. Subconscious activity exists in the
mind just under the level of awareness. To subdue is to bring under control.
subjugate \'s@b-ji-gat\ To bring under control; conquer; subdue.
Bringing criminal charges against reporters seemed a government attempt to
subjugate the media.
subliminal \s@-'bli-m@-n@l\ Not quite strong enough to be sensed or perceived
consciously.
Worried parents claimed that some songs contained disturbing subliminal
messages.
subversive \s@b-'v@r-siv\ 1: Tending to overthrow or undermine by working secretly
from within. 2: Tending to corrupt someone or something by weakening loyalty,
morals, or faith.
In the 1950s the nation became alarmed that subversive communists were
lurking everywhere.
www.petersons.com
144
syn From the Greek word meaning with or together with, syn as a prefix in
English can also mean at the same time. Thus synesthesia is the remarkable
awareness of another sense (such as color) at the same time as the one being
stimulated (such as sound). Synergy is the useful working together of distinct
elements. Syntax is about how words are put together.
synthesis \'sin-th@-s@s\ The combination of parts or elements into a whole.
Chemical analysis separates a substance into its elements; chemical synthesis
combines elements to produce something new.
synopsis \s@-'np-s@s\ A condensed statement or outline.
Having read the synopsis, Bill did not feel a need to read the full report.
syndrome \'sin-dro
m\ A group of signs and symptoms that occur together and
characterize a particular abnormality.
Sufferers from chronic fatigue syndrome fought for a decade to have their
symptoms recognized as a specific illness.
tele Tele comes from the Greek word for far off; in English its basic meaning is
distant or at a distance. A telescope looks at faraway objects. A telephoto lens on
a camera magnifies distant objects for a photograph. A television allows us to watch
things taking place far away (or sometimes not far enough away).
teleological \te-le-@-'l-ji-k@l\ Relating to design, purpose, or cause, especially in
nature.
The traditional teleological argument claims that humans are so remarkable that
only God could have designed them.
telepathic \te-l@-'pa-thik\ Communicating from one mind to another without known
sensory means.
Suzanne never considered herself telepathic, but she awoke with a start when
her brother died at 2:00 a.m. 3,000 miles away.
telemetry \t@-'le-m@-tre\ The transmission, especially by radio, of measurements
made by automatic instruments to a distant station.
Satellite telemetry allowed the tracking of this years great caribou migration.
145
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 9
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
Highly responsive to each others actions, the twins at times seemed almost
________________.
2.
The catalog featuring vintage dinnerware of the 1940s through the 1970s
was really a ________________ display of modern design.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The scary part was when the ________________ failed and the astronauts
vanished from the screens.
9.
Once in power, the mullahs proceeded to ________________ the Westernized women of Tehran.
10.
11.
12.
146
13.
The new special police unit was entrusted with intelligence gathering and
monitoring _________________ activities.
14.
15.
The claim that a gophers cheek pouches are intended for carrying food is,
to zoologists, a ________________ statement.
147
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
terr This root was dug up from the Latin terra, earth. Terra firma is a Latin phrase
that means firm ground, as opposed to the swaying seas. A terrace is a leveled area
along a sloping hill; territory is a specific piece of land. A terrier, literally an earth
dog, was originally used by hunters to dig for small game.
subterranean \s@b-t@-'ra-ne-@n\ Underground.
The region, it was believed, was home to subterranean beings that emerged
from their burrows only at night.
terrestrial \t@-'res-tre-@l\ 1: Having to do with the earth or its inhabitants. 2: Having
to do with land as distinct from air or water.
Unlike frogs, most toads are terrestrial, entering the water only to lay their eggs.
terrain \t@-'ran\ The surface features of an area of land.
Mountain unicycling proved especially challenging over such rough terrain.
therm Still warm from centuries of use, therm comes from the Greek word meaning
heat. A thermometer measures heat; a thermostat makes sure it stays at the same
level. A rising body of warm air, used by hawks and sailplanes, is called a thermal.
thermal \'th@r-m@l\ 1: Of, relating to, or caused by heat. 2: Designed to prevent loss
of body heat.
Thermal vents on the ocean floor release steam as hot as 600.
thermodynamic \th@r-mo
-d-'na-mik\ Of or relating to the physics of heat.
A chemicals thermodynamic properties indicate how it will behave at various
temperatures.
thermonuclear \th@r-mo
-'n-kle-@r\ Of or relating to changes in the nucleus of atoms
of low atomic weight brought about by very high temperatures.
In those days thermonuclear devices were being proposed for such uses as excavating canals.
trans This root comes across from Latin to indicate movement through, across, or
beyond something. A translation carries the meaning across languages. A TV signal is
transmitted or sent through the air (or a cable) to your set. Public transportation
carries you across a distance, though you may need to transfer from one bus or
subway across to another.
transient \'tran-sh@nt\ 1: Passing through a place and staying only briefly. 2: Of brief
duration.
Tristans inn in Vermont attracted transient tourists to come to gaze at the
autumn foliage.
transcendent \tran-'sen-d@nt\ 1: Exceeding usual limits; surpassing. 2: Beyond
comprehension.
The symphonys hushed ending, with the solo violin melody trailing off into
silence, is almost transcendent.
transfusion \trans-'fy-zh@n\ 1: The process of diffusing into or through. 2: The
process of moving (as of blood) into a vein.
Travelers needing blood transfusions have usually suffered severe accidents.
www.petersons.com
148
uni Uni comes from the Latin word for one. A uniform is clothing of one design. A
united group has one opinion or forms one unit. A unitard is a one-piece combination leotard and tights, very good for skating, skiing, dancingor riding a one-wheeled
unicycle.
unicameral \y-ni-'kam-r@l\ Having a single legislative house or chamber.
Passing new laws was comparatively quick and easy in the unicameral government.
unilateral \y-ni-'la-t@-r@l\ Having, affecting, or done by one side only.
Russias unilateral withdrawal from Afghanistan, in return for nothing, astonished the world.
unison \'y-n@-s@n\ 1: Sameness of musical pitch. 2: A state of harmonious agreement; accord.
Unable to read music well enough to harmonize, the village choir sang only in
unison.
viv Viv comes from vivere, the Latin verb meaning to live or be alive. A vivid
memory is a lively one. A survivor has lived through something terrible. A revival
brings something back to lifewhether an old film, interest in a long-dead novelist, or
the religious faith of a group.
vivacious \v@-'va-sh@s\ Lively, sprightly.
For the cheerleading squad, Sheri chose the most outgoing, energetic, and
vivacious candidates.
vivisection \vi-v@-'sek-sh@n\ Experimental operation on a living animal.
The firm reluctantly agreed to avoid research involving vivisection in favor of
alternative methods.
convivial \k@n-'viv-y@l\ 1: Enjoying companionship in feasting and drinking. 2: Festive.
Alberta was known for hosting relaxed and convivial gatherings, where the
wine flowed freely.
149
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
QUIZ 10
Answers appear at the end of this unit.
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Over such rugged ________________, mules were the only hope for
transporting needed supplies.
6.
7.
His bright idea turned out to be a ________________ one, and he had soon
moved on to something new.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Jessie was so ________________ that she livened up every party she ever
attended.
12.
She emerged from the concert hall in a daze, feeling she had undergone a
________________ experience.
150
13.
14.
Animal lovers of every stripe wrote in, claiming that ________________ had
little scientific merit.
15.
151
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
REVIEW TEST
Fill in each blank in the sentences on the following pages with one of the following words. Answers
appear at the end of this unit.
abjure
agrarian
agrochemical
agronomy
amorphous
anachronism
antecedent
antedate
anterior
anthropoid
aquaculture
Aquarius
aquifer
artifact
artifice
artisan
benediction
benefactor
beneficent
bionic
biopsy
cacophony
chronic
chronology
circumscribe
circumspect
circumstantial
circumvent
confidante
convivial
cosmology
cosmopolitan
credence
credible
creed
dehydrate
disarming
disburse
www.petersons.com
discredit
dynamo
dynasty
dysentery
dyslexia
dystrophy
epigraph
epilogue
epithet
extraneous
extrapolate
extrovert
fidelity
fiduciary
geopolitical
geosynchronous
geothermal
gratify
gratuitous
hydraulic
hydrodynamic
hydroelectric
hyperbole
hypertension
hyperventilate
hypochondriac
hypothermia
hypothetical
immutable
ingratiate
inscribe
intercede
interdict
interface
jurisprudence
malevolent
malign
malpractice
marina
mariner
maritime
metamorphosis
microcosm
misanthrope
moribund
morphology
mortality
mortify
neoclassical
Neolithic
neoplasm
omnibus
omnipotent
omniscient
orthodontic
orthodox
orthopedist
panacea
panoply
pantheon
perjury
permutation
philanthropy
phonetic
photoelectric
photon
photosynthesis
polyphonic
posterior
posthumous
postmortem
precocious
predisposed
prerequisite
primal
152
primate
primordial
proscribe
rectify
rectilinear
rectitude
retroactive
retrofit
retrospective
seismograph
spectrography
subjugate
subliminal
subterranean
subversive
symbiosis
syndrome
synopsis
synthesis
telemetry
teleological
telepathic
terrain
terrestrial
thermal
thermodynamic
thermonuclear
topography
transcendent
transfusion
transient
transmute
unicameral
unilateral
unison
vivacious
vivisection
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Some interactive games let players achieve virtual destruction worse than
that of a ________________ bomb.
6.
After his divorce, his legal practice shrank and a ________________ suit
almost bankrupted him.
7.
________________ apes resemble humans in that they lack tails and walk
semi-erect.
8.
The facts on the Astounding Facts Web site turned out not to be very
________________.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
153
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
www.petersons.com
18.
Her aunt, previously blind, could now recognize faces with her new
________________ eye.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
The sunny and ________________ Doris Day started out as a jazz singer in
the 1940s.
24.
When asked about Russias own success fighting corruption, the official
quickly became ________________.
25.
The club was chic and ________________, and everyone seemed to have a
French or German accent.
26.
27.
The findings of Copernicus and Galileo proposed nothing less than a new
________________.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
A new find lends ________________ to the claim that the first Americans
came from Europe.
33.
She was skeptical about what lay behind his smooth and ________________
manner.
34.
Society often depends on ________________ to fill the gaps left by government spending.
154
35.
36.
Each winter, outdoor adventure groups often publicize the best ways to
avoid frostbite and ________________.
37.
She was always reading about alternative therapies, but her doctor was as
________________ as they come.
38.
39.
40.
41.
She told him his concerns were ________________ and he should stick to
the subject at hand.
42.
A data recorder and transmitters and receivers formed part of the satellites
________________ system.
43.
44.
He was a drifter, hardly the kind of person for a ________________ responsibility such as executor of a will.
45.
46.
47.
The clinic, in Canadas far north, serves a ________________ Inuit population not likely to return for regular checkups.
48.
49.
50.
For the Americas Cup yachts, the keel by itself presents complex
________________ problems.
51.
Severe stomach distress ruined their trip, and it turned out they both had
________________.
155
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
www.petersons.com
52.
53.
54.
55.
The fetus had gotten turned around into the ________________ position,
which can make the birthing process difficult.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
Having quit smoking, he was told he must now adopt a strict diet for his
________________.
61.
62.
Best-selling novelists can sell a book idea to their publishers with nothing
but a short ________________.
63.
64.
65.
Having entered the virtual body, the doctor may test a range of
________________ drug interactions.
66.
The response from the opposition was full of ________________ insults and
slurs.
67.
68.
156
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
That nasty remark was her first hint that her beloved Alex had a
________________ streak.
76.
Two ________________ power plants were being built near the volcanos
base.
77.
Following the hijackings, the airline was forced to ________________ its jets
with new cockpit doors.
78.
79.
80.
Looser laws in Canada may make it harder for the U.S. to ________________
drug trafficking.
81.
82.
Shuffling the deck ensures that the cards will be dealt in almost infinite
________________s.
83.
The foes of freedom have tried to suppress books, films, and songs, calling
them ________________.
84.
85.
157
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
www.petersons.com
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
Lawyers argued that the state constitution ________________d the legislatures power in cases like this one.
95.
96.
Apollo and Dionysus were two of the most widely worshiped gods in the
Greek ________________.
97.
New to New York, Carol couldnt fall asleep with the ________________ of
street sounds.
98.
With her fortune declining, even Lady Armstrong could see that the great
estate was ________________.
99.
100.
The lawyers had argued that her injuries were actually ________________ to
the accident.
101.
102.
158
103.
104.
105.
She would later claim that she had ________________d her grief into the
songs that made her famous.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
The U.S. Geographic Survey has modeled and mapped the entire American
________________.
117.
118.
119.
159
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
www.petersons.com
120.
121.
122.
123.
Bretts doctors called on his close relatives to donate blood for the
________________.
124.
Even in war there are rules and norms of behavior that ________________
the worst offenses.
125.
126.
127.
128.
People with this rare ________________ are smart and mentally retarded at
the same time.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
160
137.
138.
139.
140.
The broken jawbone was clearly visible in the X-ray image that showed an
________________ view of his skull.
141.
The mob outside the ________________ research center called for an end to
tests on monkeys.
142.
143.
Phyllis used the ________________ approach with her first-graders, sounding out syllables one by one.
144.
145.
The new Web site, called ________________.com, is for those who like
to tell and those who like to listen.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
161
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
50 MORE ROOTS
The roots and derived words in the table below are intended for further study. Learn the meanings of
any of the words you are unfamiliar with (perhaps by drilling yourself with homemade flash cards),
and try using each of them in sentences. Try to think of other terms that use each of the roots in the
left-hand column.
aud (hear)
auditor
audition
auditory
automaton
autonomy
autocratic
bell (war)
bellicose
belligerent
antebellum
bi (two)
bipartisan
binary
bipolar
carn (flesh)
carnage
incarnation
carnal
cata (down)
catalyst
catacomb
catatonic
cent (hundred)
centenary
centigrade
centimeter
cid (kill)
genocide
infanticide
fungicide
corp (body)
corporal
corpulent
corporeal
crac/crat (power)
bureaucrat
aristocracy
autocrat
crypt/cryph (hidden)
cryptic
apocryphal
crypt
culp (guilt)
culpable
exculpate
mea culpa
cur (care)
curator
sinecure
curative
dec (ten)
decathlon
decimate
decibel
demo (people)
demotic
endemic
demographic
dict (speak)
diction
edict
indict
domin (lord)
domineer
predominant
dominion
duct (lead)
abduct
duct
induct
ego (I)
alter ego
egocentric
egoist
equi (equal)
equivocal
equity
equilibrium
eu (good)
euphemism
euphoria
euthanasia
flu (flow)
influx
confluence
fluent
grad (step)
degradation
gradient
gradation
grav (heavy)
grave
gravitate
gravitas
hemi/demi/semi (half)
hemiplegic
semiconductor
demigod
homo (same)
homogeneous
homogenize
homologous
later (side)
bilateral
collateral
unilateral
medi (middle)
mediate
intermediary
median
mono (single)
monotone
monologue
monotheism
neuro (nerve)
neurology
neuron
neurotransmitter
www.petersons.com
162
50 MORE ROOTS
(continued)
nom (name)
misnomer
nomenclature
nominal
patr/pater (father)
patriarch
patrimony
patrician
pun/pen (punish)
punitive
impunity
penal
peri (around)
peripheral
peripatetic
perimeter
phob (fear)
agoraphobia
xenophobia
acrophobia
plac (please)
placate
implacable
placebo
popul (people)
populist
populace
depopulate
proto (first)
protocol
protagonist
prototype
quadr (four)
quadrennial
quadriplegic
quadruped
sacr/sanct (holy)
sanctify
sacrosanct
sanctuary
simil/simul (like)
simile
simulate
assimilate
son (sound)
sonority
sonata
sonic
super/supra (above)
superannuated
superimpose
superfluous
the/theo (god)
theocracy
monotheism
theology
topo (place)
topical
topographical
utopia
tri (three)
trilogy
trinity
trimester
turb (confused)
perturb
turbid
turbine
ver/veri (true)
aver
veracity
veritable
verb (word)
verbiage
verbose
proverb
vert (turn)
subvert
revert
avert
163
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
ANSWER KEY
QUIZ 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
philanthropy
agrochemical
artifact
agrarian
aquifer
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
anterior
agronomy
artifice
antecedent
aquaculture
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
misanthrope
antedate
anthropoid
Aquarius
artisan
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
bionic
biopsy
benefactor
circumvent
chronic
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
anachronism
chronology
microcosm
circumspect
cosmopolitan
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
dyslexia
dynasty
epigraph
hydrodynamic
disburse
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
epilogue
dystrophy
epithet
credible
dynamo
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
ingratiate
geothermal
spectrography
extrapolate
seismograph
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
fidelity
gratuitous
topography
gratify
geopolitical
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
hypertension
hypochondriac
intercede
hypothermia
interface
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
abjure
dehydrate
jurisprudence
hyperbole
interdict
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
mariner
mortify
amorphous
malign
morphology
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
moribund
permutation
mortality
maritime
immutable
QUIZ 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
symbiosis
beneficent
circumstantial
cosmology
benediction
QUIZ 3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
creed
disarming
dysentery
discredit
credence
QUIZ 4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
extrovert
fiduciary
extraneous
confidante
geosynchronous
QUIZ 5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
perjury
hypothetical
hydroelectric
hyperventilate
hydraulic
QUIZ 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
marina
malpractice
metamorphosis
malevolent
transmute
www.petersons.com
164
QUIZ 7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
panacea
Neolithic
omnipotent
orthodox
omnibus
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
pantheon
phonetic
neoplasm
orthopedist
polyphonic
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
omniscient
neoclassical
orthodontic
panoply
cacophony
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
photon
primal
predisposed
photosynthesis
rectify
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
postmortem
primate
amorphous
rectilinear
prerequisite
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
inscribe
synthesis
telemetry
subjugate
proscribe
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
synopsis
retrofit
subversive
syndrome
teleological
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
convivial
transient
transfusion
thermonuclear
unison
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
vivacious
transcendent
terrestrial
vivisection
unilateral
QUIZ 8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
posterior
photoelectric
rectitude
precocious
posthumous
QUIZ 9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
telepathic
retrospective
circumscribe
retroactive
subliminal
QUIZ 10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
subterranean
thermal
unicameral
thermodynamic
terrain
REVIEW TEST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
inscribe
perjury
teleological
antedate
thermonuclear
malpractice
anthropoid
credible
agrochemical
aquifer
Aquarius
artifice
artifact
metamorphosis
beneficent
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Neolithic
benefactor
bionic
chronic
anachronism
postmortem
circumvent
vivacious
circumspect
cosmopolitan
artisan
cosmology
photoelectric
marina
microcosm
165
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
interface
credence
disarming
philanthropy
dynamo
hypothermia
orthodox
dystrophy
epigraph
epilogue
extraneous
telemetry
dynasty
fiduciary
malign
www.petersons.com
UNIT 6
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
fidelity
transient
geopolitical
spectrography
hydrodynamic
dysentery
seismograph
disburse
gratify
posterior
aquaculture
hydraulic
extrovert
symbiosis
hypertension
primordial
synopsis
terrestrial
dyslexia
hypothetical
gratuitous
intercede
discredit
chronology
amorphous
jurisprudence
panoply
agronomy
abjure
malevolent
geothermal
retrofit
maritime
morphology
interdict
www.petersons.com
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
mortify
permutation
subversive
creed
neoclassical
rectify
prerequisite
omnibus
circumstantial
hypochondriac
misanthrope
omniscient
orthodontic
circumscribe
unilateral
pantheon
cacophony
moribund
dehydrate
antecedent
biopsy
polyphonic
hydroelectric
retroactive
transmute
posthumous
subliminal
precocious
synthesis
primal
thermodynamic
mariner
ingratiate
omnipotent
rectitude
166
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
terrain
mortality
topography
rectilinear
neoplasm
orthopedist
retrospective
transfusion
proscribe
unicameral
subjugate
extrapolate
syndrome
vivisection
telepathic
predisposed
panacea
subterranean
benediction
geosynchronous
hyperbole
convivial
photon
thermal
anterior
primate
transcendent
phonetic
epithet
confidante
hyperventilate
unison
agrarian
photosynthesis
immutable
R E D A LERT
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY STRATEGIES
The GRE CAT test combines three different types of questions: Quantitative Comparisons, Problem
Solving, and Data Interpretation. There are a total of 28 questions in this section, and you will have
45 minutes in which to complete this section. The following is the breakdown of question types.
Quantitative Comparison
Problem Solving (multiple-choice)
Data Interpretation (tables, charts, graphs)
14 questions
9 questions
5 questions
All of the questions in this section are based on the mathematics that is usually covered in high school
math classesarithmetic, algebra, and geometry.
There are two different types of arithmetic questions that will appear on the GREone that asks
you to perform a computation (add the fractions, multiply the decimals, manipulate the percents), and
one that asks you to solve a word problem. Similarly, there will be algebraic computation problems
(solve the equation, factor the expression, manipulate the square roots), as well as algebraic word
problems. As far as the geometry problems are concerned, you will only be asked to solve problems
by working with geometric properties. You will not need to create proofs or state definitions.
In the following pages, you will find a thorough review of all of the mathematics covered on the
GRE CAT. Prior to that, hints and strategies for the Quantitative Ability sections are given, as well as a
discussion of the Quantitative Comparison and Data Interpretation formats. Read these sections
carefully, and remember what you have read when you begin to work the practice tests.
HINTS
AND
STRATEGIES
FOR
1. If you are not able to answer a question in one or two minutes (at the most), take a guess.
If you dont answer a question, you cant move on. Wasting time with a question may mean
you wont have time to work on subsequent ones. Keep in mind that as you answer and
complete a question, the next one will be slightly more difficult if you answered it correctly, and a little easier if you answered it incorrectly.
2. Do not waste any time doing computations that are not necessary. Remember that one of
the choices must be the correct one. Estimate as much as you possibly can as you try to
determine which of the answers must be correct.
3. Be particularly careful when answering Quantitative Comparison questions, as these are the
only questions on the entire GRE for which there are four answer choices instead of the
usual five. Never mark (E) as the answer for a Quantitative Comparison question.
RED
167
ALERT
RED ALERT
4. Be careful (especially when solving geometry problems) to express your answer in the same
units of measure as the multiple-choice answers.
5. All fractions that appear as the answers to questions will be expressed in reduced form.
Therefore, if you solve a problem and obtain a fraction as the answer, this fraction must be
reduced before you will find it among the multiple-choice answers. Similarly, all square root
answers must be expressed in reduced form. In geometrical problems involving p, look at
the answer choices to determine if you are supposed to leave the answer in terms of p or
22
use the approximate value .
7
6. Of course, you are not permitted to use a calculator to perform your computations. This
means that you should brush up on the rules for multiplying and dividing numbers with
decimals, etc. However, the problems are, in general, designed not to include messy
computations. If you ever find yourself thinking I wish I had a calculator to help me with
this problem, look at the problem again carefully. There is probably an easier way to do it
that you may have missed.
7. If the answer you obtain doesnt match one of the choices given, it might still be right. Try
to write it in a different form, and then see if it matches. For example, the answer 2x 1 3x
can also be written as x(x 1 3).
8. Make sure to answer the question that is being asked. Sometimes people get a problem
wrong because, after finding the value of x, they choose that value as the answer, when the
problem was actually asking for the value of x 1 2.
9. If you are stuck, try looking at the multiple-choice answers. Since one of them has to be
right, the answers may give you some idea of how to proceed.
10. If you have no idea how to answer a question, be sure to make your best guess before
moving on. Since there is no penalty on the GRE for a wrong answer, never leave a
question unanswered.
In the following sections, all of the principles of mathematics that you need to know for the GRE are
reviewed. There are also numerous problems for you to solve. If you have difficulty with any of them,
first check the answers carefully, and then review the material again. Finally, try to answer the
questions without using the answers.
www.petersons.com
RED
168
ALERT
Unit 7
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
ARITHMETIC
WHOLE NUMBERS
Definitions
The set of numbers {1, 2, 3, 4, . . .} is called the set of counting numbers and/or
natural numbers, and/or sometimes the set of positive integers. (The notation,
{ }, means set or collection, and the three dots after the number 4 indicate that
the list continues without end.) Zero is usually not considered one of the counting numbers. Together, the counting numbers and zero make up the set of whole
numbers.
Place Value
Whole numbers are expressed in a system of tens, called the decimal system. Ten
digits0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9are used. Each digit differs not only in face
value but also in place value, depending on where it stands in the number.
Example 1
237 means:
(2 { 100) 1 (3 { 10) 1 (7 { l)
The digit 2 has face value 2 but place value of 200.
Example 2
35,412 can be written as:
(3 { 10,000) 1 (5 { 1000) 1 (4 { 100) 1 (1 { 10) 1 (2 { 1)
The digit in the last place on the right is said to be in the units or ones place; the
digit to the left of that in the tens place; the next digit to the left of that in the
hundreds place; and so on.
169
UNIT 7
Prime Numbers
The positive integer p is said to be a prime number (or simply a prime) if p 5 1,
or the only positive divisors of p are itself and 1. The positive integer 1 is called a
unit. The first ten primes are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, and 29. All other
positive integers that are neither 1 nor prime are composite numbers. Composite
numbers can be factored, that is, expressed as products of their divisors or
factors; for example, 56 5 7 { 8 5 7 { 4 { 2. In particular, composite numbers can
be expressed as products of their prime factors in just one way (except for
order).
To factor a composite number into its prime factors, proceed as follows. First
try to divide the number by the prime number 2. If this is successful, continue to
divide by 2 until an odd number is obtained. Then attempt to divide the last
quotient by the prime number 3 and by 3 again, as many times as possible. Then
move on to dividing by the prime number 5 and other successive primes until a
prime quotient is obtained. Express the original number as a product of all its
prime divisors.
Example
Find the prime factors of 210.
2 )210
3 )105
5 ) 35
7
Therefore:
210 5 2 { 3 { 5 { 7 (written in any order)
and 210 is an integer multiple of 2, of 3, of 5, and of 7.
www.petersons.com
170
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Example 4
21, 23, and 27 are not consecutive odd numbers because 25 is missing.
a 5 b,
or
a.b
If a 5 b, the points representing the numbers a and b coincide on the number line.
3
8
a whole number
a whole number
not a whole number
not a whole number
171
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Addition
If addition is a binary operation, how are three numberssay, 3, 4, and 8added?
One way is to write:
(3 1 4) 1 8 5 7 1 8 5 15
Another way is to write:
3 1 (4 1 8) 5 3 1 12 5 15
The parentheses merely group the numbers together. The fact that the same
answer, 15, is obtained either way illustrates the associative property of addition:
(r 1 s) 1 t 5 r 1 (s 1 t)
The order in which whole numbers are added is immaterialthat is, 3 1 4 5 4 1 3.
This principle is called the commutative property of addition. Most people use this
property without realizing it when they add a column of numbers from the top down
and then check their result by beginning over again from the bottom. (Even though
there may be a long column of numbers, only two numbers are added at a time.)
If 0 is added to any whole number, the whole number is unchanged. Zero is
called the identity element for addition.
Subtraction
Subtraction is the inverse of addition. The order in which the numbers are written
is important; there is no commutative property for subtraction.
423324
The is read not equal.
Multiplication
Multiplication is a commutative operation:
43 { 73 5 73 { 43
The result or answer in a multiplication problem is called the product.
If a number is multiplied by 1, the number is unchanged; the identity
element for multiplication is 1.
Zero times any number is 0:
42 { 0 5 0
Multiplication can be expressed with several different symbols:
9 { 7 { 3 5 9 3 7 3 3 5 9(7)(3)
Besides being commutative, multiplication is associative:
(9 { 7) { 3 5 63 { 3 5 189
and
9 { (7 { 3) 5 9 { 21 5 189
www.petersons.com
172
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Division
Division is the inverse of multiplication. It is not commutative:
844448
The parts of a division example are named as follows:
quotient
divisorq dividend
If a number is divided by 1, the quotient is the original number.
Division by 0 is not defined (has no meaning). Zero divided by any number
other than 0 is 0:
0 4 56 5 0
173
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
QUIZ
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
78 5 2 { 39 5 2 { 3 { 13
2.
3.
4.
5.
FRACTIONS
Definitions
a
(or a/b) is called a fraction. The
b
upper part, a, is called the numerator, and the lower part, b, is called the denominator. The denominator indicates into how many parts something is divided, and the
numerator tells how many of these parts are taken. A fraction indicates division:
7
5 8q7
8
If the numerator of a fraction is 0, the value of the fraction is 0. If the denominator of a fraction is 0, the fraction is not defined (has no meaning):
0
50
17
17
not defined (has no meaning)
0
If the denominator of a fraction is 1, the value of the fraction is the same as the
numerator:
18
5 18
1
If the numerator and denominator are the same number, the value of the fraction is 1:
7
51
7
www.petersons.com
174
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Equivalent Fractions
Fractions that represent the same number are said to be equivalent. If m is a countm3a a
m
a a
a
5 because 5 1 and 1 3 5
ing number and is a fraction, then:
b
m3b b
m
b b
Example
2 4 6
8
5 5 5
3 6 9 12
These fractions are all equivalent.
Inequality of Fractions
If two fractions are not equivalent, one is smaller than the other. The ideas of
less than and greater than were previously defined and used for whole
numbers.
For the fractions
a
c
and :
b
b
a
c
, if a , c
b
b
That is, if two fractions have the same denominator, the one with the smaller
numerator has the smaller value.
If two fractions have different denominators, find a common denominator by
multiplying one denominator by the other. Then use the common denominator to
compare numerators.
Example
5
4
Which is smaller, or ?
8
7
8 { 7 5 56 5 common denominator
5 7 35
3 5
8 7 56
4 8 32
3 5
7 8 56
Since 32 , 35,
32 35
4 5
,
and ,
56 56
7 8
175
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
30
to an equivalent fraction in lowest terms.
42
30
2 {3 { 5
5 5
5
51{1{ 5
42 2 { 3 { 7
7 7
In practice, this can be done even more quickly by dividing the numerator and
denominator by any number, prime or not, which will divide both evenly. Repeat
this process until there is no prime factor remaining that is common to both
numerator and denominator:
30 15 5
5
5
42 21 7
AND
MIXED NUMBERS
Definitions
A proper fraction is a fraction whose numerator is smaller than its denominator.
Proper fractions always have a value less than 1:
3
4
5
8
121
132
0
1
An improper fraction is a fraction with the numerator equal to or greater than the
denominator. Improper fractions always have a value equal to or greater than 1:
3
2
17
17
9
1
15
14
1
5
4
3
11
14
7
7
The symbol 3 means 3 1 and is read three and seven-eighths.
8
8
www.petersons.com
176
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
~11 3 9! 1 4 99 1 4 103
4
5
5
5
11
11
11
11
Note: In any calculations with mixed numbers, first change the mixed numbers to
improper fractions.
2
56
3
2 remainder
MULTIPLICATION
Proper and Improper Fractions
Multiply the two numerators and then multiply the two denominators. If the
numerator obtained is larger than the denominator, divide the numerator of the
resulting fraction by its denominator:
3 15 45
3
5
8 11 88
3 22 66
10
3
5
51
8
7
56
56
177
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Canceling
In multiplying fractions, if any of the numerators and denominators have a
common divisor (factor), divide each of them by this common factor and the
value of the fraction remains the same. This process is called canceling or
cancellation.
Example
9
10
27
90
3
5?
18 300
2 100
27
90
27
9
3
5
3
18 300 18 30
9
1
27
9
5
3
18 30
2 10
5
931
9
5
2 3 10 20
10
10
Another method:
3
3
27
9
333
9
3
5
5
18 30 2 3 10 20
2 10
Note: Canceling can take place only between a numerator and a denominator, in
the same or a different fraction, never between two numerators or between two
denominators.
Mixed Numbers
Mixed numbers should be changed to improper fractions before multiplying. Then
multiply as described above.
Example
To multiply
4
5
33
7
8
5
change 3 to an improper fraction:
8
5 ~8 3 3! 1 5 24 1 5 29
5
5
3 5
8
8
8
8
www.petersons.com
178
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Multiply
1
4 29 29
3
5
7
8
14
2
The answer can be left in this form or changed to a mixed number:
2
1
14
DIVISION
Reciprocals
Division of fractions involves reciprocals. One fraction is the reciprocal of another
if the product of the fractions is 1.
Example 1
3
4
and are reciprocals since
4
3
1 1
3 4 131
3 5
51
4 3 131
1 1
Example 2
1
and 3 are reciprocals since
3
1
1 3
3 51
3 1
1
To find the reciprocal of a fraction, interchange the numerator and denominator
that is, invert the fraction, or turn it upside down.
179
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
4 7
4 7
is because 3 5 1
7 4
7 4
63
8
7
57
8
Reciprocal of
19 7
is
7 19
513151
ADDITION
Fractions can be added only if their denominators are the same (called the
common denominator). Add the numerators; the denominator remains the same.
Reduce the sum to the lowest terms:
3 2 1 31211 6 3
1 1 5
5 5
8 8 8
8
8 4
www.petersons.com
180
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
When the fractions have different denominators, you must find a common
denominator. One way of doing this is to find the product of the different
denominators.
Example
5 1
1 5?
6 4
A common denominator is 6 { 4 5 24.
5 4 20
3 5
6 4 24
and
1 6
6
3 5
4 6 24
5 1 20
6
1 5
1
6 4 24 24
5
20 1 6
24
26
24
13
12
1
51
12
Least-Common Denominator
A denominator can often be found that is smaller than the product of the different
denominators. If the denominator of each fraction will divide into such a number
evenly and it is the smallest such number, it is called the least (or lowest)
common denominator, abbreviated as LCD. Finding a least-common denominator
may make it unnecessary to reduce the answer and enables one to work with
smaller numbers. There are two common methods.
First Method
By inspection
5 1
1 5?
6 4
LCD 5 12 because 12 is the smallest number into which 6 and 4 divide evenly.
Therefore:
12 4 6 5 2
multiply
5 2 10
3 5
6 2 12
12 4 4 5 3
multiply
1 3
3
3 5
4 3 12
181
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Then:
5 1 10
3
1 5
1
6 4 12 12
5
13
12
1
51
12
Second Method
By Factoring
This method can be used when the LCD is not recognized by inspection.
Factor each denominator into its prime factors. The LCD is the product of the
highest power of each separate factor, where power refers to the number of times
a factor occurs.
Example
5 1
1 5?
6 4
Factoring denominators gives:
652{3
452{2
and
LCD 5 2 { 2 { 3
5 12
Convert to LCD:
5 2 10
3 5
6 2 12
1 3
3 5 12
4 3
5 1 10
3
1 5
1
6 4 12 12
5
13
12
1
51
12
The denominators 4 and 6 factor into 2 { 2 and 2 { 3, respectively. Although the
factor 2 appears three times, its power is 22 from factoring 4. The factor 3
appears once, so its power is 31. Therefore, the LCD as a product of the highest
power of each separate factor is 2 3 2 3 3.
www.petersons.com
182
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
852{2{2
12 5 2 { 2 { 3
LCD 5 2 { 2 { 2 { 3
5 24
Convert to LCD:
1
6
6
3 5
4
6 24
3 3
9
3 5
8 3 24
1
2
2
3 5
12 2 24
1 3
1
6
9
2
1 1
5
1
1
4 8 12 24 24 24
5
61912
24
17
24
252
953{3
LCD 5 2 { 3 { 3
5 18
183
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Convert to LCD:
8 6 48
3 5
3 6 18
11 9 99
3 5
2
9 18
11 2 22
3 5
9
2 18
1
2 8 11 11
2
1
2 15 11 5 1
3
2
9 3
2
9
5
48 99 22
1
1
18 18 18
48 1 99 1 22
18
169
7
59
18
18
SUBTRACTION
Fractions can be subtracted only if the denominators are the same. If the denominators are the same, find the difference between the numerators. The denominator remains unchanged.
Example
19 2
2 5?
3
3
5
19 2 2
3
17
3
2
55
3
When fractions have different denominators, find equivalent fractions with a
common denominator, and then subtract numerators.
Example
7 3
2 5?
8 4
Factoring denominators gives:
852{2{2
452{2
LCD 5 2 { 2 { 2
58
www.petersons.com
184
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Convert to LCD:
7 7
5
8 8
3 2 6
3 5
4 2 8
7 3 7 6
2 5 2
8 4 8 8
726
5
8
5
1
8
Mixed Numbers
To subtract mixed numbers, change each mixed number to a fraction. Find the
LCD for the fractions. Write each fraction as an equivalent fraction whose
denominator is the common denominator. Find the difference between the
numerators.
Example
3
5
3 22 5?
8
6
LCD 5 24
3
5 27 17
3 22 5
2
8
6
8
6
5
81 68
2
24 24
13
24
185
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
QUIZ
FRACTION PROBLEMS
In the following problems, perform the indicated operations and reduce the
answers to lowest terms.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
5
4
3
12 15
1 3
4
2 8
5
2
1
12 3
2
5
2
3 11
1 4
3 3
3 5
1
4
7 22
5
3
SOLUTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
www.petersons.com
1
1
5
4
5
4
1
3
5
3
5
12 15 12 15 9
3
3
4
1 3 1 8 1 8 4
4 5 3 5 3 5
2 8 2 3 2 3 3
1
5
2
5
8
13
1
1 5
1
5
51
12 3 12 12 12
12
2
5
22 15
7
2
5
2
5
3 11 33 33 33
2
2
1 4 10 4 10 4 8
3 5
3 5 52
3 3 5
3 5
3
5
3
5 3
3
1
4
1 39 7 117 35 82
7
7 22 5
2 5
2
5
55
5
3
5
3
15
15 15
15
186
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
DECIMALS
Earlier, we stated that whole numbers are expressed in a system of tens, or the
decimal system, using the digits from 0 to 9. This system can be extended to
fractions by using a period called a decimal point. The digits after a decimal point
form a decimal fraction. Decimal fractions are smaller than 1for example, .3,
.37, .372, and .105. The first position to the right of the decimal point is called
the tenths place, since the digit in that position tells how many tenths there are.
The second digit to the right of the decimal point is in the hundredths place. The
third digit to the right of the decimal point is in the thousandths place, and so
on.
Example 1
.3 is a decimal fraction that means
33
1
3
5
10 10
read three-tenths.
Example 2
The decimal fraction of .37 means
33
1
1
10
1
173
533
173
10
100
100
100
5
30
7
37
1
5
100 100 100
Example 3
The decimal fraction .372 means
300
70
2
372
1
1
5
1000 1000 1000 1000
read three hundred seventy-two thousandths.
Whole numbers have an understood (unwritten) decimal point to the right of the
last digit (i.e., 4 5 4.0). Decimal fractions can be combined with whole numbers
to make decimalsfor example, 3.246, 10.85, and 4.7.
Note: Adding zeros to the right of a decimal after the last digit does not change
the value of the decimal.
187
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Rounding Off
Sometimes a decimal is expressed with more digits than desired. As the number of
digits to the right of the decimal point increases, the number increases in accuracy, but a high degree of accuracy is not always needed. Then, the number can
be rounded off to a certain decimal place.
To round off, identify the place to be rounded off. If the digit to the right of
it is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, the round-off place digit remains the same. If the digit to the
right is 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9, add 1 to the round-off place digit.
Example 1
Round off .6384 to the nearest thousandth. The digit in the thousandths place is
8. The digit to the right in the ten-thousandths place is 4, so the 8 stays the same.
Example 2
.6386 rounded to the nearest thousandth is .639, rounded to the nearest hundredth is .64, and rounded to the nearest tenth is .6. After a decimal fraction has
been rounded off to a particular decimal place, all the digits to the right of that
place will be 0.
Note: Rounding off whole numbers can be done by a similar method. It is less
common but is sometimes used to get approximate answers quickly.
Example 3
Round 32,756 to the nearest hundred. This means, to find the multiple of 100
that is nearest the given number. The number in the hundreds place is 7. The
number immediately to the right is 5, so 32,756 rounds to 32,800.
DECIMALS
AND
FRACTIONS
14
7
5
100 50
Therefore:
7
2.14 5 2
50
www.petersons.com
188
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
3
to a decimal.
8
Divide
.375
8q3.000
24
60
56
40
40
When the division does not terminate with a 0 remainder, two courses are
possible.
First Method
189
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Second Method
Divide until there are two decimal places in the quotient and then write the
remainder over the divisor.
Example
5
Change to a decimal.
6
.83
1
6q5.00 5 .83
3
48
20
18
2
ADDITION
Addition of decimals is both commutative and associative. Decimals are simpler to add
than fractions. Place the decimals in a column with the decimal points aligned under
each other. Add in the usual way. The decimal point of the answer is also aligned under the other decimal points.
Example
43 1 2.73 1 .9 1 3.01 5 ?
43.
2.73
.9
3.01
49.64
SUBTRACTION
For subtraction, the decimal points must be aligned under each other. Add zeros
to the right of the decimal point if desired. Subtract as with whole numbers.
Examples
21.567
2 9.4
12.167
21.567
2 9.48
12.087
39.00
2 17.48
21.52
MULTIPLICATION
Multiplication of decimals is commutative and associative:
5.39 3 .04 5 .04 3 5.39
(.7 3 .02) 3 .1 5 .7 { (.02 3 .1)
www.petersons.com
190
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Multiply the decimals as if they were whole numbers. The total number of decimal
places in the product is the sum of the number of places (to the right of the decimal
point) in all of the numbers multiplied.
Example
8.64 3 .003 5 ?
8.64
3 .003
.02592
2
13
5
A zero had to be added to the left of the product before writing the decimal point
to ensure that there would be five decimal places in the product.
Note: To multiply a decimal by 10, simply move the decimal point one place to
the right; to multiply by 100, move the decimal point two places to the right.
DIVISION
To divide one decimal (the dividend) by another (the divisor), move the decimal
point in the divisor as many places as necessary to the right to make the divisor a
whole number. Then move the decimal point in the dividend (expressed or understood) a corresponding number of places, adding zeros if necessary. Then divide as
with whole numbers. The decimal point in the quotient is placed above the decimal
point in the dividend after the decimal point has been moved.
Example
Divide 7.6 by .32.
23.75
.32q7.60 5 32q760.00
64
120
96
240
224
160
160
Note: Divide 7.6 by .32 can be written as
7.6
. If this fraction is multiplied by
.32
100
an equivalent fraction is obtained with a whole number in the denominator:
100
7.6 100 760
3
5
.32 100
32
Moving the decimal point two places to the right in both divisor and dividend is
equivalent to multiplying each number by 100.
191
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Special Cases
If the dividend has a decimal point and the divisor does not, divide as with whole
numbers and place the decimal point of the quotient above the decimal point in
the divisor.
If both dividend and divisor are whole numbers but the quotient is a
decimal, place a decimal point after the last digit of the dividend and add zeros as
necessary to get the required degree of accuracy. (See Changing a Fraction to a
Decimal, page 189).
Note: To divide any number by 10, simply move its decimal point (understood to
be after the last digit for a whole number) one place to the left; to divide by 100,
move the decimal point two places to the left; and so on.
Percents
Percents, like fractions and decimals, are ways of expressing parts of whole
numbers, as 93%, 50%, and 22.4%. Percents are expressions of hundredthsthat
is, of fractions whose denominator is 100. The symbol for percent is %.
Example
25% 5 twenty-five hundredths 5
25
1
5
100 4
The word percent means per hundred. Its main use is in comparing fractions with
equal denominators of 100.
RELATIONSHIP
WITH
FRACTIONS
AND
DECIMALS
1% 5 .01
Remember that the short method of dividing by 100 is to move the decimal point
two places to the left.
www.petersons.com
.001 5 .1%
192
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
QUIZ
DECIMAL PROBLEMS
1.
2.
1.16
15.05
3
8
2
3
3.762 1 23.43
4.
1.368 2 .559
5.
8.7 3 .8
6.
.045 4 .5
SOLUTIONS
1.
a.
b.
2.
a.
b.
3.
8
4
16
51 51
1.16 5 1
100
50
25
5
1
15.05 5 15
5 15
100
20
.375
3
5 8q3.000
8
24
60
256
40
.666 . . .
2
5 3q2.00
3
18
20
218
20
3.762
123.43
27.192
193
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
4.
1.368
2.559
.809
5.
8.7
3.8
6.96
6.
0.09
.5.q0.0.45
\
20
2
1
5
5
100 10 5
36.5
365
73
5
5
100 1000 200
Change the fraction into an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100. Drop
the denominator (equivalent to multiplying by 100) and add the % sign.
Example
6
as a percent.
Express
20
6
5
30
3 5
5 30%
20 5 100
Second Method
Divide the numerator by the denominator to get a decimal with two places (express
the remainder as a fraction if necessary). Change the decimal to a percent.
Example
6
as a percent.
Express
20
.30
6
5 20q6.00 5 30%
20
60
www.petersons.com
194
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
QUIZ
PERCENT PROBLEMS
1.
2.
3.
0.625
3.75
4.
37.5%
0.5%
7
8
73
200
87.5%
0.02%
SOLUTIONS
1.
2.
a.
37.5% 5 0.375
b.
00.5% 5 0.005
a.
0.625 5 62.5%
b.
3.75 5 375%
|
|
\
\
3.
a.
b.
4.
a.
b.
0.875
7
5 8q7.000 5 87.5%
8
0.365
73
5 200q73.000 5 36.5%
200
875
35 7
5
5
1,000 40 8
2
1
0.02% 5 0.0002 5
5
10,000 5,000
87.5% 5 0.875 5
195
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
WORD PROBLEMS
When doing percent problems, it is usually easier to change the percent to a
decimal or a fraction before computing. When we take a percent of a certain
number, that number is called the base, the percent we take is called the rate,
and the result is called the percentage or part. If we let B represent the base, R
the rate, and P the part, the relationship between these quantities is expressed by
the following formula:
P5R{B
All percent problems can be done with the help of this formula.
Example 1
In a class of 24 students, 25% received an A. How many students received an A?
The number of students (24) is the base, and 25% is the rate. Change the rate to a
fraction for ease of handling and apply the formula.
25% 5
25
1
5
100 4
P5R3B
6
1 24
5 3
4
1
1
5 6 students
To choose between changing the percent (rate) to a decimal or a fraction, simply
decide which would be easier to work with. In Example 1, the fraction was easier
to work with because cancellation was possible. In Example 2, the situation is the
same except for a different rate. This time the decimal form is easier.
Example 2
In a class of 24 students, 29.17% received an A. How many students received an
A? Changing the rate to a fraction yields
29.17
2917
5
100
10,000
You can quickly see that the decimal is the better choice.
29.17% 5 .2917
P5R3B
5 .2917 3 24
5 7 students
www.petersons.com
.2917
3 24
1.1668
5.834
7.0008
196
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Example 3
What percent of a 40-hour week is a 16-hour schedule?
40 hours is the base and 16 hours is the part.
P5R{B
16 5 R { 40
Divide each side of the equation by 40.
16
5R
40
2
5R
5
40% 5 R
Example 4
A woman paid $15,000 as a down payment on a house. If this amount was 20% of
the price, what did the house cost?
The part (or percentage) is $15,000, the rate is 20%, and we must find the
base. Change the rate to a fraction.
20% 5
1
5
P5R3B
$15,000 5
1
3B
5
197
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
The amount of discount is the difference between the original price and the sale,
or discount, price. The rate of discount is usually given as a fraction or as a
percent. Use the formula of the percent problems P 5 R { B, but now P stands
for the part or discount, R is the rate, and B, the base, is the original price.
Example 1
A table listed at $160 is marked 20% off. What is the sale price?
P5R{B
5 .20 { $160 5 $32
This is the amount of discount or how much must be subtracted from the original
price. Then:
$160 2 $32 5 $128 sale price
www.petersons.com
198
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Example 2
A car priced at $9000 was sold for $7200. What was the rate of discount?
Amount of discount 5 $9000 2 $7200
5 $1800
Discount 5 rate { original price
$1800 5 R { $9000
Divide each side of the equation by $9000:
20
1800
20
5
5 R 5 20%
9000 100
100
Successive Discounting
When an item is discounted more than once, it is called successive discounting.
Example 1
In one store, a dress tagged at $40 was discounted 15%. When it did not sell at
the lower price, it was discounted an additional 10%. What was the final selling
price?
Discount 5 R { original price
First discount 5 .15 { $40 5 $6
$40 2 $6 5 $34 selling price after first discount
Second discount 5 .10 { $34 5 $3.40
$34 2 $3.40 5 $30.60 final selling price
Example 2
In another store, an identical dress was also tagged at $40. When it did not sell, it
was discounted 25% all at once. Is the final selling price lower or higher than in
Example 1?
Discount 5 R { original price
5 .25 { $40
5 $10
$40 2 $10 5 $30 final selling price
This is a lower selling price than in Example 1, where two successive discounts
were taken.
199
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Interest
Interest problems are similar to discount and percent problems. If money is left in
the bank for a year and the interest is calculated at the end of the year, the usual
formula P 5 R { B can be used, where P is the interest, R is the rate, and B is the
principal (original amount of money borrowed or loaned).
Example 1
A certain bank pays interest on savings accounts at the rate of 4% per year. If a
man has $6700 on deposit, find the interest earned after 1 year.
P5R{B
Interest 5 rate { principal
P 5 .04 { $6700 5 $268 interest
Interest problems frequently involve more or less time than 1 year. Then the
formula becomes:
Interest 5 rate { principal { time
Example 2
If the money is left in the bank for 3 years at simple interest (the kind we are
discussing), the interest is
3 { $268 5 $804
Example 3
Suppose $6700 is deposited in the bank at 4% interest for 3 months. How much
interest is earned?
Interest 5 rate { principal { time
Here the 4% rate is for 1 year. Since 3 months is
Interest 5 .04 { $6700 {
www.petersons.com
3
1
5
12 4
1
5 $67
4
200
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
QUIZ
Janet received a rent increase of 15%. If her rent was $785 monthly before
the increase, what is her new rent?
2.
School bus fares rose from $25 per month to $30 per month. Find the
percent of increase.
3.
4.
Dave delivers flowers for a salary of $45 a day, plus a 12% commission on
all sales. One day his sales amounted to $220. How much money did he
earn that day?
5.
1.
2.
3.
1
5
5 5 20%
25 5
4.
5.
201
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
SIGNED NUMBERS
In describing subtraction of whole numbers, we said that the operation was not
closedthat is, 4 2 6 will yield a number that is not a member of the set of
counting numbers and zero. The set of integers was developed to give meaning to
such expressions as 4 2 6. The set of integers is the set of all signed whole
numbers and zero. It is the set {, 24, 23, 22, 21, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, }
The first three dots symbolize the fact that the negative integers go on
indefinitely, just as the positive integers do. Integers preceded by a minus sign
(called negative integers) appear to the left of 0 on a number line.
Decimals, fractions, and mixed numbers can also have negative signs. Together with
positive fractions and decimals, they appear on the number line in this fashion:
- 23 -.5 0
212
All numbers to the right of 0 are called positive numbers. They have the sign 1,
whether it is actually written or not. Business gains or losses, feet above or below
sea level, and temperature above and below zero can all be expressed by means
of signed numbers.
ADDITION
If the numbers to be added have the same sign, add the numbers (integers,
fractions, decimals) as usual and use their common sign in the answer:
19 1 ~18! 1 ~12! 5 119 or 19
24 1 ~211! 1 ~27! 1 ~21! 5 223
If the numbers to be added have different signs, add the positive numbers and
then the negative numbers. Ignore the signs and subtract the smaller total from
the larger total. If the larger total is positive, the answer will be positive; if the
larger total is negative, the answer will be negative. The answer may be zero. Zero
is neither positive nor negative and has no sign.
Example
13 1 ~25! 1 ~28! 1 ~12! 5 ?
13 1 ~12! 5 15
25 1 ~28! 5 213
213 1 5 5 28
Since the larger total (13) has a negative sign, the answer is 28.
www.petersons.com
202
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
SUBTRACTION
The second number in a subtraction problem is called the subtrahend. In order to
subtract, change the sign of the subtrahend and then continue as if you were
adding signed numbers. If there is no sign in front of the subtrahend, it is
assumed to be positive.
Examples
Subtract the subtrahend (bottom number) from the top number.
15
5
5
15
235
242
235
42
42
35
10
210
277
MULTIPLICATION
If two and only two signed numbers are to be multiplied, multiply the numbers as you
would if they were not signed. Then, if the two numbers have the same sign, the product
is positive. If the two numbers have different signs, the product is negative. If more than
two numbers are being multiplied, proceed two at a time in the same way as before,
finding the signed product of the first two numbers, then multiplying that product by the
next number, and so on. The product has a positive sign if all the factors are positive or
there is an even number of negative factors. The product has a negative sign if there is an
odd number of negative factors.
Example
23 { (15) { (211) { (22) 5 2330
The answer is negative because there is an odd number (three) of negative
factors.
The product of a signed number and zero is zero. The product of a
signed number and 1 is the original number. The product of a signed number and
21 is the original number with its sign changed.
Examples
25 { 0 5 0
25 { 1 5 25
25 { ~21! 5 15
203
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
DIVISION
If the divisor and the dividend have the same sign, the answer is positive. Divide
the numbers as you normally would. If the divisor and the dividend have different
signs, the answer is negative. Divide the numbers as you normally would.
Examples
2 3 4 ~22! 5
3
1
51
2
2
8 4 ~2.2! 5 240
If zero is divided by a signed number, the answer is zero. If a signed number is
divided by zero, the answer does not exist. If a signed number is divided by 1, the
number remains the same. If a signed number is divided by 21, the quotient is
the original number with its sign changed.
Examples
0 4 ~22! 5 0
4
2 40
3
not defined
2
2
415
3
3
4 4 21 5 24
QUIZ
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
4.
9 4 (2.3) 5
204
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
SOLUTIONS
1.
16 1 ~25! 5 11
11 1 ~12! 5 13
13 1 ~28! 5 25
2.
25 2 ~24! 5 25 1 4 5 21
21 1 ~22! 5 23
23 2 ~16! 5 29
3.
23 { ~15! 5 215
215 { ~27! 5 1105
1105 { ~22! 5 2210
4.
9 4 (2.3) 5 230
POWERS, EXPONENTS,
AND
ROOTS
Exponents
The product 10 { 10 { 10 can be written 103. We say 10 is raised to the third
power. In general, a 3 a 3 a ... a n times is written an. The base a is raised to
the nth power, and n is called the exponent.
Examples
32 5 3 { 3
23 5 2 { 2 { 2
54 5 5 { 5 { 5 { 5
read 3 squared
read 2 cubed
read 5 to the fourth power
and
a3 5 a 3 a 3 a
then
a2 3 a3 5 (a 3 a)(a 3 a 3 a) 5 a5
There are three rules for exponents. In general, if k and m are any counting
numbers or zero, and a is any number,
1 m
Rule 1:
ak 3 am 5 ak
Rule 2:
am { bm 5 (ab)m
Rule 3:
(ak)n 5 akn
205
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Examples
Rule 1:
22 { 23 5 4 3 8 5 32 and 22 3 23 5 25 5 32
Rule 2:
Rule 3:
ROOTS
The definition of roots is based on exponents. If an 5 c, where a is the base and
n
n the exponent, a is called the nth root of c. This is written a 5 =c. The
4
symbol = is called a radical sign. Since 54 5 625, =625 5 5 and 5 is the
fourth root of 625. The most frequently used roots are the second (called the
square) root and the third (called the cube) root. The square root is written =
3
and the cube root is written = .
Square Roots
If c is a positive number, there are two values, one negative and one positive,
which when multiplied together will produce c.
Example
14 { (14) 5 16
and
24 { (24) 5 16
The positive square root of a positive number c is called the principal square root
of c (briefly, the square root of c) and is denoted by =c :
=144 5 12
If c 5 0, there is only one square root, 0. If c is a negative number, there is no
real number that is the square root of c:
3
852
=
3
227 5 23
=
www.petersons.com
206
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Fractional Exponents
The values of k, m, and n from the three exponent rules can be expanded to
include positive and negative fractions. In particular, roots can be expressed as
1
1
fractional exponents. In Rule 3, (ak)n 5 akn. Let k 5 . Then (an )n 5 a1 5 a and
n
1
m
m
m
an is the nth root of a. Rule 2, a 3 b 5 (a 3 b) , which is true when a and b
are any numbers and n is an integer, can be extended to include the case in
1
which the exponent is a fraction. Suppose m 5 . Then:
k
1
ak 3 bk 5 (a 3 b)k
or
k
k
k
a 3 b 5 =a 3 =b
=
This last formulation justifies the simplification of square roots. If the number
under the radical sign is a square number, the process will terminate in a number
without the radical sign. If the number is not square, the process should terminate
when the number remaining under the radical sign no longer contains a square.
Example 1
Simplify =98
=98 5 =2 3 49
5 =2 3 =49
5 =2 3 7
Therefore, =98 5 7=2 and the process terminates because there is no whole
number whose square is 2. 7=2 is called a radical expression or simply a
radical.
Example 2
Which is larger,
~=96!
or
=214?
=214 . ~=96!2
207
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Example 3
Which is larger, 2=75 or 6=12?
These numbers can be compared if the same number appears under the radical
sign. Then the greater number is the one with the larger number in front of the
radical sign.
=12 5 =4 3 3 5 =4 3 =3 5 2=3
Therefore:
6=12 5 6~2=3! 5 12=3
Since 12=3 . 10=3, 6=12 . 2=75
Note: Numbers such as =2 and =3 are called irrational numbers to distinguish
them from rational numbers, which include the integers and the fractions.
Irrational numbers also have places on the number line. They may have positive
or negative signs. The combination of rational and irrational numbers, all the
numbers we have used so far, make up the real numbers. Arithmetic, algebra, and
geometry deal with real numbers. The number p, the ratio of the circumference
of a circle to its diameter, is also a real number; it is irrational, although it is
approximated by 3.14159.... Instructions for taking the GRE say that the numbers
used are real numbers. This means that answers may be expressed as fractions,
decimals, radicals, or integers, whatever is required.
Radicals can be added and subtracted only if they have the same number under
the radical sign. Otherwise, they must be reduced to expressions having the same
number under the radical sign.
Example 4
Add 2=18 1 4=8 2 =2.
=18 5 =9 3 2 5 =9 3 =2 5 3=2
therefore
2=18 5 2~3=2! 5 6=2
and
=8 5 =4 3 2 5 =4 3 =2 5 2=2
therefore
4=8 5 4~2=2! 5 8=2
www.petersons.com
208
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
giving
2=18 1 4=8 2 =2 5 6=2 1 8=2 2 =2 5 13=2
Radicals are multiplied using the rule that:
k
k
k
a 3 b 5 =a 3 =b
=
Example 5
=2~=2 2 5=3!
5 =4 2 5=6 5 2 2 5=6
a =a
5 k
b =
b
Example 6
9 =9 3
5
5
4 =4 2
QUIZ
POWERS, EXPONENTS,
ROOTS PROBLEMS
=162
1.
Simplify
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
AND
Calculate 52 3 23
209
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
SOLUTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ALGEBRA
Algebra is a generalization of arithmetic. It provides methods for solving problems
that cannot be done by arithmetic alone or that can be done by arithmetic only
after long computations. Algebra provides a shorthand way of reducing long
verbal statements to brief formulas, expressions, or equations. After the verbal
statements have been reduced, the resulting algebraic expressions can be simplified. Suppose that a room is 12 feet wide and 20 feet long. Its perimeter (measurement around the outside) can be expressed as:
12 1 20 1 12 1 20 or 2(12 1 20)
If the width of the room remains 12 feet but the letter l is used to symbolize
length, the perimeter is:
12 1 l 1 12 1 l or 2(12 1 l)
Further, if w is used for width, the perimeter of any rectangular room can be
written as 2(w 1 l). This same room has an area of 12 feet by 20 feet or 12 { 20.
If l is substituted for 20, any room of width 12 has area equal to 12l. If w is
substituted for the number 12, the area of any rectangular room is given by wl or
lw. Expressions such as wl and 2(w 1 l) are called algebraic expressions. An
equation is a statement that two algebraic expressions are equal. A formula is a
special type of equation.
www.petersons.com
210
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
EVALUATING FORMULAS
If we are given an expression and numerical values to be assigned to each letter,
the expression can be evaluated.
Example
Evaluate 2x 1 3y 2 7 if x 5 2 and y 5 24.
Substitute given values
2(2) 1 3(24) 2 7 5 ?
Multiply numbers using rules for signed numbers
4 1 (212) 2 7 5 ?
Collect numbers
4 2 19 5 215
We have already evaluated formulas in arithmetic when solving percent, discount,
and interest problems.
Example
The formula for temperature conversion is:
F5
9
C 1 32
5
where C stands for the temperature in degrees Celsius and F for degrees Fahrenheit. Find the Fahrenheit temperature that is equivalent to 20C.
F5
9
(20C) 1 32 5 36 1 32 5 68F
5
ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
Formulation
A more difficult problem than evaluating an expression or formula is to translate
from a verbal expression to an algebraic one:
Verbal
Thirteen more than x
Six less than twice x
The square of the sum of x and 5
The sum of the square of x and the square of 5
The distance traveled by a car going
50 miles an hour for x hours
The average of 70, 80, 85, and x
Algebraic
x 1 13
2x 2 6
(x 1 5)2
x2 1 52
50x
70 1 80 1 85 1 x
4
211
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
SIMPLIFICATION
After algebraic expressions have been formulated, they can usually be simplified
by means of the laws of exponents and the common operations of addition,
subtraction, multiplication, and division. These techniques will be described in the
next section. Algebraic expressions and equations frequently contain parentheses,
which are removed in the process of simplifying. If an expression contains more
than one set of parentheses, remove the inner set first and then the outer set.
Brackets, [ ], which are often used instead of parentheses, are treated the same
way. Parentheses are used to indicate multiplication. Thus 3(x 1 y) means that 3
is to be multiplied by the sum of x and y. The distributive law is used to accomplish this:
a(b 1 c) 5 ab 1 ac
The expression in front of the parentheses is multiplied by each term inside. Rules
for signed numbers apply.
Example
Simplify 3[4(2 2 8) 2 5(4 1 2)].
This can be done in two ways.
Method 1
Method 2
www.petersons.com
212
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Once parentheses have been removed, the order of operations is multiplication and division, then addition and subtraction from left to right.
Example
(215 1 17) { 3 2 [(4 { 9) 4 6] 5 ?
Work inside the parentheses first:
(2) { 3 2 [36 4 6] 5 ?
Then work inside the brackets:
2 { 3 2 [6] 5 ?
Multiply first, then subtract, proceeding from left to right:
62650
The placement of parentheses and brackets is important. Using the same numbers
as above with the parentheses and brackets placed in different positions can give
many different answers.
Example
215 1 [(17 { 3) 2 (4 { 9)] 4 6 5 ?
Work inside the parentheses first:
215 1 [(51) 2 (36)] 4 6 5 ?
Then work inside the brackets:
215 1 [15] 4 6 5 ?
Since there are no more parentheses or brackets, proceed from left to right,
dividing before adding:
1
1
215 1 2 5 212
2
2
213
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
OPERATIONS
When letter symbols and numbers are combined with the operations of arithmetic
(1, 2, {, 4) and with certain other mathematical operations, we have an algebraic expression. Algebraic expressions are made up of several parts connected
by a plus or a minus sign; each part is called a term. Terms with the same letter
part are called like terms. Since algebraic expressions represent numbers, they
can be added, subtracted, multiplied, and divided.
When we defined the commutative law of addition in arithmetic by writing a
1 b 5 b 1 a, we meant that a and b could represent any number. The expression a 1 b 5 b 1 a is an identity because it is true for all numbers. The
expression n 1 5 5 14 is not an identity because it is not true for all numbers; it
becomes true only when the number 9 is substituted for n. Letters used to
represent numbers are called variables. If a number stands alone (the 5 or 14 in
n 1 5 5 14), it is called a constant because its value is constant or unchanging. If
a number appears in front of a variable, it is called a coefficient. Because the letter
x is frequently used to represent a variable, or unknown, the times sign 3, which
can be confused with it in handwriting, is rarely used to express multiplication in
algebra. Other expressions used for multiplication are a dot, parentheses, or
simply writing a number and letter together:
5 { 4 or 5(4) or 5a
Of course, 54 still means fifty-four.
www.petersons.com
214
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Multiplication
Multiplication is accomplished by using the distributive property. If the multiplier
has only one term, then
a(b 1 c) 5 ab 1 bc
Example 1
9x~5m 1 9q! 5 ~9x!~5m! 1 ~9x!~9q!
5 45mx 1 81qx
When the multiplier contains more than one term and you are multiplying two
expressions, multiply each term of the first expression by each term of the
second, and then add like terms. Follow the rules for signed numbers and
exponents at all times.
Example 2
~3x 1 8!~4x2 1 2x 1 1! 5 3x~4x2 1 2x 1 1! 1 8~4x2 1 2x 1 1!
5 12x3 1 6x2 1 3x 1 32x2 1 16x 1 8
5 12x3 1 38x2 1 19x 1 8
If more than two expressions are to be multiplied, multiply the first two, then
multiply the product by the third factor, and so on, until all factors have been
used.
Algebraic expressions can be multiplied by themselves (squared) or raised to
any power.
Example 3
~a 1 b!2 5 ~a 1 b!~a 1 b!
5 a~a 1 b! 1 b~a 1 b!
5 a2 1 ab 1 ba 1 b2
5 a2 1 2ab 1 b2
since ab 5 ba by the commutative law
Example 4
~a 1 b!~a 2 b! 5 a~a 2 b! 1 b~a 2b!
5 a2 2 ab 1 ba 2 b2
5 a2 2 b2
215
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Factoring
When two or more algebraic expressions are multiplied, each is called a factor
and the result is the product. The reverse process of finding the factors when
given the product is called factoring. A product can often be factored in more
than one way. Factoring is useful in multiplication, division, and solving equations.
One way to factor an expression is to remove any single-term factor that is
common to each of the terms and write it outside the parentheses. It is the
distributive law that permits this.
Example 1
3x3 1 6x2 1 9x 5 3x(x2 1 2x 1 3)
The result can be checked by multiplication.
Expressions containing squares can sometimes be factored into expressions
containing letters raised to the first power only, called linear factors. We have
seen that:
(a 1 b)(a 2 b) 5 a2 2 b2
Therefore, if we have an expression in the form of a difference of two squares, it
can be factored as:
a2 2 b2 5 (a 1 b)(a 2 b)
Example 2
Factor 4x2 2 9.
4x2 2 9 5 (2x)2 2 (3)2 5 (2x 1 3)(2x 2 3)
Again, the result can be checked by multiplication.
A third type of expression that can be factored is one containing three terms,
such as x2 1 5x 1 6. Since:
(x 1 a)(x 1 b) 5 x(x 1 b) 1 a(x 1 b)
5 x2 1 xb 1 ax 1 ab
5 x2 1 (a 1 b)x 1 ab
an expression in the form x2 1 (a 1 b)x 1 ab can be factored into two factors of
the form (x 1 a) and (x 1 b). We must find two numbers whose product is the
constant in the given expression and whose sum is the coefficient of the term
containing x.
Example 3
Find factors of x2 1 5x 1 6.
First find two numbers which, when multiplied, have 16 as a product. Possibilities are 2 and 3, 22 and 23, 1 and 6, 21 and 26. From these, select the one pair
whose sum is 5. The pair 2 and 3 is the only possible selection, and so:
x2 1 5x 1 6 5 (x 1 2)(x 1 3) written in either order
www.petersons.com
216
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Example 4
Factor x2 2 5x 2 6.
Possible factors of 26 are 21 and 6, 1 and 26, 2 and 23, 22 and 3. We must
select the pair whose sum is 25. The only pair whose sum is 25 is 1 1 and 26,
and so
x2 2 5x 2 6 5 (x 1 1)(x 2 6)
In factoring expressions of this type, notice that if the last sign is plus, both a and
b have the same sign and it is the same as the sign of the middle term. If the last
sign is minus, the numbers have opposite signs.
Many expressions cannot be factored.
Method 1
Division
36mx2 4 9m2x
or
36mx2
9m2x
5 4m21x1 5
Method 2
4x
m
Cancellation
4
1
36mx
36mxx 4x
5
5
2
9m x
9mmx
m
1
1
2
SD
ac a c
c
ac a
and 5 1 so that
5
5
bc b c
c
bc b
If the divisor contains only one term and the dividend is a sum, divide each term
in the dividend by the divisor and simplify as you did in Method 2.
2
3x2 x
9x 1 3x 1 6x 9x3 3x2 6x
5
1
1
3x
3x
3x
3x
3
5 3x2 1 x 1 2
Example 5
This method cannot be followed if there are two or more terms in the denominator since:
a
a a
1
b1c b c
217
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
In this case, write the example as a fraction. Factor the numerator and denominator if possible. Then use laws of exponents or cancel.
Example 6
Divide x3 2 9x by x3 1 6x2 1 9x.
Write as:
x3 2 9x
x3 1 6x2 1 9x
Both numerator and denominator can be factored to give:
x~x2 2 9!
x~x 1 3!~x 2 3! x 2 3
5
5
2
x~x 1 6x 1 9! x~x 1 3!~x 1 3! x 1 3
QUIZ
ALGEBRA PROBLEMS
www.petersons.com
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Divide:
x2 1 2x 2 8
x2 2 x 2 20
218
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
SOLUTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
x2 1 2x 2 8 ~x 1 4!~x 2 2!
5
x2 2 x 2 20 ~x 2 5!~x 1 4!
1
~x 1 4!~x 2 2! x 22
5
5
~x 2 5!~x 1 4! x 25
1
EQUATIONS
Solving equations is one of the major objectives in algebra. If a variable x in an
equation is replaced by a value or expression that makes the equation a true
statement, the value or expression is called a solution of the equation. (Remember that an equation is a mathematical statement that one algebraic expression is
equal to another.)
An equation may contain one or more variables. We begin with one variable.
Certain rules apply to equations whether there are one or more variables. The
following rules are applied to give equivalent equations that are simpler than the
original:
Addition:
Subtraction:
Multiplication:
Division:
If
If
If
If
s 5 t, then s 1 c 5 t 1 c.
s 1 c 5 t 1 c, then s 5 t.
s 5 t, then cs 5 ct.
cs 5 ct and c 0, then s 5 t.
yielding
x5
b
a
b
is the solution to the equation.
a
219
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Example 1
Solve 4x 5 8.
Write
4x 8
5 x52
4
4
Example 2
Solve 2x 2 (x 2 4) 5 5(x 1 2) for x.
2x 2 (x 2 4)
2x 2 x 1 4
x14
x
24x
x
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5(x 1 2)
5x 1 10
5x 1 10
5x 1 6
6
6
24
3
2
2
S D
3
1 2)
2
5 (2
5
2
5
check
2
SD
1
2
QUIZ
EQUATIONS PROBLEMS
Solve the following equations for x:
www.petersons.com
1.
3x 2 5 5 3 1 2x
2.
3(2x 2 2) 5 12
3.
4(x 2 2) 5 2x 1 10
4.
7 2 4(2x 2 1) 5 3 1 4(4 2 x)
220
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
SOLUTIONS
1.
3x 2 5 5 3 1 2x
22x
22x
x2553
1515
x58
2.
3~2x 2 2! 5 12
6x 2 6 5 12
6x 5 18
x53
3.
4~x 2 2! 5 2x 1 10
4x 2 8 5 2x 1 10
4x 5 2x 1 18
2x 5 18
x59
4.
7 2 4~2x 2 1! 5 3 1 4~4 2 x!
7 2 8x 1 4 5 3 1 16 2 4x
11 2 8x 5 19 2 4x
11 5 19 1 4x
28 5 4x
x 5 22
221
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
QUIZ
WORD PROBLEMS
www.petersons.com
WITH
ONE UNKNOWN
1.
If 18 is subtracted from six times a certain number, the result is 96. Find
the number.
2.
A 63-foot rope is cut into two pieces. If one piece is twice as long as the
other, how long is each piece?
3.
Peter is now three times as old as Jillian. In six years, he will be twice as
old as she will be then. How old is Peter now?
4.
The sum of two consecutive odd integers is 68. Find the integers.
222
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
SOLUTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
223
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
LITERAL EQUATIONS
An equation may have other letters in it besides the variable (or variables). Such
an equation is called a literal equation. An illustration is x 1 b5 a, with x the
variable. The solution of such an equation will not be a specific number but will
involve letter symbols. Literal equations are solved by exactly the same methods as
those involving numbers, but we must know which of the letters in the equation
is to be considered the variable. Then the other letters are treated as constants.
Example 1
Solve ax 2 2bc 5 d for x.
ax 5 d 1 2bc
x5
d 1 2bc
if a 0
a
Example 2
Solve ay 2 by 5 a2 2 b2 for y.
y~a 2 b! 5 a2 2 b2
y~a 2 b! 5 ~a 1 b!~a 2 b!
y5a1b
Example 3
Solve for S in the equation
1 1 1
5 1
R S T
Multiply every term by RST, the LCD:
ST 5 RT 1 RS
ST 2 RS 5 RT
S~T 2 R! 5 RT
S5
www.petersons.com
RT
T2R
If T R
224
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
An equation containing the square of an unknown quantity is called a quadratic
equation. One way of solving such an equation is by factoring. If the product of
two expressions is zero, at least one of the expressions must be zero.
Example 1
Solve y2 1 2y 5 0.
y~y 1 2! 5 0
y 5 0 or y 1 2 5 0
y 5 0 or y 5 22
Check by substituting both values in the original equation:
~0!2 1 2~0! 5 0
~22!2 1 2~22! 5 4 2 4 5 0
In this case there are two solutions.
Example 2
Solve x2 1 7x 1 10 5 0.
x2 1 7x 1 10 5 ~x 1 5! ~x 1 2! 5 0
x1 550
x 5 25
or x 1 2 5 0
or
x 5 22
Check:
(25)2 1 7(25) 1 10 5 25 2 35 1 10 5 0
(22)2 1 7(22) 1 10 5 4 2 14 1 10 5 0
So far, each quadratic we have solved has had two distinct answers, but an
equation may have a single answer (repeated), as in
x2 1 4x 1 4 5 0
~x 1 2!~x 1 2! 5 0
x 1 2 5 0 and x 1 2 5 0
x 5 22 and x 5 22
The only solution is 22.
225
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Rewriting Equations
Certain equations written with a variable in the denominator can be rewritten as
quadratics.
Example
4
Solve 2 1 5 5 x.
x
24 1 5x 5 x2
2x 1 5x 2 4 5 0
2
x2 2 5x 1 4 5 0
~x 2 4!~x 2 1! 5 0
x 2 4 5 0 or x 2 1 5 0
x 5 4 or x
51
=3~4! 1 4
4 0 =16
40
454
y 5 21
=3~21! 1 4
21 0 =23 1 4
and 21 0
21 1
The single solution is y 5 4: the false root y 5 21 was introduced when the
original equation was squared.
www.petersons.com
226
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
QUIZ
Solve for W: P 5 2L 1 2W
2.
Solve for x: ax 1 b5 cx 1 d
3.
4.
Solve for x: x2 2 4x 5 21
5.
Solve for y:
=y 11 2 3 5 7
SOLUTIONS
1.
P 5 2L 1 2W
2W 5 P 2 2L
W5
2.
P 2 2L
2
ax 1 b5 cx 1 d
ax 5 cx 1 d 2 b
ax 2 cx 5 d 2 b
x~a 2 c! 5 d 2 b
x5
3.
d2b
a2c
~if a c!
8x2 2 4x 5 0
4x~2x 21! 5 0
4x 5 0, 2x 2 1 5 0
x 5 0,
4.
1
2
x2 2 4x 5 21
x2 2 4x 2 21 5 0
~x 2 7!~x 1 3! 5 0
x 5 7, 23
5.
=y 1 1 2 3 5 7
=y 1 1 5 10
~=y 1 1!
5 102
y 1 1 5 100
y 5 99
227
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
LINEAR INEQUALITIES
For each of the sets of numbers we have considered, we have established an
ordering of the members of the set by defining what it means to say that one
number is greater than the other. Every number we have considered can be
represented by a point on a number line.
An algebraic inequality is a statement that one algebraic expression is
greater than (or less than) another algebraic expression. If all the variables in the
inequality are raised to the first power, the inequality is said to be a linear
inequality. We solve the inequality by reducing it to a simpler inequality whose
solution is apparent. The answer is not unique, as it is in an equation, since a
great number of values may satisfy the inequality.
There are three rules for producing equivalent inequalities:
1. The same quantity can be added or subtracted from each side of an
inequality.
2. Each side of an inequality can be multiplied or divided by the same
positive quantity.
3. If each side of an inequality is multiplied or divided by the same
negative quantity, the sign of the inequality must be reversed so that
the new inequality is equivalent to the first.
Example 1
Solve 5x 2 5 . 29 1 3x.
5x . 24 1 3x Add 5 to each side.
2x . 24
x . 22
1
Any number greater than 23for example, 22 , 0, 1, or 4is a solution to this
2
particular inequality.
www.petersons.com
228
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
LINEAR EQUATIONS
IN
TWO UNKNOWNS
Graphing Equations
The number line is useful in picturing the values of one variable. When two
variables are involved, a coordinate system is effective. The Cartesian coordinate
system is constructed by placing a vertical number line and a horizontal number
line on a plane so that the lines intersect at their zero points. This meeting place
is called the origin. The horizontal number line is called the x axis, and the
vertical number line (with positive numbers above the x axis) is called the y axis.
Points in the plane correspond to ordered pairs of real numbers.
Example
The points in this example are:
x
y
0
0
1 1
3 21
22 22
22 1
229
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Substitute x 5
1
in the first of the original equations:
2
SD
1
1y53
2
11y53
y52
SD
1
1 ~22! 5 0
2
22250
Example 2
A change-making machine contains $30 in dimes and quarters. There are 150
coins in the machine. Find the number of each type of coin.
Let x 5 number of dimes and y 5 number of quarters. Then:
x 1 y 5 150
Since .25y is the product of a quarter of a dollar and the number of quarters, and
.10x is the amount of money in dimes,
.10x 1 .25y 5 30
Multiply the last equation by 100 to eliminate the decimal points:
10x 1 25y 5 3000
From the first equation, y 5 150 2 x. Substitute this value in the equivalent form
of the second equation.
10x 1 25~150 2 x! 5 3000
215x 5 2750
x 5 50
This is the number of dimes. Substitute this value in x 1 y 5 150 to find the
number of quarters, y 5 100.
Check:
.10~50! 1 .25~100! 5 30
$5 1 $25 5 $30
www.petersons.com
230
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
QUIZ
LINEAR INEQUALITIES
AND
EQUATIONS PROBLEMS
1.
Solve for x:
12x , 5(2x 1 4)
2.
Solve for y:
6y 1 2 , 8y 1 14
3.
4.
5.
Mr. Linnell bought 3 cans of corn and 5 cans of tomatoes for $3.75. The
next week, he bought 4 cans of corn and 2 cans of tomatoes for $2.90.
Find the cost of a can of corn.
SOLUTIONS
1.
12x , 5~2x 1 4!
12x , 10x 1 20
2x , 20
x , 10
2.
6y 1 2 , 8y 1 14
6y , 8y 1 12
22y , 12
y . 26
3.
x 2 3y 5 3
2x 1 9y 5 11
Multiply the first equation by 3.
3~x 2 3y! 5 3~3!
2x 1 9y 5 11
3x 2 9y 5 9
2x 1 9y 5 11
5x
5 20
x54
231
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
1
3
5 320
Q 5 16
N 5 10
www.petersons.com
232
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
RATIO
AND
PROPORTION
Many problems in arithmetic and algebra can be solved using the concept of ratio to
a
c
a
compare numbers. The ratio of a to b is the fraction . If the two ratios and
b
b
d
represent the same comparison, we write:
a
c
5
b
d
This equation (statement of equality) is called a proportion. A proportion states
the equivalence of two different expressions for the same ratio.
Example 1
In a class of 39 students, 17 are men. Find the ratio of men to women.
39 students 2 17 men 5 22 women
Ratio of men to women is 17/22, also written 17;22.
Example 2
A fertilizer contains 3 parts nitrogen, 2 parts potash, and 2 parts phosphate by
weight. How many pounds of fertilizer will contain 60 pounds of nitrogen?
The ratio of pounds of nitrogen to pounds of fertilizer is
3
3 to 3 1 2 1 2 5 .
7
Let x be the number of pounds of mixture. Then:
3 60
5
7
x
Multiply both sides of the equation by 7x to get:
3x 5 420
x 5 140 pounds
COMPUTING AVERAGES
AND
MEDIANS
Mean
Several statistical measures are used frequently. One of them is the average or
arithmetic mean. To find the average of N numbers, add the numbers and divide
their sum by N.
Example 1
Seven students attained test scores of 62, 80, 60, 30, 50, 90, and 20. What was the
average test score for the group?
62 1 80 1 60 1 30 1 50 1 90 1 20 5 392
Since there are 7 scores, the average score is
392
5 56
7
GRE CAT Success
233
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Example 2
Joan allotted herself a budget of $50 a week, on the average, for expenses. One
week she spent $35, the next $60, and the third $40. How much can she spend
in the fourth week without exceeding her budget?
Let x be the amount spent in the fourth week. Then:
35 1 60 1 40 1 x
5 50
4
35 1 60 1 40 1 x 5 200
135 1 x 5 200
x 5 65
She can spend $65 in the fourth week.
Median
If a set of numbers is arranged in order, the number in the middle is called the
median.
Example
Find the median test score of 62, 80, 60, 30, 50, 90, and 20. Arrange the numbers
in increasing (or decreasing) order
20, 30, 50, 60, 62, 80, 90
Since 60 is the number in the middle, it is the median. It is not the same as the
arithmetic mean, which is 56.
If number of scores is an even number, the median is the arithmetic mean of the
middle two scores.
www.petersons.com
234
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
PLANE GEOMETRY
Plane geometry is the science of measurement. Certain assumptions are made
about undefined quantities called points, lines, and planes, and then logical
deductions about relationships between figures composed of lines, angles and
portions of planes are made, based on these assumptions. The process of making
the logical deduction is called a proof. In this summary we are not making any
proofs but are giving the definitions frequently used in geometry and stating
relationships that are the results of proofs.
ANGLES
AND
LINES
Angles
A line in geometry is always a straight line. When two straight lines meet at a
point, they form an angle. The lines are called sides or rays of the angle, and the
point is called the vertex. The symbol for angle is . When no other angle shares
the same vertex, the name of the angle is the name given to the vertex, as in
angle A:
An angle may be named with three letters. Following, for example, B is a point on
one side and C is a point on the other. In this case the name of the vertex must
be the middle letter, and we have angle BAC.
235
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Vertical Angles
When two lines intersect, four angles are formed. The angles opposite each other
are called vertical angles and are equal to each other.
Straight Angle
A straight angle has its sides lying along a straight line. It is always equal to 180.
ABC 5 B 5 180
B is a straight angle.
Adjacent Angles
Two angles are adjacent if they share the same vertex and a common side but no
angle is inside another angle. ABC and CBD are adjacent angles. Even though
they share a common vertex B and a common side AB, ABD and ABC are not
adjacent angles because one angle is inside the other.
Supplementary Angles
If the sum of two angles is a straight angle (180), the two angles are supplementary and each angle is the supplement of the other.
www.petersons.com
236
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Right Angles
If two supplementary angles are equal, they are both right angles. A right angle is
one-half a straight angle. Its measure is 90. A right angle is symbolized by N .
G is a straight angle.
b 1 a 5 G, and a 5 b.
a and b are right angles.
Complementary Angles
Complementary angles are two angles whose sum is a right angle (90).
Y is a right angle.
a 1 b 5 Y 5 90.
a and b are complementary angles.
Acute Angles
Acute angles are angles whose measurement is less than 90. No two acute angles
can be supplementary angles. Two acute angles can be complementary angles.
C is an acute angle.
Obtuse Angles
Obtuse angles are angles that are greater than 90 and less than 180.
D is an obtuse angle.
237
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Example 1
In the figure, what is the value of x?
2
30
Since the two labeled angles are supplementary angles, their sum is 180.
~x 1 30! 1 2x 5 180
3x 5 150
x 5 50
Example 2
Find the value of x in the figure.
40
2
Since the two labeled angles are vertical angles, they are equal.
x 1 40 5 2x
40 5 x
Example 3
If angle Y is a right angle and angle b measures 30158, what does angle a
measure?
Since angle Y is a right angle, angles a and b are complementary angles and their
sum is 90.
a 1 b 5 90
a 1 30158 5 90
a 5 59458
www.petersons.com
238
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
LINES
A line in geometry is always assumed to be a straight line. It extends infinitely far
in both directions. It is determined if two of its points are known. It can be
expressed in terms of the two points, which are written as capital letters. The
following line is called AB.
Or, a line may be given one name with a small letter. The following line is called
line k.
AB is a line segment.
It has a definite length.
If point P is on the line and is the same distance from A as from B, then P is the
midpoint of segment AB. When we say AP 5 PB, we mean that the two line
segments have the same length.
239
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Parallel Lines
Two lines meet or intersect if there is one point that is on both lines. Two
different lines may either intersect in one point or never meet, but they can never
meet in more than one point.
Two lines in the same plane that never meet no matter how far they are extended
are said to be parallel, for which the symbol is \. In the following diagram a \ b.
If two lines in the same plane are parallel to a third line, they are parallel to each
other. Since a \ b and b \ c, we know that a \ c.
Two lines that meet each other at right angles are said to be perpendicular, for
which the symbol is . Line a is perpendicular to line b.
www.petersons.com
240
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Two lines in the same plane that are perpendicular to the same line are parallel to
each other.
The transversal and the two given lines form eight angles. The four angles
between the given lines are called interior angles; the four angles outside the
given lines are called exterior angles. If two angles are on opposite sides of the
transversal, they are called alternate angles.
241
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
When the two given lines cut by a transversal are parallel lines:
1. the corresponding angles are equal.
2. the alternate interior angles are equal.
3. the alternate exterior angles are equal.
4. interior angles on the same side of the transversal are supplementary.
www.petersons.com
50
242
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Polygons
A polygon is a closed plane figure composed of line segments joined together at
points called vertices (singular, vertex). A polygon is usually named by giving its
vertices in order.
Polygon ABCDE
In the figure, points A, B, C, D, and E are the vertices, and the sides are AB, BC,
CD, DE, and EA. AB and BC are adjacent sides, and A and B are adjacent vertices.
A diagonal of a polygon is a line segment joining any two nonadjacent vertices.
EB is a diagonal.
243
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
The perimeter of a polygon is the sum of the lengths of its sides. If the polygon is
regular (all sides equal and all angles equal), the perimeter is the product of the
length of one side and the number of sides.
www.petersons.com
244
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
When two sides of congruent or different polygons are equal, we indicate the fact
by drawing the same number of short lines through the equal sides.
Similar figures have the same shape but not necessarily the same size.
A regular polygon is a polygon whose sides are equal and whose angles are equal.
245
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
TRIANGLES
A triangle is a polygon with three sides. Triangles are classified by measuring their
sides and angles. The sum of the angles of a plane triangle is always 180. The
symbol for a triangle is D. The sum of any two sides of a triangle is always greater
than the third side.
Equilateral Triangles
Equilateral triangles have equal sides and equal angles. Each angle measures 60
because
1
(180) 5 60.
3
AB 5 AC 5 BC.
A 5 B 5 C 5 60.
Isosceles Triangles
Isosceles triangles have two sides equal. The angles opposite the equal sides are
equal. The two equal angles are sometimes called the base angles and the third
angle is called the vertex angle. Note that an equilateral triangle is isosceles.
FG 5 FH.
FG GH.
G 5 H.
F is vertex angle.
G and H are base angles.
www.petersons.com
246
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Scalene Triangles
Scalene triangles have all three sides of different length and all angles of different
measure. In scalene triangles, the shortest side is opposite the angle of smallest
measure, and the longest side is opposite the angle of greatest measure.
AB . BC . CA; therefore, C . A . B.
Right Triangles
Right triangles contain one right angle. Since the right angle is 90, the other two
angles are complementary. They may or may not be equal to each other. The side of
a right triangle opposite the right angle is called the hypotenuse. The other two sides
are called legs. The Pythagorean theorem states that the square of the length of
the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the squares of the lengths of the legs.
AC is the hypotenuse.
AB and BC are legs.
B 5 90.
A 1 C 5 90.
a2 1 c2 5 b2.
Examples
If ABC is a right triangle with right angle at B, and if AB 5 6 and BC 5 8, what is
the length of AC?
AB2 1 BC2 5 AC2
62 1 82 5 36 1 64 5 100 5 AC2
AC 5 10
If the measure of angle A is 30, what is the measure of angle C ?
Since angles A and C are complementary:
30 1 C 5 90
C 5 60
247
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are a, b, and c and the relation
a2 1 b2 5 c2 holds, the triangle is a right triangle and side c is the hypotenuse.
Example
Show that a triangle with sides 5, 12, and 13 is a right triangle.
The triangle will be a right triangle if a2 1 b2 5 c2.
52 1 122 5 132
25 1 144 5 169
Therefore, the triangle is a right triangle and 13 is the length of the hypotenuse.
Area of a Triangle
The altitude (or height) of a triangle is a line segment dropped as a perpendicular
from any vertex to the opposite side. The area of a triangle is the product of
one-half the altitude and the base of the triangle. (The base is the side opposite
the vertex from which the perpendicular was drawn.)
Altitudes
Example
Find the area A of the following isosceles triangle.
In an isosceles triangle the altitude from the vertex angle bisects the base (cuts it
in half).
www.petersons.com
248
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
1
{ base { height
2
1
{ 10 { 12
2
5 60
Similarity
Two triangles are similar if all three pairs of corresponding angles are equal. The
sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180; therefore, if two angles of triangle I
equal two corresponding angles of triangle II, the third angle of triangle I must be
equal to the third angle of triangle II, and the triangles are similar. The lengths of
the sides of similar triangles are in proportion to each other. A line drawn parallel
to one side of a triangle divides the triangle into two portions, one of which is a
triangle. The new triangle is similar to the original triangle.
DABE z DACD
249
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Example
In the following figure, if AC 5 28 feet, AB 5 35 feet, BC 5 21 feet, and EC 5 12
feet, find the length of DC if DE \ AB.
Because DE \ AB, DCDE z DCAB. Since the triangles are similar, their sides are in
proportion:
DC EC
5
AC BC
DC 12
5
28 21
DC 5
12 { 28
5 16 feet
21
QUADRILATERALS
A quadrilateral is a polygon of four sides. The sum of the angles of a quadrilateral
is 360. If the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are parallel, the quadrilateral is a
parallelogram. Opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal and so are opposite
angles. Any two consecutive angles of a parallelogram are supplementary. A
diagonal of a parallelogram divides the parallelogram into congruent triangles. The
diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
A 1 B 5 180
DABD DCDB
DABC DCDA
AP 5 PC
BP 5 PD
AD \ BC
AD 5 BC
AB \ DC
AB 5 DC
D 5 B
A 5 C
www.petersons.com
250
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Definitions
A rhombus is a parallelogram with four equal sides. The diagonals of a rhombus
are perpendicular to each other.
A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with only one pair of parallel sides, called bases. The
nonparallel sides are called legs.
AD \ BC.
AD and BC are bases.
AB and DC are legs.
h 5 altitude
251
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Finding Areas
The area of any parallelogram is the product of the base and the height, where
the height is the length of the altitude, a line segment drawn from a vertex
perpendicular to the base.
Since rectangles and squares are also parallelograms, their areas follow the same
formula. For a rectangle, the altitude is one of the sides, and the formula is length
times width. Since a square is a rectangle for which length and width are the
same, the area of a square is the square of its side.
The area of a trapezoid is the height times the average of the two bases. The
formula is:
A5h
b1 1 b2
2
The bases are the parallel sides, and the height is the length of an altitude to one
of the bases.
Example 1
Find the area of a square whose diagonal is 12 feet. Let s 5 side of square.
By the Pythagorean theorem:
s2 1 s2 5 122
2s2 5 144
s2 5 72
s 5 =72
Use only positive values because this is the side of a square.
Since A 5 s2
A 5 72 square feet
www.petersons.com
252
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
Example 2
Find the altitude of a rectangle if its area is 320 and its base is 5 times its altitude.
Let altitude 5 h. Then base 5 5h. Since A 5 bh,
A 5 ~5h!~h! 5 320
5h2 5 320
h2 5 64
h58
If a quadrilateral is not a parallelogram or a trapezoid but it is irregularly shaped,
its area can be found by dividing it into triangles, attempting to find the area of
each, and adding the results.
CIRCLES
Definitions
Circles are closed plane curves with all points on the curve equally distant from a
fixed point called the center. The symbol ( indicates a circle. A circle is usually
named by its center. A line segment from the center to any point on the circle is
called the radius (plural, radii). All radii of the same circle are equal.
C 5 center
CP 5 radius 5 r
253
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
A chord is a line segment whose endpoints are on the circle. The diameter of a
circle is a chord that passes through the center of the circle. The diameter, the
longest distance between two points on the circle, is twice the length of the
radius. A diameter perpendicular to a chord bisects that chord.
AB is a chord.
C is the center.
DCE is a diameter.
FCG is a diameter.
AB DCE so AP 5 PB.
A central angle is an angle whose vertex is the center of a circle and whose sides
are radii of the circle. An inscribed angle is an angle whose vertex is on the circle
and whose sides are chords of the circle.
www.petersons.com
254
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
An arc is a portion of a circle. The symbol is used to indicate an arc. Arcs are
usually measured in degrees. Since the entire circle is 360, a semicircle (half a
circle) is an arc of 180, and a quarter of a circle is an arc of 90.
ABD is an arc.
AB is an arc.
BD is an arc.
A central angle is equal in measure to its intercepted arc.
255
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
Example 2
If a circle with a radius of 3 feet has a central angle of 60, find the length of the
arc intercepted by this central angle.
60
(2p3) 5 p feet
360
Arc 5
The area, A, of a circle is pr2, where r is the radius. If the diameter is given
instead of the radius,
SD
A5p
d
2
pd2
.
4
Example 3
Find the area of a circular ring formed by two concentric circles with radii of 6
and 8 inches, respectively. (Concentric circles are circles with the same center.)
The area of the ring will equal the area of the large circle minus the area of
the small circle.
Area of ring 5 p82 2 p62
5 p(64 2 36)
5 28p square inches
Example 4
A square is inscribed in a circle whose diameter is 10 inches. Find the difference
between the area of the circle and that of the square.
If a square is inscribed in a circle, the diagonal of the square is the diameter
of the circle. If the diagonal of the square is 10 inches, then, by the Pythagorean
theorem, the side of the square s is =50, and the area of the square is 50 square
inches.
2s2 5 100
s2 5 50
www.petersons.com
256
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
If the diameter of the circle is 10, its radius is 5 and the area of the circle is p52
5 25p square inches. Then, the difference between the area of the circle and the
area of the square is:
25p 2 50 square inches
5 25 (p22) square inches
Distance Formula
In the arithmetic section, we described the Cartesian coordinate system when
explaining how to draw graphs representing linear equations. If two points are
plotted in the Cartesian coordinate system, it is useful to know how to find the
distance between them. If the two points have coordinates (a, b) and (p, q), the
distance between them is:
d5
=~2321!2 1 @2 2 ~21!#2
5 =~24!2 1 ~2 1 1!2
5 =~24!2 1 32
5 =16 1 9 5 =25 5 5
d5
257
www.petersons.com
UNIT 7
QUIZ
2.
3.
What is the area of a trapezoid whose height is 5 feet and whose bases are
7 feet and 9 feet?
4.
5.
The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 25 feet. If one leg is 15 feet, find the
length of the other leg.
6.
7.
Find the distance between the points (21, 22) and (5, 7).
SOLUTIONS
1.
Q 1 R 1 S 5 180
Q 1 R 1 64 5 180
Q 1 R 5 116
Since Q 5 R, they each must have measures of 58.
2.
3.
S D
S D SD
A5h
55
b1 1 b2
2
719
16
55
5 5~8! 5 40
2
2
www.petersons.com
258
MATHEMATICS REVIEW
4.
5.
6.
7.
d5
259
=117.
www.petersons.com
R E D A LERT
QUANTITATIVE COMPARISONS
STRATEGIES
Quantitative Comparison questions are the only questions on the entire GRE CAT that are not arranged in the standard multiple-choice format. Instead, in each of these questions you are given two
quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. Your job, simply put, is to determine which of
these two quantities is larger.
The answer scheme is simple. If the quantity in Column A is larger, you should answer (A). If the
quantity in Column B is larger, you should answer (B). If the two quantities are of identical size, the
correct answer is (C). Finally, if it is not possible to tell which quantity is larger, the answer is (D).
Occasionally there will be some additional information given to help you determine the relative
size of the two quantities. This information, when given, will be centered just above the Column A
and Column B entries.
Following are the actual directions as they appear on the GRE. They should be memorized so
that you do not waste time reading them when you take the actual test.
QUANTITATIVE COMPARISONS
Numbers: All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures: Position of points, angles, regions, etc., can be assumed to be in the order shown; and angle
measures can be assumed to be positive.
Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight.
Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwise indicated.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to provide information useful in answering the
questions. However, unless a note states that a figure is drawn to scale, you should solve these
problems NOT by estimating sizes by sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledge of
mathematics.
RED
261
ALERT
RED ALERT
COMMON INFORMATION
In a question, information concerning one or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above the two columns. A symbol that appears in both columns
represents the same thing in Column A as it does in Column B.
Example 1
Column A
Column B
236
216
PN
NQ
Example 2
Column A
Column B
PN
NQ
The correct answer is (D). Equal measure cannot be assumed, even though PN
and NQ appear equal.
Example 3
Column A
Column B
www.petersons.com
RED
262
ALERT
Example 4
Column A
Column B
w1z
180
Column B
1
54
x
1.
The correct answer is (A). The equation given in the common information can
1
1
be solved to determine that x 5 5 4. Since 1 . 5 4, the answer is (A).
x
x
=26 2 =10
2.
=26 2 10
3.
162
RED
263
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
Column A
Column B
6
x 5 64
4.
The correct answer is (D). Solving the equation given as common information, we
can determine that x is either 2 or 22. Thus, x is either less than or equal to 2.
HINTS
AND
STRATEGIES
FOR
General Strategies
1. Remember that your goal is to do as little work as possible to answer the question. You
frequently dont need to determine the actual size of the quantities in Columns A and B to
know which one is larger. As a simple example, if you have enough information to determine that the quantity in Column A is positive and the quantity in Column B is negative,
then the quantity in Column A is bigger, regardless of its actual value.
2. Unlike every other type of question on the GRE CAT, Quantitative Comparison questions
have only four possible choices.
3. Be sure that you understand the meaning of the answer choices. For example, choice (A)
indicates that the quantity in Column A is always bigger than the quantity in Column B. If
choice (A) is sometimes, but not always, bigger, the answer is choice (D). Similarly, choice
(C) is the answer only if the quantities are always equal.
4. Be sure that you do only as much math as is absolutely necessary to determine which
quantity is bigger. Estimate and approximate as much as possible. You can often answer a
question correctly by doing very little actual mathematical computation.
5. Whenever both of the given quantities are purely numerical (contain only numbers, no
letters), then both quantities have a definite size, and the answer cannot be choice (D). If
you are not sure how to answer a problem with two purely numerical entries, be sure to
guess either choices (A), (B), or (C).
FOR
Whenever you can, eliminate common factors and terms from Column A and
Column B. Then, simply compare the remaining quantities. Often, sums and
products can be compared term by term, or factor by factor.
1.
Column A
Column B
(108)2 2 (13)2
(108 213)2
The correct answer is (A). The quantity in Column A, when factored, becomes
(108 2 13)(108 1 13). The quantity in Column B is equal to (108 213)(108 2 13).
Upon canceling the common factor of (108 2 13), we see that we are comparing
(108 1 13) in Column A to (108 2 13) in Column B.
www.petersons.com
RED
264
ALERT
2.
Column A
Column B
5 6 7
1 1
6 7 8
5 6 7
1 1
7 8 9
The correct answer is (A). Simply note that each term in Column A is bigger
than the corresponding term in Column B.
3.
6(125)4
2(125)12
The correct answer is (C). Cancel the common factor of 125 from both sides.
Then, both sides become equal to 24.
Remember that you can often determine which quantity is bigger by simply
estimating sizes.
221
333
4.
667
999
The correct answer is (B). Note that the quantity in Column A is less than
2
2
and that the quantity in Column B is greater than .
3
3
A Quantitative Comparison question can be treated as if it were an algebraic
inequality, with your job being to position the correct inequality sign (5, ,, .)
between entries. As such, you may perform any operation to both columns of the
question that you can perform on both sides of an inequality. This means,
whenever you wish, you can add or subtract the same number to Column A and
Column B, multiply or divide both columns by the same positive number, or
square both columns (if both entries are positive). This strategy can be used to
change the operations of subtraction and division to the relatively less confusing
operations of addition and multiplication.
5.
Column A
Column B
=89,905
300
The correct answer is (B). Square both sides. Column A becomes 89,905 and
Column B becomes 90,000.
4
6.
=3
=3
The correct answer is (B). Do not waste any time estimating the values of the
quantities. Simply multiply both entries by =3. Column A is then equal to =3 3
4
=3 5 3, while Column B is equal to 3 =35 4. Since 4 . 3, the answer is (B).
=
GRE CAT Success
RED
265
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
7.
Column A
Column B
5 1
9 1
6 7
5 6
10 2
6 7
6
to
7
5 1 6
both entries. Column A then becomes 9 1 1 5
6 7 7
5
5
5 6 6
5
9 1 1 5 10 . Column B becomes 10 2 1 5 10 .
6
6
6 7 7
6
Whenever you are comparing quantities containing variables, remember to
consider both positive and negative values of the variables. Similarly, remember
that the variables could have fractional values.
Column B
Column A
3,x,5
4,y,6
8.
The correct answer is (D). Many people might answer (B) for this, assuming
that x 5 4 and y 5 5. However, remember that x and y could also be fractional.
For example, x could be 4.5, while y is 4.1.
If the column entries contain algebraic operations, it frequently helps to begin by
performing these operations.
Column A
Column B
a 5 22, c 5 5
9.
3a(2b 1 5c)
2a(3b 1 5c)
The correct answer is (B). To begin, expand both expressions. The entry in
Column A becomes 6ab 1 15ac. Column B becomes 6ab 1 10ac. Cancel the
common factor of 6ab and youll see that we are actually comparing 15ac in
Column A to 10ac in Column B. We know that a 5 22 and c 5 5. Thus, the
entry in Column A becomes 2150, while Column B becomes 2100.
See if the common information can be manipulated to a form that is similar in
appearance to the entry in one of the columns.
Column B
Column A
5p 1 7q 5 13
10.
15p 1 21q
40
The correct answer is (A). If you multiply both sides of the equation given as
common information by 3, you will obtain 15p 1 21q 5 39. Thus, the value of
the expression in Column B is 39.
www.petersons.com
RED
266
ALERT
When either of the column entries contain variables, it is often very helpful to
substitute numerical values for these variables and observe what happens. Any
substitution you make will enable you to eliminate two of the possible answer
choices. Suppose, for example, that you plug a value into the quantities, and for
this particular value the quantity in Column A turns out to be bigger. This means
that the answer cannot be choice (B) or choice (C). Either Column A is always
larger, choice (A), or sometimes larger, choice (D).
Column A
Column B
s1s0
r21
s21
r
s
11.
The correct answer is (D). Try to substitute values for r and s. If, for example,
r r21
r 5 s 5 2, 5
. Thus, we know that the answer is either choice (C) or
s
s21
choice (D). Now let r 5 0 and s 5 2. Then, the value in Column A becomes 0,
1
and the value in Column B becomes 2 . This result indicates that the correct
2
answer is (D).
Remember that powers of, roots of, and divisions by numbers between 0 and 1
behave differently than those with numbers greater than 1. For example, if you
square a number larger than 1, the resulting number is larger than the original;
yet, if you square a number less than 1 but greater than 0, the resulting number is
smaller than the original. Also, remember that powers of even and odd numbers
behave differently. The following examples illustrate some of these variations.
Column A
Column B
x.0
x2
12.
x3
The correct answer is (D). While intuition tells us that cubing a positive
number yields a larger result than squaring the number, this result is actually true
only for numbers bigger than 1. In fact, x2 5 x3 if x 5 1, and if x , 1, x2 . x3.
1
1
1
For example, if x 5 , then x2 5 and x3 5 . Thus, there is no way to tell if
2
4
8
x2 or x3 is larger.
x.1
x2
13.
x3
RED
267
ALERT
www.petersons.com
RED ALERT
Column A
Column B
0,z,1
12
z
14.
12z
www.petersons.com
RED
268
ALERT
Unit 8
QUANTITATIVE COMPARISONS REVIEW
Directions: Each of the questions 115 consists of two quantities, one in
Column A and one in Column B. You are to compare the two quantities and
choose:
(A) if the quantity in Column A is greater;
(B) if the quantity in Column B is greater;
(C) if the two quantities are equal;
(D) if the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.
Note:
Numbers
All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures
Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can be assumed to be in the order shown,
and angle measures can be assumed to be positive.
Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight.
Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwise indicated.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to provide information that is
useful in answering the questions. However, unless a note states that a figure is
drawn to scale, you should solve these problems NOT by estimating sizes by sight
or by measurement, but by using your knowledge of mathematics.
Common Information
In a question, information concerning one or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above the two columns. A symbol that appears in both columns
represents the same thing in Column A as it does in Column B.
Example 1
Column A
Column
236
216
269
UNIT 8
Column A
Column B
PN
NQ
The correct answer is (D). Equal measure cannot be assumed, even though PN
and NQ appear equal.
Example 3
x
Example 4
w1z
180
www.petersons.com
270
Column A
Column B
2
7
3
1
7
3
1.
S DS D
5
12
S DS D
1
1 1
2 2
10 5 3
4
15
1 3
of
3 5
.25
4
5
2.
12
3.
4.
5.
1
s
16
1
3
(one-sixteenths) in of .
3
4
The number of
271
5
6
The number of
in
6
15
1
s (one-sixteenths)
16
1
3
of .
4
4
www.petersons.com
UNIT 8
6.
Column A
Column B
N 3 (N 1 1)
N2 1 1
7y 5 28
7.
(22)2
8.
x2y
y2x
9.
6x 1 7y 5 45
xy
2
r5 z
3
3
p5 z
2
10.
www.petersons.com
z2
p
1
r
11.
(y 1 3)2
(y 1 3)
12.
S D
6
10
3
2
5
272
Column A
Column B
a0
13.
14.
=7
=7
10b 2 17 5 13
9z 2 27 5 0
15.
16.
.2y 5 2.6
6y 2 5.7 5 5y 1 7.3
20
4
x
5
y
Perimeter 5 72
17.
Area 5 320
1
x 1 3 . 26
3
18.
218
273
www.petersons.com
UNIT 8
Column A
Column B
x 3, x 0
19.
x23
x2 2 3x
Reciprocal of x
a1b 7
5
b
2
20.
2.75
a:b
x 5 3y
21.
x:y
y:x
x0
22.
2x3 2 3x2
x2
2x 2 3
x2
23.
www.petersons.com
Average of x 2 8 and 3x 1 2
274
3
2
4x2 2 9
2x 1 3
Column A
Column B
x5
24.
1
2
S D
x2 1 x
=3
26.
27.
4 1 3
1 1 2 1 3
275
www.petersons.com
UNIT 8
Column A
Column B
www.petersons.com
28.
29.
30.
276
A
A
B
A
B
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
D
C
D
D
C
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
D
B
C
B
C
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
C
A
D
C
B
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
A
C
C
C
C
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
A
C
C
A
A
Column B
2
7
3
1
7
3
S DS D
S DS D
5
4
3
Simplify denominator.
5 12
1
1
5
1
4
3
5
5 12 3
1
3
5
6
3
Simplify denominator.
6 15
1
1
6
1
5
3
5
6 15 3
1
3
4
5
5
12
5
6
6
15
1
2
7 . 7 (Consider the size of the numerators since the denominators are the
3
3
same.)
2. The correct answer is (A). Find the least-common denominator.
Column A
Column B
2
8
4
3 5
Change
15 2 30
11
8
Hence
.
30 30
1
3
3
3 5
10 3 30
1 6
6
3 5
5 6 30
1 10 10
3
5
3 10 30
19
30
Subtract 1 2
19 30 19
5
2
30 30 30
11
5
30
277
www.petersons.com
UNIT 8
3. The correct answer is (B).
Column A
Column B
1 3
of
3 5
Multiply
1 3
3
3 5
1
25
5
100 4
Column A
Multiply
1 3
3
3 4
Multiply
1 3
3
4 4
3
1 3
3 5
4 4 16
4
1 4
3 5
4 4 16
3
4
.
16 16
Or, simply notice that the numerator in Column A is larger than that of Column B
and, therefore, must contain more sixteenths.
5. The correct answer is (B).
Column B
Column A
Multiply $1.89 3 3 5 $5.67
Multiply $1.49 3 2 5 $2.98
www.petersons.com
278
Column A
S D S DS D
3
2
5
3
5 2
5
3 15
6
5 5
10 5 25
3
9
2 5
5
25
15
9
,
25 25
9z 2 27 5 0
1 27 1 27
9z 5 27
10b 2 17 5 13
1 17 1 17
10b 5 30
(additive inverse)
b53
Column B
279
(additive inverse)
z53
www.petersons.com
UNIT 8
16. The correct answer is (C).
Column A
.2y 5 2.6
Divide by .2
y 5 13
Column B
6y 2 5.7 5 5y 1 7.3
25y 1 5.7 5 5y 1 5.7
(additive inverse)
y 5 13.0
Column B
y~20! 5 area
20y 5 320
2l 1 2w 5 p
4
2 x 1 2~x! 5 72
5
8
x 1 2x 5 72
5
10x
8
x1
5 72
5
5
18
x 5 72
5
SD
Divide by 20
y 5 16
18
. Invert the divisor and
5
5
5
x 5 72 3
multiply by
18
18
Divide by
1
x . 29
3
x . 227
www.petersons.com
280
Column B
Reciprocal of x
Factor
x23
1
x23
5
5
2
x 2 3x x~x 2 3! x
1
x
1
x
20. The correct answer is (B). Solve
a1b 7
5 product extremes equals product of
b
2
means 2~a 1 b! 5 7b
2a 1 2b 5 7b
2 2b 5 2b ~additive inverse!
Divide by 2b
2a 5b
5
2b 2b
a 5
a:b 5 5
b 2
a
a:b 5 5 2.50
b
2.50 , 2.75
21. The correct answer is (A). Solve x 5 3y. Divide by y:
x 3
5
y 1
Column A
Column B
x:y 5 3:1
3 1
.
1 3
y:x 5 1:3
Column A
x 2 81 3x 1 2
2
4x 2 6
2
Factor
Reduce
2x 2 3
281
www.petersons.com
UNIT 8
24. The correct answer is (C).
Column A
Substitute x 5
x2 1 x
1 2 1
1
5
2
2
1 1
5 1
4 2
3
5
4
Column B
S D S= DS= D
1
inches
2
=3
2
SD
5
5
=9
4
3
4
www.petersons.com
Column B
L 1 70 1 50 5 180. Sum of
the angles in a triangle 5 180.
H 1 100 5 180
H 5 80
L 1 120 5 180
L 5 60
L 5 60
282
R E D A LERT
DATA ANALYSIS STRATEGIES
Data Analysis questions are based on data contained in tables and graphs. Typically, all five questions
in this portion of the test are based on one or two tables or graphs. In each question you will need to
make use of a portion of the data contained in the table or graph.
On the following pages you will find a thorough review of graph and table reading and analysis.
Before you go over this information, read and remember the following suggestions and reminders:
1. If a problem involves more than one graph or table, make sure to use the appropriate one
to answer the question you are working on.
2. Many of the graphs on the GRE CAT contain a tremendous amount of information. Do not
try to understand such a graph all at once. Instead, analyze it carefully, focusing on important information such as:
the title of the graph and any subtitles;
the quantities represented by the axes of a line or bar graph, or by the sectors of a
circle graph;
any numerical scaling factor use (for example, all numbers in millions);
any legends indicating what particular symbols or shadings represent; and
the range of numerical values that the graph represents.
3. Some questions that appear to involve a lot of computation can actually be answered
quickly by estimating and approximating values. Always remember that one of the multiplechoice answers must be correct.
4. Make sure that you do not confuse decimals and percents. Some graphs may indicate
percents along their axes; others may contain actual numerical values.
5. As always, use only information given in the graphs to help you answer the questions. Do
not ever use any outside knowledge that you may have.
6. If possible, see if answers can be visualized. For example, if a problem asks for the average
of two of the numbers on a graph, try to estimate the midpoint of the two numbers instead
of doing the actual computation.
RED
283
ALERT
Unit 9
DATA ANALYSIS REVIEW
Tables and graphs give visual comparisons of amount. They show relationships
between two or more sets of information. It is essential to be able to read tables
and graphs correctly.
TABLES
Tables present data corresponding to classifications by row and column. Tables always state the units (thousands of people, years, millions of dollars, for example) in
which the numbers are expressed. Sometimes the units are percents. Both specific
and general questions can be answered by using the information in the table.
(Notice that in this table the numbers are given in thousands, so that the
number speaking German at home, for example, is not 1,261 but 1,261,000.)
Persons 5 Years Old and Over Speaking Various Languages at Home, by Age
(Numbers in thousands: civilian noninstitutional population)
Language spoken
at home
Total
Percent
Speaking English
only
Speaking other
language
Chinese
French
German
Greek
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Filipino
Polish
Portuguese
Spanish
Yiddish
Other
Not reported
Persons
5 years
old and
over
5 to 13
years
14 to 17
years
18 to 24
years
25 to 44
years
45 to 64
years
65 to 74
years
75 years
and over
176.319
30,414
15.1
15.4
15,955
7.9
8.0
27,988
13.9
14.1
59,385
29.6
29.5
43,498
21.7
21.5
15,053
7.5
7.4
8,519
4.2
4.0
17,985
14.4
6.9
12.6
30.8
21.8
7.5
6.0
514
987
1,261
365
1,354
265
191
419
731
245
8,768
234
2,651
6,508
12.5
8.1
5.4
16.7
7.5
7.9
16.2
10.7
2.7
15.9
20.2
8.5
10.0
11.1
5.8
5.5
7.1
4.9
4.9
6.8
5.8
5.3
1.4
8.6
8.8
0.4
4.9
8.4
15.8
10.2
10.8
10.4
8.1
7.9
17.8
8.6
3.7
12.2
15.4
3.0
10.8
13.5
34.8
29.9
24.3
38.1
19.3
27.2
35.6
40.8
13.8
33.9
34.6
15.8
30.3
26.9
21.2
30.4
27.4
21.9
31.5
36.6
19.9
20.3
45.7
22.0
15.8
20.9
23.3
25.1
6.8
9.9
12.8
4.4
15.1
9.4
3.7
7.2
21.6
3.7
3.1
29.1
10.1
9.5
3.1
6.0
12.2
3.6
13.7
3.8
1.0
6.9
10.9
3.3
2.2
21.8
10.6
5.6
200.812
284
Example 1
What language is spoken at home by almost one-half of those not speaking English
at home?
Spanish; 8,768/17,985 is about 48%.
Example 2
What language has the highest percent of its speakers in the 45- to 64-year-old age
bracket?
Polish, with 45.7%
Example 3
How many persons between the ages of 18 and 24 speak Korean at home?
There are 191,000 of all ages speaking Korean, of which 17.8% are between
18 and 24:
.178 3 191,000 5 33,998 persons
GRAPHS
Bar Graphs
Bar graphs may be horizontal or vertical, but both axes are designed to give information. The height (or width) of the bar is proportional to the number or percent represented. Bar graphs are less accurate than tables but give a quick comparison of
information. There may be only two variables, as in the following graph. One is the
year and the other is the percentage of the labor force made up of women.
Women as a Percentage of the Labor Force
Example
Between which 10 years does the chart show the greatest percent increase of
women in the labor force?
For each of the 10-year periods there is some increase. Subtract each percent
from the one to the right of it; four subtractions. The greatest increase, 4.6%,
occurs between 1970 and 1980.
In this bar graph, percents are written at the top of each bar. This is not always
the case. If the numbers are not given, you must read across, using a ruler or
card, to the relevant axis and estimate the height.
285
www.petersons.com
UNIT 9
Bar graphs such as the following one can compare two sets of data for varying
years. This graph shows, for example, that 86.8% of the male population 16 years
old and over was in the labor force in 1950. In that same year, 33.9% of the
female population was in the labor force. It gives different information than the
previous graph.
Percentage of Population 16 Years Old
and Over in the Labor Force
Example
Explain the apparent discrepancy for the year 1990 between the percentage for
women in this graph (47.8%) and that in the previous graph (40.3%).
This graph shows that 47.8% of all women were in the labor force in
1990that is, 47.8% of 100 women were working. The previous graph
showed that 40.3% of 100 workers, or 40.3%, were women. There is no
discrepancy. The populations are different.
These graphs are similar to bar graphs, but each bar contains more than one kind
of information and the total height is the sum of the various components. The
following graph gives percentages for college graduates on the bottom and high
school graduates on the top. There might well be other gradations, such as some
college above the college section and some high school above the high school
section as well.
www.petersons.com
286
Example 1
For each of the 3 years, which region consistently has the lowest percentage of
college graduates?
North Central
Example 2
Which region has the lowest total educational attainment for each of the 3 years?
South
Example 3
In 2000, which region had the highest percentage of high school graduates, and
what was it?
For 2000, subtract the percent for college graduates from the total percent;
four subtractions. The highest is the West, with 75.8% 2 20.1% 5 55.7%.
Example 4
Which region had the greatest percentage increase of college graduates between
1990 and 2000?
The West, with 20.1% 2 13.8% 5 6.3%.
287
www.petersons.com
UNIT 9
Family Income
(Restricted to Persons Living in Primary Families)
Circle graphs, also known as pie charts, show the breakdown of an entire
quantity, such as a college budget, into its component parts. The circle representing 100% of the quantity is cut into pieces, each piece having a certain percentage
value. The sum of the pieces is 100%. The size of the piece is proportional to the
size of the percent. To make a circle graph, you must have an instrument called a
protractor, which measures degrees. Suppose the measured quantity is 10% of the
whole. Because 10% of 360 is 36, a central angle of 36 must be measured and
radii drawn. This piece now has an area of 10% of the circle. When answering
questions on circle graphs, compare percentages.
Example 1
Of those who voted in the last election, what percentage attended college at some
time?
This information is in the first graph. Add 20.6% to 19.3% to get 39.9%.
Example 2
Of those who voted in the last election and who reported their income levels,
what percentage had a family income below $10,000?
This information is in the second graph. Add 4.2% to 11.6% to get 15.8%.
www.petersons.com
288
Line Graphs
Like bar graphs, line graphs follow vertical and horizontal information axes, but
the line graph is continuous. There may be a single broken line or there may be
several, comparing three or four stocks or incomes or, as in the case of this
graph, numbers of workers in selected occupations. The line graph shows trends:
increasing, decreasing, or not changing.
In the graph below, the actual number of people in an occupation in a given year
must be estimated. For example, the number of social workers in 1985 seems to be 14
million, and the number of white-collar workers for the same year is about 40 million.
Number of Workers in Selected Occupations
(In Millions)
Example 1
In 1995, what was the total number of workers in all four occupations?
Estimate each number by comparison with the values at the left. Then add the
four. Estimates: farm workers, 3 million; social workers, 18 million; blue-collar
workers, 35 million; and white-collar workers, 52 million. Total, 108 million.
Since the scale on graphs is usually marked in large increments, since the lines
used are often thick, and since the estimates must often be made on the side of
the graph far from the scale, use whole numbers as much as possible when
estimating. Use only the fraction one-half (1/2) if your judgment tells you something less than a whole number should be used. Because all the information must
be estimated, units less than one-half will not significantly affect your answer. Do
not spend time trying to figure out the precise number on the scale. A reasonable
estimate should let your answer be within 1 or 2 percent on either side of the
correct answer choice. As part of your strategy for dealing with graphs, look at
the answer choices to get an idea of the magnitude of your estimate before doing
the estimating. Choose the answer choice closest to your estimate.
289
www.petersons.com
UNIT 9
Example 2
If your estimate is 97 million and the answer choices are 3 million, 0.5 million, 90
million, 103 million, and 98 million, choose 98 million as your answer.
Use this bar graph to answer the following questions.
Student Enrollments: State U. vs. Thomas U.
QUIZ
2.
In 1990, how many more students were enrolled at State U. than at Thomas U.?
3.
If the average tuition at State U. in 2000 was $6,500, what was the total
revenue received in tuition at State U. that year?
4.
In 1990, 74% of the students enrolled at State U. were males. How many
males attended State U. in 1990?
5.
1.
8,000 students
2.
3.
4.
5.
www.petersons.com
290
1
5 20%
5
Practice Test 1
ANALYTICAL WRITING MEASURE
Directions: Present your perspective on the issue below, using relevant
reasons and/or examples to support your views. Time45 minutes. (Note: In the
actual GRE, you will be given a choice of two issues.)
Schools should be responsible only for teaching academic skills and not for
teaching sex education.
Directions: Discuss how well-reasoned you find this argument.
Time30 minutes.
The following appeared in an announcement by the manufacturer of Roland
Rainwear, a clothing manufacturer:
Since a competing lower-priced product line of outdoor clothing, TrekOut
Gear, was started five years ago, Roland Rainwears sales have declined by
10,000 units per month. The best way to get more people to purchase
Roland Rainwear is to reduce its price below that of TrekOut Gear, at least
until sales increase to former levels. The increased sales of Roland Rainwear
will attract more distributors to carry our product.
291
Practice Test 2
ANALYTICAL WRITING MEASURE
Directions: Present your perspective on the issue below, using relevant
reasons and/or examples to support your views. Time45 minutes. (Note: In the
actual GRE, you will be given a choice of two issues.)
The reading of books is not important today. People can learn as much by
watching television or movies as they can by reading books.
Directions: Discuss how well reasoned you find this argument.
Time30 minutes.
The following appeared in the editorial section of a newspaper in the country of
Montour:
The practice of officially changing seat-belt laws on the highwayswhether
requiring them or eliminating themis a dangerous one. Consider what
happened over the past decade whenever neighboring Serenia changed its
seat-belt laws: an average of 9 percent more automobile accidents occurred
during the week following the change than had occurred during the week
preceding iteven when the seat-belt law was required. This statistic shows
that the change in seat-belt law adversely affected the alertness of drivers.
292
Practice Test 1
VERBAL ABILITY
SENTENCE COMPLETION
Directions: Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank indicating
that something has been omitted. Beneath the sentence are five lettered words or
sets of words. Choose a set of words for each pair of blanks that best fits the
meaning of the sentence as a whole.
1.
While the instructor claimed his comments were ______ to a mild warning,
his students recognized his tone as ______ and responded with haste.
(A) tantamount. .scathing
(B) equivalent. .embrocation
(C) maladroit. .inimical
(D) reticulate. .circumspect
(E) countermand. .loquacious
2.
3.
4.
293
PRACTICE TEST 1
5.
Only someone with incredible ______ is likely to find ______ in a potentially disastrous contretemps.
(A) faux pas. .topiary
(B) dichotomy. .guerdon
(C) erudition. .morass
(D) sanguinity. .serendipity
(E) savoir-faire. .acumen
6.
The irate customer became ______, and then he ______ against the mechanics unfair practices and outrageous fees for car repairs.
(A) mendacious. .seethed
(B) lachrymose. .jeered
(C) apoplectic. .fulminated
(D) stultified. .scoffed
(E) desolate. .denigrated
ANTONYMS
Directions: Each item below consists of a word printed in capital letters,
followed by five lettered words or phrases. Choose the lettered word or phrase
that is more nearly opposite in meaning from the word in capital letters. Since
some of the questions require you to distinguish fine shades of meaning, be sure
to consider all the choices before deciding which one is best.
www.petersons.com
1.
SVELTE
(A) limber
(B) lissome
(C) adipose
(D) vile
(E) disingenuous
2.
ENCOMIUM
(A) panegyric
(B) censure
(C) declamation
(D) oratory
(E) pastiche
3.
CONNOISSEUR
(A) sycophant
(B) zealot
(C) hedonist
(D) pariah
(E) tyro
294
VERBAL ABILITY
4.
CELERITY
(A) splendor
(B) alacrity
(C) luster
(D) indolence
(E) declivity
5.
DISSENSION
(A) desolation
(B) strife
(C) mandate
(D) concord
(E) dearth
6.
REPREHENSIBLE
(A) docile
(B) inculpable
(C) dubious
(D) usurious
(E) diffident
7.
DELETERIOUS
(A) volatile
(B) enigmatic
(C) fulsome
(D) esoteric
(E) salutary
8.
OBFUSCATE
(A) simulate
(B) palliate
(C) compliment
(D) elucidate
(E) portend
9.
INVEIGLE
(A) inveigh
(B) repulse
(C) malinger
(D) herald
(E) impugn
295
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
READING COMPREHENSION
Directions: Each passage in this group is followed by questions based on its
content. After reading a passage, choose the best answer to each question.
Answer all questions following a passage on the basis of what is stated or
implied in that passage.
PASSAGE 1
Line
10
15
20
25
30
35
www.petersons.com
There are 160 million people in the United States who wear contact lenses or
glasses, many of whom are tired of the inconvenience, ongoing expense, and
ineffectiveness of prescription lenses. More and more Americans, almost 500,000,
will have undergone corrective surgery to improve their vision. The surgical
process is called LASIK (laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis). The procedure can
take less than 15 minutes and is performed by an ophthalmologist. The results are
impressive, with seven out of ten people having their vision corrected to 20/20.
The majority of the remainder of people could drive without the use of corrective
lenses. In the future, experts are expecting that the majority of people will see
better than 20/20.
The procedure begins by marking the cornea with ink, then dropping a
liquid anesthetic into the patients eye. The ink is water soluble and harmless and
is used to help reposition the flaps of the cornea. Then a suction ring stabilizes
the eye and pressure is applied to allow for a clean cut by the microkeratome (the
cutting instrument), which glides across the moistened surface of the cornea,
cutting the outer layers and stopping automatically. An uncut section acts as a
hinge. The attached cornea is then lifted, and the layers below are excised by the
laser. A computer guides the laser as it reshapes the cornea. To correct farsightedness, a piece of tissue shaped like a doughnut ring is removed. If the corneas
center is trimmed, thereby making it flatter, nearsightedness is corrected. The
hinged flap is then put back in position.
While the procedure is effective for the majority of patients, even those with
an astigmatism, other LASIK patients have had problems. A diminishing of contrast
has made driving a car more difficult, especially at night. Everyone experiences
glare and halo effect in the beginning, but, for some, it becomes a permanent
disability. Also, as people age, most need bifocals for closer work. This is due to a
condition called prebyopia (lenses in the eyes lose their ability to curve enough;
therefore it is difficult to focus on close objects). LASIK cant help or prevent this
condition.
There are other alternatives being explored to improve vision. INTACS are
crescent shaped rings that are removable. They are placed within the cornea,
leaving it intact. It works well for minimal nearsightedness, but is not effective for
extreme nearsightedness, farsightedness, or astigmatism.
CUSTOM LASIK is adjusted for specific differences in an individuals cornea,
lens, and retina. It corrects both nearsightedness (sometimes to 20/10) and
farsightedness with or without astigmatism. The main disadvantage is that it
permanently alters the curve of the cornea. INTRAOCULAR LENSES are implanted
behind the iris or the cornea. These are also removable and leave the cornea in
296
VERBAL ABILITY
40
45
one piece; however, they may cause injury to the cornea, intraocular infection,
and cataracts. They are effective for correcting both high degrees of nearsightedness and farsightedness.
Although the risks are small for LASIK surgery, they are real and serious;
therefore, one must consider the reasons for opting for the surgery. Americans
seem to have a penchant for the cure, the quick fix, and, as a result, people
may rush too quickly for what they see to be a panacea. When it comes to eye
surgery that could possibly cause worse problems than it cures, no matter how
small the risk, it is wise to explore all of the options.
1.
The name of the eye surgery, LASIK, as it appears in the regular surgery and
the CUSTOM LASIK surgery, is
(A) an acronym for the names of the doctors that developed the procedure.
(B) the brand name of the surgical instrument that is used for the procedure.
(C) an acronym for the surgical procedure that tells how the surgery is
done.
(D) the generic name of the anesthetic used.
(E) the Latin prefix of a longer medical term.
2.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
3.
4.
Of all the procedures described in the article, which of the following are
effective for correcting vision with or without astigmatism?
(A) LASIK and INTACS
(B) INTEROCULAR LENSES and INTACS
(C) CUSTOM LASIK and INTACS
(D) LASIK and CUSTOM LASIK
(E) INTEROCULER LENSES and LASIK
297
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
PASSAGE 2
Line
10
15
20
25
30
www.petersons.com
Researchers have been trying to find new methods to combat one of the peskiest
of natural enemies in nature: the fire ant. They are known for their aggressiveness
and the painful stings and bites they deliver. Fire ants have displaced ants that are
native to the United States. The huge mounds that they inhabit are now being
seen around the South. The pests came from South America; it is believed that
they arrived in the 1930s aboard ships that docked at Gulf ports, such as Mobile,
Alabama. Since they have no natural enemies outside of their original habitat, they
have been able to multiply more readily and now are in 12 Southern states and
Puerto Rico, occupying more than an astonishing 300 million acres. Fire ants have
also been discovered in New Mexico and California.
Because of prolific breeding, their numbers alone, not to mention their
tenacity, preclude eradicating them entirely, but researchers are trying to control
them. One way to achieve this, possibly, is to use their natural enemies imported
from their original habitat. For example, there is a fly that preys on fire ants by
beheading them. Also, there is a disease that is a natural enemy of the fire ant
because it substantially reduces the egg production of the queen. However, any
insect introduced into the United States for the purpose of controlling other
insects has to go through a strict quarantine process developed by the U.S.
Department of Agriculture under the supervision of experts in the field of
entomology.
Ironically, farmers do not mind the insects and find them useful because they
actually kill other crop pests. However, when fire ant colonies and the larvae,
which are about the size of a pin point, are disturbed, the results can be disastrous with the likelihood of multiple stings. The dangerous truth is that one
percent of the population can be fatally allergic to the venom of the insects. The
insects pose other problems like shorting electrical connections and burrowing
that can damage the foundation of roads resulting in pot holes on the surface.
Although the pest cannot be eradicated, the fight against the fire ant will
continue with USDA entomologists studying what disease will effectively limit
their numbers.
1.
2.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
298
VERBAL ABILITY
3.
It is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
4.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
PASSAGE 3
Line
10
15
20
25
The hippocampus is located inside the brains of both humans and mice; hence,
research is being done on the latter to see if its function can be improved. Both
the hippocampus and the medial temporal lobe are critical in the process of
learning by helping transform short-term memory into permanent memoryone
of the cornerstones in the foundation of the learning process itself.
Scientists are currently experimenting with increasing more of a single gene,
NR2B, that aids in building a protein called NMDA (N-methyl D-aspartate). This
very consequential protein, located at the end of dendrites (vein-like projections
that extend from nerve and brain cells), functions as a receptor for detailed
chemical signals. The function of these signals is to condition brain cells to fire in
patterns that repeat. These repeating patterns are what the brain acknowledges as
memories. The NR2B gene is copious in the hippocampus portion of the brains of
mice that are young; however, after they reach sexual maturity, the amount is
greatly reduced. Researchers are experimenting with increasing NR2B in adult
mice thereby giving the mature animals the same learning skills of the young
mice. NMDA receptors need two independent signals: one is in the form of a
glutamate molecule that is transmitted by the axon of a cell that is close by; the
second one is an electric signal that is released within the cell itself. The signals
unblock the NMDA receptors allowing calcium to come in, and this assists in the
formation of memories. Mice, genetically altered by splicing the gene that creates
NR2B into their DNA, consistently performed better in learning and memory tests
than the control mice used in experiments. In addition, the sensitivity of their
brain cells increased in response to new and different stimuli.
No researchers have experimented with the NR2B gene in humans in a
similar manner; however, drugs may be developed that increase its function. By
doing this, the ability to learn and remember would be increased even with the
onset of aging. Also, this research may produce new therapies for the treatment of
memory problems that are the result of illness or injury, learning disabilities, and,
even, Alzheimers disease.
299
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
1.
It is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2.
3.
4.
ANALOGIES
Directions: In each of the following questions, five lettered pairs of words or
phrases follow a related pair of words or phrases. Select the lettered pair that
best expresses a relationship similar to that expressed in the original pair.
1.
www.petersons.com
EPISTLE : LETTER ::
(A) ode : poem
(B) novel : nonfiction
(C) puzzle : cryptogram
(D) diary : repartee
(E) lyric : refrain
300
VERBAL ABILITY
2.
PLIANT : YIELDING ::
(A) relinquish : pertinacious
(B) steep : strong
(C) schism : abyss
(D) scull : yacht
(E) pilfer : filch
3.
NUCLEUS : EXTRANEOUS ::
(A) verbose : prolix
(B) clemency : pardon
(C) callow : cosmopolitan
(D) bungle : boast
(E) dilatory : widen
4.
RECORDER : TUNE ::
(A) radio : medley
(B) clarinet : melody
(C) microphone : sing
(D) harp : complain
(E) snare : drum
5.
SLOUGH : SWAMP ::
(A) fen : bog
(B) snake : skin
(C) shed : rest
(D) mud : medicine
(E) slumber : insomnia
6.
RAPIER : EPE ::
(A) tomahawk : wickiup
(B) grenade : artillery
(C) javelin : competition
(D) carbine : rifle
(E) catapult : siege
7.
DERACINATE : ERADICATE ::
(A) ruminate : spurn
(B) impugn : endorse
(C) grovel : glorify
(D) mollify : mitigate
(E) quibble : masticate
301
www.petersons.com
Practice Test 2
VERBAL ABILITY
SENTENCE COMPLETION
Directions: Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank indicating
that something has been omitted. Beneath the sentence are five lettered words or
sets of words. Choose a set of words for each pair of blanks that best fits the
meaning of the sentence as a whole.
1.
Making a(n) ______ visit to his ______, the unknown thief sought reassurance that no one had discovered his crime.
(A) prurient. .domicile
(B) nefarious. .morass
(C) irrefutable. .acumen
(D) surreptitious. .cache
(E) supercilious. .tirade
2.
3.
Despite her eagerness to see DaVincis Mona Lisa in the Louvre, she ______
indifference to appear ______.
(A) goaded. .ineffable
(B) feigned. .sophisticated
(C) deigned. .provincial
(D) imbued. .bibulous
(E) obfuscated. .munificent
4.
302
VERBAL ABILITY
5.
6.
The old farmers ______ labor and wisdom about planting invariably
produced ______ fields of soybeans.
(A) erudite. .evanescent
(B) assiduous. .verdant
(C) obdurate. .palpable
(D) incipient. .labyrinthine
(E) infinitesimal. .scanty
ANTONYMS
Directions: Each item below consists of a word printed in capital letters,
followed by five lettered words or phrases. Choose the lettered word or phrase
that is more nearly opposite in meaning from the word in capital letters. Since
some of the questions require you to distinguish fine shades of meaning, be sure
to consider all the choices before deciding which one is best.
1.
SATURNALIAN
(A) sardonic
(B) ascetic
(C) nascent
(D) envisaged
(E) insolvent
2.
MELLIFLUOUS
(A) sugary
(B) resonant
(C) risible
(D) supercilious
(E) cacophonous
3.
PECCADILLO
(A) sin
(B) pedantry
(C) virtue
(D) riata
(E) condolence
303
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
www.petersons.com
4.
VACUOUS
(A) multifarious
(B) amorous
(C) clandestine
(D) perspicacious
(E) inane
5.
GAUCHE
(A) adroit
(B) devious
(C) prosaic
(D) volatile
(E) dormant
6.
SPURIOUS
(A) bogus
(B) hackneyed
(C) affable
(D) authentic
(E) peremptory
7.
RATIOCINATION
(A) schism
(B) fallacy
(C) arithmetic
(D) paradigm
(E) redress
8.
INTRANSIGENT
(A) meretricious
(B) muddled
(C) cooperative
(D) nonchalant
(E) willful
9.
MAVERICK
(A) reagin
(B) nomenclature
(C) conformist
(D) heroic
(E) tattoo
304
VERBAL ABILITY
READING COMPREHENSION
PASSAGE 1
Line
10
15
20
25
30
Body Art (using the body as a human canvas) has been documented throughout
recorded history, and some anthropologists believe that it even precedes it. The
hackneyed phrase since time immemorial might actually apply in this case, as so
many diverse peoples throughout time have tattooed, pierced, painted, scarred, or
even reshaped their bodies. The relationship to modern day society is that there
has been a resurgence, especially in tattooing and body piercing, among teenagers. But on a less exotic level, people style their hair, put on make-up, wear
facial hair, and pluck eyebrows regularly. Enhancing ones appearance, especially
to positively affect ones self-perception and to attract members of the opposite
sex, is a common practice that is repeated around the world. However, body art
has traditionally been ritualistic in nature, conveying marital status, designating
aspects of gender and age group, recognizing achievements, or to mark rites of
passage like puberty. Most important, body art has been used in religious rites and
rituals, even to summon forth spirits.
In New Zealand, the Maori, as part of pagan ritual, tattoo their faces in
elaborate, ornate patterns. In Ethiopia, the Hamar warrior scars his body by
cutting himself with a razor, thereby creating raised scar tissue. The scar tissue
heals with a somewhat lighter color, and they are arranged in symmetrical
patterns. This is done to acknowledge the killing of an enemy or a very dangerous
animal. The young women stretch their earlobes by inserting plugs made of
rolled leaves. The size of the holes is gradually increased by putting in ever
increasingly larger clay plates. When Kenyan teenage boys are circumcised, they
draw ritual designs on each others faces with white chalk and wear brass
pendants on the sides of their faces. For centuries in China, young girls had their
feet bound. This painful and crippling procedure stunted the growth of them to a
mere five inches long for an adult woman. Small feet were considered aesthetically pleasing.
Today, however, most body art is done for the sake of fashions and trends,
with very little ritualistic sensibility unless it is an expression of rebellion against
authority figures like parents, teachers, or society as a whole. An exception would
be the ritual of tattooing and scarring to identify fellow gang members. This body
art is a rite of passage that allies friends and identifies foes.
1.
305
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
2.
3.
4.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
PASSAGE 2
Line
10
15
20
25
www.petersons.com
Speculation about the cause of global warming continues, and the controversy
centers on whether increases in temperature are natural or the result of
ever-increasing pollution. Either way, calculations show that by the end of the
next century, the earths mean temperature will likely rise between 1.3 degrees
Centigrade and 4.0 degrees Centigrade (2.3 degrees Fahrenheit and 7.2 degrees
Fahrenheit). One major consequence of this warming will be rising sea levels.
The Greenhouse Effect is when increasing carbon emissions, as a result of
burning billions of tons of fossil fuels around the world, traps more heat and
makes the global temperature rise. As the suns rays go through the atmosphere, it
heats the earths surface. This heat is radiated as infrared rays, and while some of
it escapes, the remainder becomes trapped by an increasing amount of carbon
dioxide, along with other greenhouse gases. According to some scientists, one of
the indicators of this phenomenon is the shrinking Quelccaya ice cap located in
Peru, South America. It has lost one fifth of its mass over the last two decades. It
is incontrovertible that the earths temperature has increased about one degree
Fahrenheit over the last 12 decades, and the increasing temperature has resulted
in the lessening of the ice cap. What is debatable is whether this lessening is part
of some larger shift in climate or whether it has resulted from greenhouse gases.
To combat the problem of greenhouse gases, several fronts are being
attacked simultaneously. Research and development needs to be intensified to find
renewable sources of energy, like solar and wind power. Fuel efficiency for
popular vehicles, like vans, SUVs, and light trucks, needs to be improved in
addition to more rigorous emission standards. Similarly, emission standards for
industries that use fossil fuels for power must also be stricter. The federal government should reduce its need for and use of energy significantly in an effort to cut
306
VERBAL ABILITY
30
emissions. Lastly, both state and federal government could give tax credits and
incentives for individuals and companies that use alternative sources of energy.
Unfortunately, even if all further emissions are ended immediately, greenhouse gases will stay in the atmosphere for a hundred years, and global warming
will increase. According to environmentalists, however, that does not preclude
working on the problem as diligently as possible because it will be a serious
dilemma for the twenty-first century.
1.
The
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2.
3.
4.
The word fronts (line 19) completes a metaphor that compares finding
potential solutions to
(A) curing a disease.
(B) waging a war.
(C) winning a race.
(D) predicating climatic changes.
(E) solving a puzzle.
PASSAGE 3
Line
10
Hurricanes are a means to transfer heat from the equator to the poles. After
waters off the coast of Africa are warmed to more than 81 degrees Fahrenheit,
with the right combination of winds and accumulated thunderstorms, a hurricane
is born. The water temperature is essential, but it is the winds that play the
significant role. If they are weak easterlies and strong westerlies, as produced by
El Nio, then clouds will have their tops cut off, but if there is still air between
two wind belts and a stronger easterly flow, as found in La Nia, hurricanes form
more readily. This is one reason why the 1999 hurricane season was so active.
The presence of La Nia increased the chance of the United States being hit by
75%, as compared to the 25% chance with El Nio.
307
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
15
20
25
30
35
www.petersons.com
When water evaporates, the moist vapor rises, then expands, then cools. It
condenses into cloud droplets and then forms rain. Heat that is locked within the
vapor is released, and this lowers air pressure, causing more rain and thunderstorms. The winds in these accumulating thunderstorms begin to move in the
direction of the earths rotation and circulate in a counterclockwise motion. If this
takes place in the Southern Hemisphere, it is a clockwise direction. This mass of
whirling storms is called a tropical cyclone. As the winds accelerate in this spiral,
the storm is designated as a hurricane when they reach a speed of 74 m.p.h.
There is a column at the center of these multiple thunderstorms. It consists of
calm air and is called the eye of the hurricane. It is surrounded by the fiercest
storms of the system.
There are other factors that affect the formation of hurricanes. In addition to
the presence of El Nio and La Nia conditions in the equatorial Pacific, rainfall
amounts in West Africa, the intensity of stratospheric winds, and significant
changes in ocean circulation also affect how storms develop and to what degree.
Therefore, predicting where hurricanes will appear is difficult. Other factors that
may be a bit more esoteric are the overall effects of a natural shift in climate and
whether global warming, induced by the pollutants of technology, transportation,
and industrialization, will also contribute significantly. For example, global
warming may make storms more severe by loading them with more rain. This
would cause even more extensive flooding. If global sea levels rise, the surge
effect of waves would increase, thereby causing more damage and destruction.
Even though the number of typhoons in the Pacific and hurricanes in the
Atlantic may vary in proportion to one another, there will probably be about 80
such events in any one year.
1.
2.
308
VERBAL ABILITY
3.
4.
ANALOGIES
Directions: In each of the following questions, five lettered pairs of words or
phrases follow a related pair of words or phrases. Select the lettered pair that
best expresses a relationship similar to that expressed in the original pair.
1.
QUISLING : TRAITOR ::
(A) redress : lawyer
(B) vaunt : braggart
(C) scuttle : coal
(D) poltroon : coward
(E) bushel : peck
2.
PURLOIN : BEQUEATH ::
(A) adumbrate : apotheosis
(B) amalgamate : commingle
(C) nullify : satiate
(D) prevaricate : cajole
(E) polemic : consensus
3.
LINTEL : POSTERN ::
(A) pandemic : universal
(B) esprit de corps : le mot juste
(C) joist : threshold
(D) maelstrom : phenomenal
(E) sill : window
309
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
www.petersons.com
4.
POD: WHALES ::
(A) pride : lions
(B) covey : geese
(C) quail : flock
(D) bees : swarm
(E) pack : leopards
5.
MATTOCK : FARM ::
(A) digging : spade
(B) appetizer : dessert
(C) painter : easel
(D) mason : trowel
(E) adze : carpentry
6.
KIT
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
7.
BADMINTON : SHUTTLECOCK ::
(A) wicket : croquet
(B) wedge : golf
(C) bridge : billiards
(D) hockey : puck
(E) trump : bridge
: FOX ::
deer : fawn
gosling : goose
lamb : ewe
salamander : newt
eagle : fledgling
310
VERBAL ABILITY
A
E
B
E
D
C
Reading
Comprehension
Antonyms
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Passage 1
1. C
2. D
3. E
4. D
C
B
E
D
D
B
E
D
B
Passage 2
1. D
2. C
3. E
4. D
Analogies
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
A
E
C
B
A
D
D
Passage 3
1. B
2. A
3. A
4. D
D
A
B
E
C
B
Reading
Comprehension
Antonyms
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Passage 1
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. D
B
E
C
D
A
D
B
C
C
Passage 2
1. E
2. B
3. C
4. B
Analogies
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D
E
E
A
E
B
D
Passage 3
1. E
2. C
3. D
4. B
311
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
www.petersons.com
312
PRACTICE TEST 2
Score 56 Issue Response
The statement above claims that television and movies, as a resource for information, are
as effective as books and have lessened the importance of books. In the following essay, I
will argue that television and movies, for several reasons, should not be considered the
primary sources of historical information, interpretations of current events, or even
entertainment. Rather, books should play a principal, but not solitary, role in gaining
perspective on history, current events, and entertainment, and other media outlets should
be important, but secondary, resources for information gathering and entertainment.
First, the statement People can learn as much by watching television or movies as
they can by reading books ignores the other alternatives to books for the presentation of
313
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
information. This is, in fact, quite untrue. We are actually in an age of information
overloadwe can choose from books, television, movies, satellite services, newspapers,
magazines, Internet sources, and multiple other outlets. A reasonable combination of some
or all of these media should be used in the accrual of current or historical information, as
well as for entertainment, but reliance solely on television and movies would limit a
persons ability to have a well-rounded perspective on any issue or event.
Second, reading books has several advantages over television or movies for the
stimulation of a developing or adult brain. Television and movies present interpretations
for a viewer via images and sounds. Information is fed to the viewerwatching television
or a movie is a passive activity that requires little, if any, interaction from the viewer.
Books, on the other hand, require the reader to interpret the information for himor herself. The reader must use visual and auditory imagination, logic, and previous
knowledge to complete the picture and tie the words, sentences, paragraphs, and chapters
together into meaningful or useful information.
Third, television or movies, especially those geared toward historical events or issues,
are a re-creation of what has occurred in the past. They represent one persons (or
groups) adaptation of written history. Historical and fictional books written during a
certain time period, on the other hand, are one step closer to the actual events. While
these books may also represent a personal or group interpretation of the events, they are
closer to being eye-witness accounts.
Television and movies do have many benefits. News coverage of current events is
more immediate on television than in newspapers or books. For entertainment purposes,
fantastic technological imagery and sound is available in movies. However, as passive
behavior, television and movie viewing cannot stimulate the imagination, challenge the
knowledge, or encourage growth the way that books can. Unlike television and movies,
books, both fiction and nonfiction, excite the mind, test the psyche, and stimulate the
reader to use interactive cognitive processes that allow the mind to grow by generating
new ideas, thoughts, and perspectives.
In conclusion, I have discussed why television and movies should not be considered
the primary sources of historical information, interpretation of current events, or entertainment. Books should play a principal, but not solitary, role in gaining perspective on history,
current events, and entertainment. Other media outlets, such as television and movies, are
important, but secondary, resources for information gathering and entertainment.
www.petersons.com
314
315
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
3. The correct answer is (B). Obsequious means unctuous, flattering, submissive,
subservient, and ingratiate means to cajole, wheedle, and court. The word
neophyte in the sentence means novice or beginner. Again, there is an implicit
contrast set up in the sentence: even though he is a newcomer, he is apparently
using flattery to gain the managers attention. Choice (A), audacious, means daring
or reckless, while reprove means to scold or to criticize. Choice (C), obdurate,
means inflexible or stubborn, and extradite means to banish or to expel.
Choice (D), stentorian, means extremely loud, while vacillate means to waver or
to shift. Choice (E), desultory, means haphazard or superficial while embrangle means to confuse or to entangle. Again, only choice (B) offers terms that
can logically complete the sentence.
4. The correct answer is (E). Internecine means deadly while prodigious means
vast or inordinate. Choice (A), equitable, means fair or just, and needless can
easily be recognized as meaning without cause. Choice (B), quixotic, which is
derived from the literary character Don Quixote, means idealistic to an impractical
degree, while cynical means pessimistic and distrustful. Choice (C), recondite
can be compared to something incomprehensible or obscure, and immoderate
means excessive. Choice (D), splendiferous, is another form of splendid, while
superfluous means unnecessary.
5. The correct answer is (D). Sanguinity means confident or optimistic, while
serendipity means the gift of finding valuable or agreeable things not sought for. In
the sentence itself, contretemps means an embarrassing occurrence or mishap;
understanding the meaning of this word is helpful, but the word disastrous offers a
clear clue that contretemps is something negative. Choice (A), faux pas, a French
expression that translates as false step, means a blunder, while topiary is the art
of trimming trees or shrubs into ornamental shapes. Choice (B), dichotomy, is a
division into two exclusive groups, and guerdon is a reward or recompense.
Choice (C), erudition, is learning, especially knowledge gained through reading
books; morass is a marsh or swamp. Choice (E), savoir-faire, another French term,
means tact or social adroitness, and acumen is keenness of perception or
discrimination, especially in practical matters.
6. The correct answer is (C). Apoplectic means highly excited or frenetic, while
fulminated means denounced or exploded. Context clues within the sentence
include these words: irate (angry), unfair, and outrageous. Also notice the use of
the preposition against in the sentence. Sometimes a word in the sentence, such as
this preposition, can help you narrow your choices because certain verbs are used
with some prepositions. Choice (A), mendacious, means dishonest or lying.
Choice (B), lachrymose, means tearful, while jeered means taunted. Choice (D),
stultified, means to cause to appear stupid or to invalidate; scoffed means to
show contempt or to sneer. Choice (E), desolate, means lonely, gloomy, or
lifeless, while denigrated means defamed.
Antonyms
1. The correct answer is (C). Adipose means fat. Svelte means slender or slim.
Choice (A), limber, means flexible. Choice (B), lissome, also means nimble or
flexible. Choice (D), vile, means disgusting, and choice (E), disingenuous, means
calculating or giving a false appearance.
www.petersons.com
316
Reading Comprehension
Passage 1
1. The correct answer is (C). In the first paragraph, the acronym is explained in the
parentheses with the first two letters standing for the process of using a laser, rather
than a scalpel. Choice (A) can be eliminated because there are no names of doctors in
the article, nor is it stated that the acronym represents names. Choice (B) is incorrect
because, although the technical name of the surgical instrument is mentioned in the
second paragraph (microkeratome), its brand name is never given. Choice (D) is incorrect because the anesthetic is not mentioned by name in the article, nor is it stated that
the acronym stands for the name of the anesthetic. Choice (E) is incorrect because the
term is not a prefix but an acronym with each letter representing a term. Also, the
medical term for the procedure is mentioned in paragraph one.
317
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
2. The correct answer is (D). It is described in the second paragraph. Choice (A) is
incorrect, even though the suction ring is positioned after the cornea and is marked
with ink, the sequence of the steps does not make them interrelated. Choice (B) is
incorrect because it is the exterior layers of the cornea that are marked with the ink.
Once those layers are rolled back, the underlying layers would not bear the marks;
therefore, they could not aid in the excising of that tissue. Choice (C) is incorrect as
it has already been stated in paragraph two that the eye has been stabilized (rendered immobile) by the suction ring, so there is no need to measure movement of
the eye. Choice (E) is incorrect because nowhere in the article does it mention
swelling of the eye as a side effect of this surgical procedure.
3. The correct answer is (E). Paragraph two reveals how the cornea must be cut or
trimmed, retrospectively, to relieve farsightedness and nearsightedness. Choice (A) is
incorrect because a previous choice reveals the purpose of marking the cornea with ink.
In test design, this is called scaffolding, when one question builds on another. Choice (B)
is incorrect as the purpose of the suction ring is to stabilize the eye, not correct the vision. Choice (C) is incorrect because the size of the microkeratome is discussed in the
article, only its motion is addressed. Choice (D) is also incorrect because in the sequence
of the procedure, the repositioning of the cornea flaps comes after the adjustment to the
layers of tissue below the cornea that make the correction in the vision.
4. The correct answer is (D). It is the only combination of procedures that categorically states that the procedures are effective in correcting vision even when there is
an astigmatism. Choice (A) is incorrect because, although LASIK is effective even
with an astigmatism, INTACS is not effective for extreme nearsightedness, farsightedness, or astigmatism. Choice (B) is incorrect because the description of INTEROCULER does not say whether it is effective in cases of astigmatism, and INTACS
definitely are not effective, as stated in the description. Choice (C) is incorrect
because it again uses INTACS as a choice and while CUSTOM LASIK is correct,
INTACS is not. Similarly, Choice (E) is not correct because while LASIK can be used
on patients with astigmatisms, the description of INTEROCULAR LENSES does not
specifically address this issue.
Passage 2
1. The correct answer is (D). Antonym means opposite, and in the first sentence of
paragraph two there is a context clue. The fire ants cant be eradicated because of
their number; therefore, prolific means their fertility and ability to breed. Choices (A)
and (C) are all synonyms for prolific. Choices (B) and (E) are not related to the
word. Laborious means burdensome, and lugubrious means somber.
2. The correct answer is (C). Since the article is about an insect, the fire ant, it would
be logical to assume that experts in the study of insects would be the correct choice.
Also, the Greek word entomon means insect and provides the root of the word.
3. The correct answer is (E). Irony is when the opposite of what one expects occurs.
In this case, one would expect that the insects would be hazardous to the crops, but
they arent. They are a help by destroying other pests. Choices (A), (B), (C), and (D)
are incorrect because the farmers, along with the general population, would mind
the destruction and danger of the fire ants as expressed in those choices. This is not
ironic but expected. The way in which they do not mind the fire ants, as stated
above, is ironic.
www.petersons.com
318
Passage 3
1. The correct answer is (B). Choice (A) is incorrect because the number or receptors relative to memory is not discussed in the article. Choice (C) is incorrect
because the correlation between time and memory is not referenced in the article.
Choices (D) and (E), although mentioned in the article, are not the products of
repeated firing of brain cells.
2. The correct answer is (A). Replete means abundant; therefore, it is synonymous
with copious. Also, there is a context clue in the second part of the sentence established by the trigger word however. What follows is the opposite of what copious
means: however, after they reach sexual maturity, the amount is greatly reduced.
Choice (B) is incorrect because it is the opposite in meaning. The word meager
means a small amount. Choices (C) and (E) are incorrect because they have no relationship to the meaning of copious, although they are somewhat synonymous with each
other. The word mutated means altered, and vicious means corrupt. Choice (D)
is incorrect, although related, because interspersed means scattered, and small
amounts of a substance can be scattered as well as large amounts.
3. The correct answer is (A). This is stated in the first sentence of paragraph two.
Choices (B), (C), and (D) are mentioned in the article but are not effects of the gene
NR2B. The reference in choice (E) to increasing the size of the hippocampus and
medial temporal lobe are not mentioned in the article.
4. The correct answer is (D). This is stated in the concluding paragraph. Choice (A) is
incorrect because it is stated in the concluding paragraph that no such experiments
have been done on humans. Choice (B) is incorrect because, although it is a true statement, it is simplistic. The complex relationship between the experiments on mice and
the application to humans has not been clearly established. Choice (C) is incorrect because while it is a given that the NR2B gene is producing the protein NMDA in the human brain, the benefit will come from finding ways to increase the production of that
protein as was done by gene splicing in the mice. Choice (E) is incorrect. While the
article states that this gene is abundant in the brains of young mice, it does not state the
same about young humans. Even if one was to infer this to be true, the benefit will
come from sustaining the high levels of this gene in adult humans.
319
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
Analogies
1. The correct answer is (A). Epistle is a formal, elegant letter, so the relationship
here is epistle is a kind of letter. Choice (A), ode, is a formal kind of poem. Choice
(B), novel is fiction, not nonfiction. In choice (C), the order of the terms is reversed.
A cryptogram is a kind of puzzle, but the original pair of terms presents the
relationship in the opposite order. Choice (D), repartee, means wit or clever
language. A diary is a personal journal or record, not a kind of repartee. Choice (E),
lyric, means the words to a song or a kind of poem; it is not a kind of refrain.
Again, the proper order is reversed.
2. The correct answer is (E). Pilfer and filch mean to steal. Pliant and yielding are
synonyms. Choice (A), relinquish, means to give up, while pertinacious means obstinate or unyielding. In this pair, then, the second term happens to be an antonym
for yielding in the original pair. Be careful not to be misled by such traps. Choice (B),
steep and strong, are not necessarily synonyms. Choice (C), schism is a separation or
discord, while abyss is a bottomless pit or great gulf. Chasm, not schism, is a synonym for abyss. In choice (D), both choices refer to kinds of watercraft; however, a
scull is a small boat propelled by oars, while a yacht is significantly larger.
3. The correct answer is (C). Nucleus and extraneous are antonyms. Callow means
youthful, immature, while cosmopolitan means worldly, sophisticated. Choice
(A), verbose and prolix, which are synonyms, mean wordy. Choice (B), clemency
and pardon, are also similar in meaning but different in degree. Clemency means
mildness, while pardon is a broader term including forgiveness or to free from
penalty. Choice (D), bungle, means to mishandle or botch; boast, meaning to
brag, is not the opposite. Choice (E), dilatory, means tardy or causing delay;
widen is not the opposite of this term.
4. The correct answer is (B). A recorder is a musical instrument on which one can
play a tune. A clarinet is a woodwind musical instrument on which one can play a
melody. Both recorders and clarinets are instruments played by mouth. Choice (A),
radio, is not a musical instrument, offers a number of programs, not just music; a
medley is a musical composition made of a series of songs. One does not, however,
play a medley on a radio in the same way that one can play a recorder or clarinet.
Of course, your first interpretation of recorder may have associated this term with
tape recorder, so you may have been misled. Be sure to check all of the possible
choices carefully. Choice (C), microphone, is a device used to amplify sound, and
one can use it to sing. Again, however, a microphone is not played as a musical
instrument. Choice (D), harp, is a musical instrument, but it is a percussion instrument, one played by plucking strings, not by mouth. Harp can also be a verb,
meaning to complain, but the relationship is still not the same as that between the
original pair. Choice (E), snare, is a kind of drum.
5. The correct answer is (A). Slough and swamp are synonyms. Fen is low marshy
land, and bog is wet spongy ground. Choices (B), (C), and (D) offer no logical
relationships. Choice (E) presents antonyms in slumber and insomnia, which means
an inability to sleep.
www.petersons.com
320
321
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
3. The correct answer is (B). The opening phrase sets up an important contrast.
Feigned means to pretend, while sophisticated is appropriate to complete the sentences meaning that she tried to look worldly or experienced in art appreciation. Only
this pair logically completes the sentence. In choice (A), goaded means urged or
spurred, while ineffable means indescribable. In choice (C), deigned means condescended or stooped, while provincial means narrow-minded or unsophisticated. In
choice (D), imbued means to permeate or infuse; bibulous means highly absorbent
or inclined to drink. In choice (E), obfuscated means made obscure or darkened,
and munificent means liberal or characterized by generosity.
4. The correct answer is (E). Staunch means steadfast in loyalty or faithful, while
inclement means stormy. Only this choice includes a term that can describe the
weather. In choice (A), officious means meddlesome or impertinent; nebulous
means cloudy, hazy, or vague. In choice (B), motley means a jester or fool or
clothing worn by a harlequin or jester; ribald means coarse or using broad,
indecent humor. In choice (C), moribund means being in a dying state, while
placid means serene or calm. In choice (D), partisan means supporter or
follower, and fungible means interchangeable.
5. The correct answer is (C). Turgid means bombastic or pompous and torpor is lethargy or dullness. The phrase almost lulled asleep is a big clue that the correct choice
will somehow pertain to sleep. Only two choices offer something similar: torpor,
choice (C), and sloth, choice (D). In choice (A), convoluted is twisted; ecstasy can
mean transport, rapture, even joy. In choice (B), vociferous means boisterous, blatant,
or clamorous, while apostasy is renunciation of religious faith. In choice (D), acerbic
means bitter or sharp, and sloth is laziness or indolence. In choice (E), discursive
means rambling or verbose, but effervescence is liveliness or exhilaration.
6. The correct answer is (B). The sentence refers to a farmer and soybeans so the correct answer will somehow logically pertain to farming. Assiduous means diligent or
steadily attentive, and verdant means green with growing plants. In choice (A),
erudite means scholarly or learned, and evanescent means short-lived or vanishing
or transient. In choice (C), obdurate means inflexible or unyielding, while palpable
means noticeable or perceptible. In choice (D), incipient means beginning or
commencing, while labyrinthine means intricate or involved. In choice (E),
infinitesimal means immeasurably small; scanty means insufficient or meager.
Antonyms
1. The correct answer is (B). Ascetic, means austere, strict self-denial. Saturnalian
means an unrestrained, often licentious celebration. In choice (A), sardonic means
bitter, mocking, while choice (C), nascent means beginning to develop. In
choice (D), envisaged means having a mental picture of something and choice (E),
insolvent, means impoverished.
2. The correct answer is (E). Cacophonous means harsh sounding. Euphonious
means pleasant sounding. In choice (A), sugary pertains to a sweet flavor, while
choice (B), resonant, means echoing or continuing to sound. In choice (C), risible
means laughable and in choice (D), supercilious means haughtily contemptuous.
3. The correct answer is (C). Virtue means merit or valor. Peccadillo is a slight
offense. In choice (A), sin is a synonym for peccadillo, while in choice (B), pedantry refers to one who parades his learning. In choice (D), riata is a lariat or
lasso, and in choice (E), condolence means pity or an expression of sympthy.
www.petersons.com
322
Reading Comprehension
Passage 1
1. The correct answer is (D). In the first paragraph, line 3 has the context clue might
actually apply. It can be inferred that a hackneyed phrase is one that is over-used;
therefore, trite would be correct as it can mean stale or commonplace. Choice (A) is
incorrect, although it is misleading because choppy seems synonymous with the root
hack. Choices (B) and (C) are incorrect as they are not synonyms for hackneyed.
Choice (E) is incorrect because it is an antonym for the word.
2. The correct answer is (C). When looking for context clues to help define words, it
is helpful to look at the sentences that precede and follow the sentence in which the
word appears. In this case, the preceding sentence contains the context clue some
anthropologists believe that it (body art) precedes it (recorded history). Therefore,
time immemorial means preceding recorded history, which is the memory of
humankind (longer than anyone can remember). Choice (A) is incorrect even
though it mentions time; the word celebration is irrelevant. Choice (B) is incorrect
because it is the opposite of being longer than anyone can remember. Choice (D)
is incorrect, although it is misleading because memorialize looks close to immemorial. However, the prefix im means not as in impossible, not possible, so
immemorial means not memorialized. Choice (E) is incorrect because it refers to
the future, not the past.
323
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
3. The correct answer is (A). It is stated in the first paragraph and reinforced in the
concluding paragraph. Choice (B) is incorrect. Although mentioned briefly in the
concluding paragraph, it is not the primary reason for practicing body art today.
Choices (C), (D), and (E) are more practices of the past than contemporary society.
4. The correct answer is (D). The main point of the article is that the practice of
body art is universal with many peoples in different places throughout time.
Choice (A) is incorrect. Although the second paragraph states that the practice of
binding feet in China was painful and crippling, the general tone of the passage is
not one of condemnation. Choice (B) is the opposite of the correct answer as the
article emphasizes the ubiquity (commonness) of body art. Choice (E) is incorrect;
although in the case of binding feet harmful effects are mentioned again, the general
tone is not one of warning.
Passage 2
1. The correct answer is (E). It is stated in the first paragraph and is reiterated in the
last sentence in the second paragraph. Choice (A) is incorrect because the article
states that global warming is a reality. Choice (B) is incorrect because there are
calculations, as stated in the second paragraph, that indicate a likely rise.
Choice (C) is incorrect because the ice cap is shrinking as stated in the second
paragraph. Choice (D) is incorrect. Although conversions are provided in the article,
there is not a debate over this conversion.
2. The correct answer is (B). The Greenhouse Effect is described in the second
paragraph. Choices (A) and (D) are incorrect because the greenhouse gasses do not
produce either effect; they only trap infrared gasses. Choice (C) is incorrect because
although the greenhouse gasses trap infrared heat that increases global temperature,
it is the increased temperature that melts the ice cap, not the gasses themselves.
Choice (E) is incorrect because it is not the actual burning of the gases that produces the heat of global warming.
3. The correct answer is (C). Incontrovertible means not doubted just as indubitable does; therefore, they are synonymous. Choices (A), (B), and (E) are incorrect
because although they begin with the prefix in or im, which means not, they
mean not decisive, probable, or credible. That makes the answer choices
antonyms (opposites) of incontrovertible.
4. The correct answer is (B). Fronts means the front lines of a battle or war. The
context clues of combat (used as a verb) and attacked complete the metaphor or
comparison. Choices (A), (C), and (E) are incorrect because the metaphors do not
pertain to the word fronts when combined with the context clues. Choice (D) is
incorrect because it misrepresents fronts as weather fronts, which is not supported
by the context clues.
www.petersons.com
324
Passage 3
1. The correct answer is (E). La Nia has strong easterly winds that increases the
formation of hurricanes, and, conversely, El Nio has weak easterly winds that
diminish clouds. Choice (A) is incorrect because neither system, as described in this
article, has an effect on the amount of rain or the raising of the temperature of still
air. Choice (B) is incorrect because neither system, as described in this article, has an
effect on the amount of evaporation and lowering the temperature of still air.
Choice (C) is incorrect because La Nia does not produce weak easterlies and
diminishing clouds and, while El Nio does produce strong westerlies, it does not
increase the formation of hurricanes. Choice (D) is incorrect because La Nia does
not produce strong westerlies.
2. The correct answer is (C). The second paragraph describes how the movement of
wind in the direction of the earths rotation causes a whirling mass of storms that is
called a tropical cyclone. Choices (A), (B), (D), and (E) are incorrect. Although the
information appears in the article, it is not relevant to the definition of a tropical
cyclone.
3. The correct answer is (D). It is the exception because it is not mentioned in the
article, and all other choices are referred to in the third paragraph as factors affecting
the formation of hurricanes.
4. The correct answer is (B). The fourth paragraph states that typhoons are in the
Pacific, and hurricanes are in the Atlantic. Therefore, it is geographical location that
determines the terminology. Choices (A), (C), (D), and (E) are incorrect. Although
the information appears in the article, it is not relevant to the difference between a
typhoon and a hurricane.
Analogies
1. The correct answer is (D). Poltroon is synonymous with coward. A quisling is a
traitor, so the terms in this pair are synonyms. In choice (A), redress can mean to
remedy or correct as well as reparation or restitution. A lawyer may seek redress ,
but the terms are not synonyms. In choice (B), vaunt means to boast or brag,
which is what a braggart might do, but again, the relationship between these terms
is not synonymous. In choice (C), scuttle can be a metal pail for carrying coal so it
has a logical relationship with coal, but these terms are not synonyms. In choice (E),
bushel and peck are both measurement terms; however, a bushel contains four pecks
so the relationship is not synonymous.
2. The correct answer is (E). Purloin means to steal or filch, while bequeath means
to give or leave by will; therefore, the terms are antonyms. Polemic is an aggressive
attack on the opinions of another, while consensus is unanimity or general agreement. In choice (A), adumbrate means to foreshadow or suggest, while apotheosis
means deification or elevation to divine status. In choice (B), amalgamate means to
mix or to merge into a single body, and commingle means to blend; therefore, these
terms are synonyms. In choice (C), nullify means to invalidate or negate, while satiate means to glut or gorge. In choice (D), prevaricate means to deviate from the
truth, while cajole means to persuade with flattery.
325
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
3. The correct answer is (E). Lintel is a horizontal architectural structure above an
opening, while postern is a back door or gate. The terms, roughly speaking, present
a relationship of support :: door. A sill is a horizontal piece at the base of a
window. Although lintel refers to a structure above the door and a sill is found at
the base of a window, both are architectural terms related to support. In choice (A),
pandemic typically refers to something occurring at a wide geographic area;
universal is virtually synonymous. In choice (B), both phrases are French terms
incorporated into English, but the relationship between these phrases is not relevant
to the relationship between the original pair. Esprit de corps is common spirit
existing among members of a group, inspiring enthusiasm, devotion, and strong
regard for the honor of the group. Le mot juste refers to exactly the right word.
In choice (C), a joist is a small timber used to support a floor or ceiling, while a
threshold is the plank, stone, or timber that lies under a door. In choice (D), a
maelstrom is a violent whirlpool; phenomenal may describe the maelstrom,
but the relationship between this pair is not the same as the one between the
original pair.
4. The correct answer is (A). Pod is the term for a group of whales. The relationship
between these two terms, then, is collective noun : single. Notice that all of the
choices offer animal terms, and some have the correct collective form for the noun.
However, only choice (A) presents the terms in the correct order as the original pair.
In choice (B), the collective noun for geese is gaggle, not covey. In choice (C),
this pair presents the terms in the incorrect order as well as offers the improper
collective noun. The correct collective noun for quail is covey. In choice (D), this
pair offers a correct pair of terms, but the order is backward. In choice (E), pack is
the collective noun for wolves, not leopards.
5. The correct answer is (E). Adze, is a cutting tool and is used in carpentry. Mattock
is a digging and grubbing tool with the features of an adze, ax, and pick, and it is
used on a farm. The relationship, therefore, is tool :: place. In choice (A), a spade is
used for digging, but this relationship is tool :: activity. In choice (B), appetizer
begins a meal while dessert comes at the end. This pair is not relevant at all to the
original pair. In choice (C), a painter uses an easel, but the relationship here is
user :: tool. In choice (D), a mason uses a trowel, a tool used to spread masonry
material, such as concrete. The relationship of the words in choice (D) is user :: tool.
6. The correct answer is (B). A gosling is a young goose, and the order in which the
terms is presented is correct. A kit is a young fox. In choice (A), even though a
fawn is a young deer, the relationship is reversed in this pair. In choice (C), while
both of these are terms relating to animals, a lamb is a young sheep while a ewe is a
female sheep. In choice (D), another pair is reversed here: a newt is a young
salamander. In choice (E), another reversed pair is presented: a fledgling is a newly
hatched eagle.
7. The correct answer is (D). Badminton is a kind of game played with rackets and a
shuttlecock, which is hit back and forth over a net. The relationship between this
pair of words is game :: moving part. In choice (A), a wicket is an arch or hoop
through which a ball is hit in the game of croquet. In choice (B), a wedge is type of
club in the game of golf. In choice (C), a bridge is a device used to steady a cue in
the game of billiards.
www.petersons.com
326
Practice Test 1
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Directions: Each of the Questions 121 consists of two quantities, one in
Column A and one in Column B. You are to compare the two quantities and
choose:
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Note: Since there are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).
Numbers: All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures: Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can be assumed to be in the
order shown, and angle measures can be assumed to be positive.
Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight.
Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwise indicated.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to provide information useful in
answering the questions. However, unless a note states that a figure is drawn to
scale, you should solve these problems NOT by estimating sizes by sight or by
measurement, but by using your knowledge of mathematics.
1.
Column A
Column B
0.02 3 0.004
0.00008
S DS DS DS D
p
q
2.
p2v
q
r
r
t
t
51
v
0
327
PRACTICE TEST 1
3.
Column A
Column B
75
15
840 5
5.
www.petersons.com
880
8n
2
6.
7.
8.
328
0.01
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Column A
Column B
x . 0, y . 0
9.
y4x3
(xy)4
ax2 2 y3 5 12
ax2 1 y3 5 3
10.
30
a2x4 2 y6
11.
B1C
2A
2x 1 2y
51
x 1 2y
12.
13.
xy
329
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
Column A
Column B
14.
50
15.
16.
a , 0, b . 0, c . 0
17.
(2a)(2b)(2c)
2(abc)
p.0
18.
www.petersons.com
29
p
p
29
330
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Column A
Column B
19.
x1y
z1w
20.
S D S D
1 20
1
4
1
3
3
7 23
7 23
1
7
21.
331
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
Directions: Each of the questions 2239 has five answer choices. For each of
these questions, select the best of the answer choices given.
22.
(2.3
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
23.
If a
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
24.
If x5 is odd and (x 1 y)5 is even, then which of the following must be odd?
I. x 1 y
II. xy
III. x2y2
(A) I only
(B) II only
(C) I and II only
(D) II and III only
(E) I, II, and III
25.
26.
If
a
a2b
5 2, what is the value of
?
b
b
3
2
21
1
2
1
3
2
(A) 2
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
www.petersons.com
332
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
27.
If the parallelogram pictured above has an area of 30, then what is the
value of N?
(A)
=5
=10
(B)
(C) 5
(D) 6
(E) 10
28.
During a sale at an office supply store, for every box of paper clips purchased for 15 cents, a second box can be purchased for 4 cents. How many
boxes of paper clips did Paul buy if he spent 91 cents on boxes of paper
clips?
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 8
(D) 9
(E) 10
29.
=75x10y14?
=3x6y8
25x4y6
5x4y6
25x2y3
5x2y3
(E) 2xy=xy
30.
=3 : p
=3 : 4p
2p : =3
333
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
www.petersons.com
31.
32.
If b boxes of paper clips cost c cents, how much will 5 boxes cost, at the
same rate?
(A) 5bc
5c
(B)
b
c
(C)
5b
5b
(D)
c
b
(E)
5c
33.
If one side of a square decreases by 10% and the adjacent side increases by
30%, by what percent does its area increase?
(A) 15%
(B) 17%
(C) 20%
(D) 22%
(E) 25%
34.
If y 5 x(x
(A) 9
(B) 27
(C) 81
(D) 243
(E) 729
2 1)2
, and x 5 3, then y 5
334
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Books
&
Supplies
Room
&
Board
Transportation
Other
Expenses
Total
Expenses
1,600
620
N/A
1,600
620
2,000
1,000
1,200
6,420
7,300
660
4,600
550
1,000
14,110
7,300c
660
2,200
880
1,200
12,240
3,250
660
4,500
600
1,400
10,410
Commuter
3,250
660
2,100
1,000
1500
8,510
Out-of-State
8,400
660
4,500
600
1,400
15,560
14,500
670
5,800
550
1,000
22,520
14,500
670
2,100
860
1,200
19,330
Sector
Two-Year Public
Resident
Commuter
Two-Year Private
Resident
Commuter
Four-Year Public
Resident
Four-Year Private
Resident
Commuter
35.
36.
How much more does a resident attending a two-year private college pay
for room and board than a commuter does?
(A) $330
(B) $2,200
(C) $2,400
(D) $3,700
(E) $6,800
37.
335
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
www.petersons.com
38.
39.
Tuition and fees and room and board account for approximately what
percent of a two-year public college commuters expenses?
(A) 44%
(B) 52%
(C) 56%
(D) 62%
(E) 68%
336
Practice Test 2
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Directions: Each of the Questions 121 consists of two quantities, one in
Column A and one in Column B. You are to compare the two quantities and
choose:
(A) if the quantity in Column A is greater;
(B) if the quantity in Column B is greater;
(C) if the two quantities are equal;
(D) if the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.
Note: Since there are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).
Numbers: All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures: Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can be assumed to be in the
order shown, and angle measures can be assumed to be positive.
Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight.
Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwise indicated.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to provide information useful in
answering the questions. However, unless a note states that a figure is drawn to
scale, you should solve these problems NOT by estimating sizes by sight or by
measurement, but by using your knowledge of mathematics.
Column A
Column B
x1y5y
1.
337
PRACTICE TEST 2
3.
Column A
Column B
40 percent of 19
39 percent of 20
5.
6.
(58 2 35)2
(58)2 2 (35)2
4x2 1 y2 5 24xy
7.
www.petersons.com
2y
2
338
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Column A
Column B
8.
q1r
p1s
9.
=20
3
220
=
10.
c1b
a1d
x11
51
y
11.
5a 2 b 5 1
12.
339
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
Column A
Column B
13.
140 1 =3
~=3 1 =3!4
14.
AB 1 1
AC
V1W21
U1V11
WX 5 1
16.
www.petersons.com
340
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
17.
Column A
Column B
.667
0.166
2
3
1
6
y2 5 x2 2 1
x0
18.
x4 1 1
y4
n.0
19.
10n
10n 1 1
10n 1 1
10n 1 2
20.
~2=7 1 3!~2=7 2 3!
19
341
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
Directions: Each of the questions 2239 has five answer choices. For each of
these questions, select the best of the answer choices given.
22.
The
I.
II.
III.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
23.
24.
25.
26.
www.petersons.com
342
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
27.
28.
29.
30.
343
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
31.
The ratio
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
32.
3
9
1
6
7
to
to
to
to
to
SD SD
1
of
3
1
1
3
7
6
1
to
3
is
The average (arithmetic mean) of five numbers is 26. After one of the
numbers is removed, the average (arithmetic mean) of the remaining
numbers is 25. What number has been removed?
(A) 20
(B) 25
(C) 26
(D) 30
(E) 32
33.
34.
www.petersons.com
53
58
60
66
70
344
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY
Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans
Subsidized
Stafford Loans
2000 2001
35.
What was the total amount of federal aid awarded through Pell Grants in
20002001?
(A) $10 million
(B) $8 million
(C) $6 million
(D) $1 million
(E) $100,000
36.
What is the ratio of the amount of federal aid awarded through Family
Education Loans to the amount of federal aid awarded through Ford Direct
Loans and Specially Directed Aid?
(A) 10 to 1
(B) 5 to 3
(C) 5 to 2
(D) 2 to 1
(E) 5 to 1
37.
What was the total amount of federal aid awarded through Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans in 20002001?
(A) $16 million
(B) $14 million
(C) $10 million
(D) $6 million
(E) $4 million
38.
345
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
39.
www.petersons.com
If the amount of federal aid awarded through PLUS Loans in 20002001 was
projected to increase by 10% in 20012002 and by an additional 20% in
20022003, what is the projected amount of federal aid to be awarded
through PLUS Loans in 20022003?
(A) $13,300,000
(B) $13,200,000
(C) $1,330,000
(D) $1,320,000
(E) $1,230,000
346
C
C
B
B
A
C
A
A
D
B
C
A
C
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
C
D
A
B
D
C
A
B
C
E
D
D
D
Practice Test 2
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
A
D
D
A
A
B
B
C
B
C
D
E
C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
C
D
B
C
B
B
C
D
B
D
B
C
B
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
C
A
A
A
A
C
C
B
D
C
E
C
C
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
C
C
D
C
A
D
D
D
C
B
E
C
D
6. The correct answer is (C). The divisors of 18 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, and 18. The divisors
of 28 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, and 28. Thus, each number has 6 divisors.
347
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
7. The correct answer is (A). The inequality 5y 2 15 , 0 is satisfied by 5y , 15 or
y , 3. The inequality 5 2 3y , 11 is satisfied by 23y , 6 or y . 22. Thus, both
inequalities are satisfied by the integers 21, 0, 1, and 2.
8. The correct answer is (A). 103 is equal to 1,000, and 105 5 100,000. To find the
1,000
3 100% 5 1%. Then, 1 . 0.01.
percent of 100,000 that 1,000 is, compute
100,000
9. The correct answer is (D). There is no way to tell which expression is larger. For
example, if x 5 y 51, then A and B are equal. But, if x 5 y 5 2, then B is larger.
1
Also, if x 5 y 5 , then A is bigger.
2
10. The correct answer is (B). In order to solve this problem, simply note that
(ax2 2y3)(ax2 1 y3) 5 a2x4 2 y6. Thus, the value of the expression in Column B is
equal to 12 3 3 5 36 . 30.
11. The correct answer is (C). Using the fact that when two parallel lines are cut by a
transversal, corresponding angles are congruent, we see that A 1 C. By the vertical
angle theorem, B 5 C. Thus, A 5 B 5 C. Clearly, then, B 1 C 5 2A.
12. The correct answer is (A). By multiplying both sides of the equation in the given
information by x 1 2y, we obtain 2x 1 2y 5 x 1 2y. From this, we see that 2x 5 x
or x 5 0. If x 5 0, then xy 5 0 also.
13. The correct answer is (C). To find the average of y 1 4, 2y 1 4, and 1 2 3y, begin by
adding these three expressions together: (y 1 4) 1 (2y 1 4) 1 (1 2 3y) 5 9. Next, divide by 3, giving an average of 3. Since the average of 0, 3, and 6 is also 3, the values in
the two columns are the same.
14. The correct answer is (C). Since angle BDE is supplementary to a 120 angle, its
measure must be 60. Similarly, the measure of angle BED must be 70 since it is
supplementary to two angles which total 110. Finally, since there are 180 in a
triangle, x must equal 50.
15. The correct answer is (D). Without any specific knowledge of what the annual
salaries were, it is impossible to answer the question.
16. The correct answer is (A). Note that 180 5 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 5. The greatest
even factor is 90, since 180 5 2 3 90. The greatest even factor less than 90 would
be 60, since 180 can also be written as 3 3 60. The greatest odd factor of 180, on
the other hand, would be 3 3 3 3 5 5 45.
17. The correct answer is (B). Note that (2a)(2b)(2c) 5 8abc. Thus, we need to
compare the size of 8abc to the size of 2abc. We are given that a is negative, but b
and c are positive. Thus, abc is negative, and 8 times a negative number is always
less than 2 times a negative number. Thus, 2abc is larger than 8abc.
18. The correct answer is (D). If p 5 1, clearly, the entry in Column B would be
bigger. However, if p 5 29, the two entries would be equal.
www.petersons.com
348
Since ABC forms a triangle, a 1 b 1 c 5 180. Similarly, since ABE forms a triangle,
a 1 d 1 e 5 180. Therefore, a 1 b 1 c 5 a 1 d 1 e, or b 1 c 5 d 1 e.
Now, since angles ABC and CBD are supplementary, we have b 5 180 2 x.
Similarly, c 5 180 2 y, d 5 180 2 z, and e 5 180 2 w. Substituting these expressions into b 1 c 5 d 1 e, we get
(180 2 x) 1 (180 2 y) 5 (180 2 z) 1 (180 2 w).
Manipulating this equation, yields:
~180 2 x! 1 ~180 2 y! 5 ~180 2 z! 1 ~180 2 w!
360 2 x 2 y 5 360 2 z 2 w
2x 2 y 5 2z 2 w
or (multiplying by 21 )
x 1 y 5 z 1 w.
20. The correct answer is (A). There is no need to perform a lot of arithmetic to solve
1
this problem. Simply take the expression in Column A and factor out the from
7
4
24
1 20
1 24
1
is
5
. Since
both terms. The expression then becomes
7 23 23
7 23
23
1
greater than 1, the expression in Column A is greater than .
7
S DS
D S DS D
21. The correct answer is (B). The formula to use in motion problems is d 5 rt, that
d
is, distance 5 rate 3 time. This equation can be rewritten as t 5 . Jimmys time,
r
240
300
' 5.8 hours, whereas Bobbys time is
5 6 hours.
then, is
52
40
22. The correct answer is (C). (2.3 3 103) 1 (2.3 3 102) 1 (2.3 3 10) 5
(2.3 3 1,000) 1 (2.3 3 100) 1 (2.3 3 10) 5 2,300 1 230 1 23 5 2,553.
23. The correct answer is (E). Since (a2 )3 5 a6, we need to evaluate a6 2 a, with
a 5 3. 36 2 3 5 729 2 3 5 726.
349
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 1
24. The correct answer is (D). The only way x5 can be odd is if x is odd. The only
way (x 1 y)5 can be even is if (x 1 y) is even. Since x is odd, y must be odd as
well. The sum of two odd numbers is even, so I is even. The product of two odd
numbers is odd, so II is odd. Similarly, x2y2 is odd.
1
1
25. The correct answer is (D). Writing 2 as 2.25 and 3 as 3.25, we can see that we
4
4
are looking for a ratio that is equal to that of 2.25 to 3.25. Writing this ratio as a
fraction:
9
2.25 2.25 3 100 225 225 4 25
5
5
5
5 .
3.25 3.25 3 100 325 325 4 25 13
26. The correct answer is (D).
a2b a b a
5 2 5 21522151
b
b
b
b
27. The correct answer is (A). The height of the parallelogram is 3N, and the length of
its base is 2N. Its area, therefore, is (3N)(2N) 5 6N2. Since the area is 30, we have
6N2 5 30, or N2 5 5. Therefore, N 5 =5.
28. The correct answer is (D). Two boxes of paper clips cost 19 cents. Note that
19 3 4 5 76. Therefore, Paul could have paid for 8 boxes of paper clips for 76
cents, and still have had 15 cents left to purchase one more box. Therefore, the total
number of boxes purchased would be 9.
=75x10y14 5
=3x6y8
75x10y14
5
3x6y8
=25x4y6 5 5x2y3
30. The correct answer is (A). Let D 5 the diameter of the circle. Then,
SD
D
would be
2
D 2 pD2
. As far as the triangle
5
2
4
is concerned, its side is also equal to D. As the diagram below shows, the height of
D
the triangle is =3.
2
SD
1 D2
=3. The ratio, then, is given by
2 2
pD2
p
pD2
4
5
.
5
2
2
D =3 D =3 =3
4
www.petersons.com
350
351
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
5. The correct answer is (B). If you approach this problem correctly, it is not
necessary to do very much computation. First, note that (58 2 35)2 5 232. On the
other hand, (58)2 2 (35)2 can be easily simplified if we first factor it as the difference of two squares:
(58)2 2 (35)2 5 (58 2 35)(58 1 35) 5 (23)(93). Clearly, (23)(93) is larger than 232.
6. The correct answer is (B). Since 243 5 35, the greatest prime factor of 243 is 3.
On the other hand, it is easy to see that 180 is divisible by 5 since it ends in 0.
7. The correct answer is (C). Rewrite the equation in the given information as
4x2 1 4xy 1 y2 5 0, and factor the left hand side to get: (2x 1 y)2 5 0. The only
2y
.
way this equation can be true is if 2x 5 2y, that is, if x 5
2
8. The correct answer is (D). Since there are 180 in a triangle, we know that
p 1 s 1 q 1 r 5 180. We also know (from looking at the two smaller triangles) that
p 1 q 5 90, and r 1 s 5 90. However, we have no information about the sizes of
these angles, nor do we have any information about the lengths of the sides. As
such, we can reach no conclusions about the relative size of q 1 r and p 1 s.
9. The correct answer is (B). We can solve this problem by estimating. Clearly, =20
3
is somewhere between 4 and 5, since 42 5 16, and 52 5 25. As for =220, it must
3
3
be somewhere between 6 and 7, since 6 5 216, and 7 5 343.
10. The correct answer is (D). All we know from the diagram is that a 5 d, and
c 5 b. We have no way to compare a 1 d to c 1 b.
11. The correct answer is (B). The fact that
x11
5 1 tells us that x 1 1 5 y. This
y
2 b
can be equal to 1 is if
13. The correct answer is (B). Since =3 is about 1.7, the entry in Column A is about
141.7. As for Column B, we can see that =3 1 =3 is 2=3. To quickly raise this
expression to the fourth power, we can square it twice. First, when we square
2=3, we get 4 3 3 5 12. Squaring again gives us 144. The entry in Column B is
larger.
14. The correct answer is (C). AB is the hypotenuse of right triangle OAB. Since the
legs of the triangle are of length 3 and 4, the hypotenuse AB is 5, and AB 1 1 is 6.
Since AC extends from (23, 0) to (3, 0), it also has a length of 6.
15. The correct answer is (A). If U, V, and W are consecutive even integers, V can be
written as U 1 2, and W 5 U 1 4. Thus, V 1 W 2 1 5 (U 1 2) 1 (U 1 4) 2 1 5
2U 1 5, whereas U 1 V 1 1 5 U 1 (U 1 2) 1 1 5 2U 1 3.
16. The correct answer is (A). The perimeter that we are looking for is given by WX
1 XY 1 YX 1 WZ. We are given that WX 5 1, and since triangle WXZ is isosceles,
WZ 5 1 as well. Further, since triangle WXZ is right, the hypotenuse XZ is equal to
=2. Next, since triangle XYZ is isosceles, ZY is also equal to =2. Finally, since
triangle XYZ is also right, the hypotenuse XY is equal to ~=2!~=2! 5 2. The
perimeter of the figure, then, would be 1 1 1 1 2 1 =2 5 4 1 =2. Since
=2 ' 1.4, the perimeter is about 4 1 1.4 or 5.4. This is less than 6.
www.petersons.com
352
353
www.petersons.com
PRACTICE TEST 2
B
5 A and multiplying both sides
C1D
B 2 AC B
5 2C
A
A
27. The correct answer is (C). Since any triangle inscribed in a semicircle is a right triangle, triangle XYZ is right, with the right angle at Z. Further, since angle X is the same
size as angle Y, the triangle is also isosceles. We are given that XZ is 5; thus, using the
properties of isosceles right triangles, XY 5 5=2. Since XY is the diameter of the
5
circle, the radius of the circle is =2. The area of the circle is:
2
S D SD
A 5 pr2 5 p
5
=2
2
5p
25p
25
5
2
2
28. The correct answer is (C). This problem can be solved only with a bit of trial and
error. Clearly, to maximize the size of the fraction, wed like to make the numerator
as big as possible and the denominator as small as possible. The smallest that the
denominator can be is 1 1 2 5 3. However, if we make the denominator 3, the
largest that the denominator can be is 10 2 3 5 7. The value of the fraction would
1
7
be 5 2 . Another fraction to try would be the one with the largest possible
3
3
numerator, which would be 10 2 1 5 9. However, in this case, the smallest the
1
9
denominator could be would be 2 1 3 5 5, making the fraction or 2 , which is
5
5
1
less than 2 . Similar experimentation with other possibilities clearly shows that the
3
1
largest value is 2 .
3
SD
1
1 3. 1 3
5 s . The
29. The correct answer is (D). The volume of a cube with side s is
2
2s
8
volume of a cube with side 2s is 8s3.The question, thus, is how many cubes with a
1
volume of s3 will fit in a cube with a volume of 8s3. We can determine this by
8
dividing:
8s3 8
5 5 8 3 8 5 64
13 1
s
8
8
30. The correct answer is (C). If x 1 y 5 0, x 5 2y. Substituting this into the given
expression yields
~x 2 2y!2 2 ~2x 2 y!2 5 ~2y 2 2y!2 2 ~22y 2 y!2
5 ~23y!2 2 ~23y!2
5 9y2 2 9y2
50
www.petersons.com
354
SD
SD
1
3
31. The correct answer is (A). Note that
1
3
1 3
5 . Thus, the ratio is 3 to 1.
1 1
3
32. The correct answer is (D). Call the five numbers a, b, c, d, and e. Thus, we know that
a1b1c1d1e
5 26, or a 1 b 1 c 1 d 1 e 5 130.
5
a1b1c1d
5 25, or
Now, lets say that e is the number which was removed. Then,
4
a 1 b 1 c 1 d 5 100. Looking at these two equations, we can see that e 5 30.
33. The correct answer is (D). In the given pentagon, we know the lengths of all of
the sides except WX. However, if we complete the pentagon, making it into a
rectangle, as shown below, we can see that WX is the hypotenuse of the right
triangle with legs 5 and 12. Since the hypotenuse of such a triangle is 13, the
perimeter is 13 1 22 1 10 1 8 1 13 5 66.
34. The correct answer is (D). Note that ?22? 5 2, ?7? 5 7, and ?22 1 7? 5 ?5? 5 5.
Thus, the expression is equal to 2 1 7 1 5 5 14.
35. The correct answer is (C). Pell Grants make up 15% of the total aid money of $40
million.
15% of $40 million 5 0.15 3 $40 million 5 $6 million
36. The correct answer is (B). The easiest way to do this is by working directly with
the percents instead of the actual values. Family Education Loans account for 50% of
the federal aid money. Ford Direct Loans and Specially Directed Aid account for a
total of 30% of the loan money. The ratio is, thus, 50 to 30, which can be simplified
to 5 : 3.
37. The correct answer is (E). Unsubsidized Stafford Loans account for 40% of the
Ford Loan money. The amount of Ford Loan money is 25% of $40 million 5 $10
million. 40 percent of this amount is $4 million.
38. The correct answer is (C). Subsidized Stafford Loans account for 50% of the Ford
Direct Loan money, which, in turn, is 25% of the federal loan money. Now, simply
note that 50% of 25% is 12.5%.
39. The correct answer is (D). PLUS Loans account for 10% of the $10 million Ford
Direct Loan money, or $1 million. A 10% increase will raise this amount to $1.1
million. Raising this amount by 20% gives $1.32 million 5 $1,320,000.
355
www.petersons.com
Appendices
Appendix A
THE GRE CAT SUCCESS MATH REVIEW
Perhaps more than any other subject, math creates a gulf between classes of
students. Generally speaking, there are students who think of themselves as good
at math, who do well in all the usual math subjects and often take advanced
classes in their junior and senior years of high school. They may go on to major in
math-intensive college subjects like chemistry, biology, economics, or engineering.
Then there are the others, more numerous, who are a little afraid of math. In
high school they take only those math classes they are required to take and
breathe a sigh of relief when they pass. Theyre more likely to major in the
humanities, history, or any other field where the only numbers involved are the
prices of textbooks.
Heres the good news. The test-makers know that the GRE will be taken by
hundreds of thousands of students in both categories. Theyve deliberately
designed the exam to be fair to both. As a result, many of the math topics that
some students find most intimidatingsuch as trigonometry and calculusdo not
appear on the test. Since many students are never exposed to these subjects, the
test-makers wouldnt consider it fair to test them. Instead, they restrict their
questions to topics that virtually all high school students study in the ninth and
tenth grades.
This doesnt mean that all of the GRE math questions are easy. But it does
mean that its highly unlikely that youll be tested on any topic you never learned
in high school. Of course, if you havent studied math in the years since then, you
may have some serious catching up to do. But at least you have this comfort: You
knew all this stuff once; now all you have to do is remember it. This appendix is
designed to help.
In the GRE CAT Success Math Review, weve selected the fifty math topics
most frequently tested on the exam. For each, weve created a mini-lesson reviewing
the basic facts, formulas, and concepts you need to know. Weve also provided an
example or two of how these concepts might be turned into test questions.
Youll probably find that you are comfortable with many of the topics
included in the Nifty Fifty that follow. If so, great. Make a note of the other
topicsthe ones you find confusing, tricky, or difficult. Perhaps you never quite
mastered those concepts when they were presented in class, or youve forgotten
the details in the intervening years. In your study between now and the day of the
GRE, concentrate on reviewing and practicing these topics. You can boost your
GRE math score significantly by mastering as many of your personal math
demons as possible.
358
ARITHMETIC
TOPIC 1. NUMBERS
23
22
21
The farther you get from zero, the larger the absolute value of a number. The
absolute value of a number is the number without its sign; it can be thought of as
the numbers distance from zero. So numbers far to the left on the number line
are negative numbers with large absolute values. Remember, in comparing
negative numbers, the one with the larger absolute value is the smaller number!
Example 1
On the number line shown below, where is the number that is less than D and
half as far from D as D is from G?
A
Solution
First, any number less than D must lie to the left of D. (Get it? Left 5 Less!) The
1
distance from D to G is 3 units. Thus, the point we want must be 1 units to the
2
left of D; that is, halfway between B and C.
Example 2
On the number line shown below, which point corresponds to the number 2.27?
2.2
2.3
Solution
Since the labeled end points are 2.2 and 2.3, the ten intervals between must each
represent one tenth of the difference. Hence the tick marks must represent hundredths. That is, A 5 2.21, B 5 2.22, and so on. Thus, we know that G 5 2.27.
TOPIC 2. LAWS
359
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
The basic laws of arithmetic were defined for whole numbers but carry over
to all numbers. You should know all of them from past experience. They are:
The commutative law. This says that it doesnt matter in which order
you add or multiply two numbers. That is, a 1 b 5 b 1 a and ab 5 ba.
The associative law (also called the Regrouping law). This law says that
it doesnt matter how you group the numbers when you add or multiply
more than two. That is, a 1 (b 1 c) 5 (a 1 b) 1 c, and a(bc) 5 (ab)c.
Remember, enclosing the numbers in parentheses indicates that the
operation within the parentheses should be done first.
The distributive law for multiplication over addition. This law can be
stated as a(b 1 c) 5 ab 1 ac, which means that you can add first and
then multiply, or multiply each term in the sum by a and then add the
results. It doesnt matter which you choosethe value of the answer will
be the same.
The properties of zero and one. Zero times any number is zero. Zero
added to any number leaves the number unchanged. One times any
number leaves the number unchanged. Finally, it is very important to
know that if the product of several numbers is zero, at least one of the
numbers must be zero.
The additive inverse (or opposite). For every number n, there is a
number 2n such that n 1 (2n) 5 0.
The multiplicative inverse. For every number n except 0, there exists a
1
1
number such that
~n! 5 1. Division by n is the same as multiplican
n
1
tion by , and division by zero is never allowed.
n
SD
31B
if B 5 3? What value may B NOT have?
4{ 3 2 3B
Example
Solution
The fraction bar in a fraction acts as a grouping symbol like parentheses, meaning
that we should calculate the numerator and denominator separately. That is, we
should read this as (3 1 B) 4 (4 3 3 2 3 3 B). When B 5 3, the numerator is
3 1 3 5 6 and the denominator is 12 2 3 3 3 5 12 2 9 5 3. Therefore, the fraction
6
is 5 2. Since we cannot divide by zero, we cannot let 4 3 3 2 3 3 B 5 0. But in
3
order for this to be zero, 4 3 3 5 3 3 B. By the commutative law, B 5 4. Thus, the
only value that B cannot have is 4.
www.petersons.com
360
Is Divisible by a Number N if . . .
N is even; that is, its last digit is 2, 4, 6, 8, or 0.
The sum of the digits of N is divisible by 3.
The last two digits form a number divisible by 4.
The numbers last digit is 5 or 0.
The number is divisible by 2 and 3.
The last three digits form a number divisible by 8.
The sum of the digits of N is divisible by 9.
The numbers last digit is 0.
For example, consider the number 7,380. It is divisible by all the numbers in the
table except 8. Do you see why? To start, 7,380 is divisible by 10 and 5 because
the last digit is 0. It is divisible by 2 because it is even, and by 4 because 80 is
divisible by 4. However, it is not divisible by 8 because 380 isnt. In addition, the
sum of its digits is 18, which is divisible by 3 and by 9. Since it is divisible by
both 2 and 3, it is also divisible by 6.
Example
Which numbers in the following list are divisible by 3, 4, and 5 but not by 9?
15,840
20,085
23,096
53,700
79,130
Solution
The easiest thing to look for is divisibility by 5. Is the last digit 5 or 0? By inspection, we eliminate 23,096, whose last digit is 6. We want the number to be
divisible by 4, which means it must be even and its last two digits must form a
number divisible by 4. That knocks out the one ending in 5 (which is odd), and
79,130, because 30 is not divisible by 4. This leaves 15,840 and 53,700. The digits
of 15,840 add up to 18, while those of 53,700 total 15. Both are divisible by 3,
but 15,840 is also divisible by 9. Therefore, only 53,700 meets all the conditions.
TOPIC 4. DIVISIBILITY
361
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
If you multiply two numbers together, any number that divides either one
divides the product. If j divides M and k divides N, then jk divides MN. If both
have a common divisor, then the product is divisible by the square of that
number. Thus, 21 3 15 5 315 is divisible by 7, because 7 divides 21, and by 5,
because 5 divides 15. It is also divisible by 35 5 5 3 7, and by 9, because 9 5 32,
and 3 divides both 21 and 15!
Example 1
Solution
Example 2
If a and b are whole numbers, and 3a 5 2b, which of the following must be true?
I.
II.
III.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Solution
a is divisible by 2
b is divisible by 2
b is divisible by 3
I only
II only
III only
I and II only
I and III only
Example 1
www.petersons.com
362
Solution
4y must be even, so for the sum of 3x and 4y to be odd, 3x must be odd. Since 3
is odd, 3x will be odd only if x is odd. Hence, x is odd.
Example 2
Solution
The fact that a number is divisible by 3 does not make it odd. (Think of 6 or 12.)
Therefore, 121 2 5k could be either odd or even. It will be odd when k is even
and even when k is odd. (Do you see why?) Thus, k could be odd or even. For
example, if k 5 2, 121 2 5k 5 111, which is divisible by 3; if k 5 5,
121 2 5k 5 96, which is divisible by 3.
Two fractions
Example 1
5 b
5 , what are
c
3
b and c?
Solution
Using cross-multiplication, bc 5 15. The only ways 15 can be the product of two
positive integers is as (1)(15) or (3)(5). Since both b and c must be greater than 1,
one must be 3 and the other 5. Trying both cases, it is easy to see that the only
possibility is that b 5 3 and c 5 5, and both fractions are equal to 1.
Example 2
Which is greater,
4
3
or ?
7
5
363
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Solution
The first fraction has a greater numerator, but it also has a greater denominator,
so we rewrite both with the common denominator 35 by multiplying the numera4
3
tor and denominator of by 5 and the numerator and denominator of by 7, to
7
5
20
21
3
yield
and , respectively. Now it is easy to see that is the greater fraction.
35
35
5
Example 3
Which is larger,
Solution
First of all, it does not matter where you put the negative signnumerator,
denominator, or opposite the fraction bar; if there is one negative sign, the
fraction is negative. Remember, in comparing negative numbers, the one with the
greater absolute value is the least number. So start by ignoring the signs, and
compare the absolute values of the fractions. If the two fractions had a common
denominator (or numerator), it would be easy. So multiply the numerator and
6
12
13
denominator of
by 2 to yield
and it is easy to see that
is the greater
11
22
22
26
fraction. Hence,
is the greater number.
11
26
13
or
?
11
222
TOPIC 7. MULTIPLICATION
Example 1
Jasmine earns
Solution
S DS D
SD
3
3 4
12
4
Thus, P 5 S, and S 5 J. So P 5
J; P 5
J, which means that P is
2
3
2 3
6
twice J. Hence, Jasmines earnings are one-half Pauls.
When dividing fractions, simply multiply by the reciprocal of the divisor.
Remember, the divisor is the number you are dividing by (usually the second one
named), or the denominator in a built-up fraction. In symbols:
a c a d ad
4 5 z 5
b d b c
bc
www.petersons.com
364
or:
a
b
c
d
a d ad
z 5
b c
bc
For example:
3
4
3 11 33
4
5 z
5
5 11 5 4
20
3
as many pairs
5
of jeans as Alfred. What fraction of Marcos number of pairs does Patty have?
Example 2
Patty has half as many pairs of jeans as Alfred has, and Marco has
Solution
Using P, A, and M to stand for the number of jeans each person owns respectively, we have
1
3
P 5 A; M 5 A
2
5
thus,
1
A
P 2
1 5 5
5
5 z 5
M 3
2 3 6
A
5
Thus, Patty has
5
as many pairs as Marco.
6
TOPIC 8. ADDITION
365
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
For small numbers, the easiest way to find the LCM is to mentally, or in
writing, list the multiples of each until you find the first common (or shared)
multiple. For example, for 9 and 12 we have:
9 18 27 36 45 . . .
12 24 36 48 60 . . .
We see that the first number that appears in both lists is 36. However, the
traditional method, which is really the method that translates most readily into
algebra, requires that you find the prime factorization of the numbers.
Every whole number is either prime or composite. A prime is a whole
number greater than 1 which has exactly two factors (divisors), namely 1 and the
number itself. All numbers that are not prime are composite. Every composite
number can be factored into primes in a unique way.
To find an LCM by the method of prime factorization, you must find the least
number that contains all the factors of both numbers. Thus, 9 factors as (3)(3),
and 12 factors as (2)(2)(3). The least number to use all the prime factors of both
has to have factors (3)(3)(2)(2) 5 36.
This process can also extend to sets of more than two numbers. Thus, the
LCM of 12, 15, and 20 must contain all the prime factors of all three numbers:
(2)(2)(3), (3)(5), (2)(2)(5). That is, (2)(2)(3)(5) 5 60.
Example 1
Solution
Example 2
Mario figures that, working every day, he could finish a certain task in 20 days.
Angelo figures that, working every day, he could finish the same task in 25
days. What fraction of the task could they get done by working on it together
for seven days?
Solution
www.petersons.com
7
of the entire task. In the same week, Angelo would
20
7
7
7
do
of the entire task. Therefore, together they do
1
of the entire task.
25
20 25
To add these two fractions, we must find a common denominator. Find the
28
63
35
1
5
5 0.63 or 63%.
LCD, which is 100. Thus,
100 100 100
Do you understand those last two equalities? If not, you should read the next
section carefully.
366
AND PERCENTS
Every fraction can be expressed as a decimal, which can be found by division.
Those fractions for which the prime factorization of the denominator involves
only 2s and 5s will have terminating decimal expansions. All others will have
3
3
repeating decimal expansions. For example,
5 0.15, and 5 0.27272727 . . .
20
11
To rename a number given as a decimal as a fraction, you must know what
the decimal means. In general, the decimal represents a fraction with denominator
10, or 100, or 1000, . . . , where the number of zeros is equal to the number of
digits to the right of the decimal point. Thus, for example:
0.4 means
4
2
5 ;
10 5
0.52 means
13
52
5 ; and
100 25
0.103 means
103
.
1000
Decimals of the form 3.25 are equivalent to mixed numbers, thus, 3.25 5 3 1
25
100
1
1
5 3 . For purposes of addition and subtraction, mixed numbers can be use4
4
ful, but for purposes of multiplication or division, it is usually better to rename a
mixed number as an improper fraction (one whose numerator is larger than its de43
3
nominator). That is, 2 5 .
20 20
2
How did we do that? Formally, we realize that 2 5 , and we add the two
1
2
3
fractions and
using the common denominator 20. More simply, we multiply
1
20
the whole number part (2) by the common denominator (20), and add the
numerator of the fraction (3) to get the numerator of the resulting improper
fraction. That is, (2)(20) 1 3 5 43.
531
0.56
a
simplified to simplest form is , where a and b are positive whole num1.26
b
bers, what is b?
Example 1
If
Solution
S DS D
367
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
0.56
56
5
. Now you can divide out the common factor of 14 in the
1.26 126
4
numerator and the denominator to simplify the fraction to .
9
Notice that by using long division or dividing on a calculator you will find
4
0.56
5 0.4444444 . . . , which you might recognize as .
that
1.26
9
Remember, per cent means per hundred (from Latin centum 5 hundred). So,
30
, or, as a decimal, 0.30.
for example, 30% means 30 per hundred, or, as a fraction,
100
thus:
Example 2
In a group of 20 English majors and 30 history majors, 50% of the English majors
and 20% of the history majors have NOT taken a college math course. What
percent of the entire group have taken a college math course?
Solution
Start with English. Since 50% 5 0.50, 50% of 20 5 (0.50)(20) 5 10. For history,
20% 5 0.20, 20% of 30 5 (0.20)(30) 5 6. Hence, a total of 16 out of 50 people in
the group have not taken math, which means that 34 have. As a fraction, 34 out
34
of 50 is
5 0.68 5 68%.
50
ALGEBRA
Example
Solution
All the negative signs can be confusing. However, if you remember that minus a
negative is a plus, you can do this in two ways. The first is to realize that, if
B 5 26, then 2B 5 16, and if A 5 25, then 2A 5 5 Thus,
2A 2 (2B) 5 5 2 6 5 21. Alternatively, you can work with the variables first:
2A 2 (2B) 5 2A 1 B 5 2(25) 1 (26) 5 5 2 6 5 21.
www.petersons.com
368
Example 1
Solution
Dont actually do the arithmetic! 457,219 is greater than 234,906, so the difference is a negative number. Now, you see that A is the product of two negative
numbers and a positive number, which makes the result positive. B is the product
of three negative numbers and must be negative. Any positive number is greater
than any negative number, and so A is greater than B.
Example 2
AB
is a negative number, and N is negative, which of the following are
MN
possible?
If
I.
II.
III.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Solution
To determine the sign of the fraction, just think of A, B, M, N as four factors. Knowing that N is negative, the product of the other three must be positive in order that
the result be negative. The only possibilities are that all three are positive, or one is
positive and the other two are negative. This corresponds to cases I and III. Thus,
the correct answer is (D).
OF EXPONENTS
In an expression of the form bn, b is called the base and n is called the exponent
or power. We say, b is raised to the power n. Notice, b1 5 b, and hence the
power 1 is usually omitted.
369
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
If n is any positive integer, then bn is the product of n number of bs. For example, 43 is the product of three 4s, that is, 43 5 4 3 4 3 4 5 64. Certain rules for
operations with exponents are forced upon us by this definition. They are:
bm 3 bn 5 bm 1 n. That is, when multiplying powers of the same base,
keep the base and add the exponents. Thus, 32 3 33 5 32 1 3 5 35 5 243.
(ab)(n) 5 anbn and
SD
a
b
an
.
bn
SD
2
x
23
8
35 3
x
x
(bm)n 5 bnm. That is, to raise a power to a power, retain the base and
multiply exponents. Thus, (23)2 5 26 5 64.
bn
bn
1
n2m
5
b
if
n
.
m,
and
m
m 5 m2n if n , m.
b
b
b
That is, to divide powers with the same base, retain the base and subtract
exponents. For example,
45
5 43 5 64
42
and
42
1
1
55 35
4
4
64
Example
Solution
1
1
5 0.0625. Hence, x0 1 x24 5
45
2
16
www.petersons.com
370
Example 1
Solution
Example 2
Solution
Since neither x4 nor 3y2 can be negative, the only way their sum can be zero is if
both x and y are zero. Therefore, 2x 2 6y 1 1 5 11, which is positive.
Example 1
At an art show, Eleanor sold six of her paintings at an average price of $70. At the
next show, she sold four paintings at an average price of $100. What was the
overall average price of the ten paintings?
Solution
You cant just say the answer is 85, the average of 70 and 100, because we do not
have the same number of paintings in each group. We need to know the overall
total. Since the first six paintings sold for an average price of $70, the total received
T
for the 6 was $420. Do you see why? 70 5 ; this means T 5 (6)(70) 5 420. In the
6
same way, the next 4 paintings must have brought in $400 in order to average $100
apiece. Therefore, we have a total of 10 paintings selling for $420 1 $400 5 $820,
$820
5 $82.
and the average is
10
371
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example 2
Erica averaged 76 on her first four French exams. To get a grade of B for the
course, she must have an 80 average. What grade must she get on the next exam
to bring her average to 80?
Solution
If Ericas average is 76 on four exams, she must have a total of (4)(76) 5 304. In
order to average 80 on five exams, her total must be (5)(80) 5 400. Therefore,
she must score 400 2 304 5 96 on her last exam.
The other two quantities that are sometimes used in ways similar to the
average are the median, or the middle number when the numbers are arranged in
increasing order, and the mode, the most common number.
Example 3
Which is greater, the mean minus the median or the median minus the mode, for
the set of nine integers {1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8}?
Solution
OF DISPERSION
In analyzing data, in addition to trying to measure average value, it is also important to measure the dispersion or spread of the numbers. The two sets
A 5 {11, 12, 12, 12, 13} and B 5 {1, 2, 12, 17, 28}, both have the same average
(12), but they have considerably different spreads. The amount of dispersion
clearly has a major impact on how one interprets the significance of the data.
The simplest way to measure the dispersion is to look at the range. The range
is the difference between the greatest and least values in the set. Thus, for set A,
the range is 13 2 11 5 2, while for B it is 28 2 1 5 27.
A more complicated and more widely used measure is the standard deviation, which is the square root of the average squared deviation from the mean. To
compute the standard deviation, follow these steps:
1.
2.
For each data point, subtract the mean from the data value and square the
result.
3.
4.
Example
Solution
For set A, the average is 12. For the five values, the differences when you subtract
12 from each are 21, 0, 0, 0, and 1. Their squares are 1, 0, 0, 0, and 1. The
average of these numbers is 2 4 5 5 0.4, and the standard deviation is about 0.63
(since the square root of 0.4 is close to 0.63).
www.petersons.com
372
For set B, the average is also 12, but the differences when you subtract 12
from each data point are 211, 210, 0, 5, and 16. Their squares are 121, 100, 0,
25, and 256. The average of these numbers is 502 4 5 5 100.4, and the standard
deviation is around 10.02. Quite a difference!
AND PROPORTION
A fractional relationship between two quantities is frequently expressed as a ratio.
It can be written as a fraction or in the form b : a (read b is to a). A proportion
is a statement that two ratios are equal. To say, for example, that the ratio of
P
passing to failing students in a class is 5 : 2 means that if we set up the fraction
F
5
it should simplify to . If we write this statement as P : F :: 5 : 2, we read it P is
2
P 5
to F as 5 is to 2, and it means 5 .
F 2
Often, a good way to work with information given in ratio form is to
represent the actual numbers as multiples of the same number.
Example
The ratio of Democrats to Republicans in a state legislature is 5 : 7. If the Legislature has 156 members, all of whom are either Democrats or Republicans (but not
both), what is the difference between the number of Republicans and the number
of Democrats?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Solution
14
26
35
37
46
373
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example 1
Solution
3x
Example 2
If
Solution
How do we solve this? We realize that, if we knew what x was in terms of a, then
we could substitute that expression for x into y 5 2x 1 6 and have y in terms of a.
2x
In other words, we want to solve
1 2 5 a for x.
3
Multiply both sides by 3 to clear the fractions. Be careful: when you multiply
by 3, be sure to use the distributive law and multiply every term on both sides by
3. You should now have 2x 1 6 5 3a. Now add 26 to both sides of the equation:
2x 1 6 5 3a
26 5 26
5 3a 2 6
2x
Now divide by 2:
x5
3a
23
2
Substituting:
y 5 3a 2 6 1 6
y 5 3a
www.petersons.com
374
Example 1
Solution
We solve this just like an equation. Start by adding the like quantity (x 2 8) to
both sides in order to group the x terms on one side and the constants on the
other; thus:
12 2 x 3x 1 8
x285x28
4 4x
Now divide by 4, which does not change the sense of the inequality, yielding:
1x
Hence, the inequality will be true for any value of x less than or equal to 1 and
false for any number greater than 1. For example, for x 5 3, 12 2 x 5 9, and 3x
1 8 5 17, and the inequality is not satisfied.
Example 2
If A , 2 2 4B, can you tell how large B is in terms of A? Can you tell how small B is?
Solution
We are really being asked to solve the inequality for B. To start, we add 22 to
both sides, thus:
A
, 2 2 4B
22 5 22
A 2 2 , 24B
375
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
IN TWO UNKNOWNS
Many word problems lead to equations in two unknowns. Usually, one needs as
many equations as there are unknowns to solve for all or some of the unknowns,
but there are exceptions.
You should know two methods for solving two equations in two unknowns.
They are the method of substitution and the method of elimination by addition
and subtraction. We shall illustrate both methods by example. The first example
uses the method of substitution.
Example 1
Mrs. Green and her three children went to the local movie. The total cost of their
admission tickets was $14. Mr. and Mrs. Arkwright and their five children went to
the same movie and had to pay $25. What was the cost of an adult ticket and
what was the cost of a childs ticket?
Solution
Expressing all amounts in dollars, let x 5 cost of an adult ticket, and let y 5 cost
of a childs ticket. For the Greens:
x 1 3y 5 14
For the Arkwrights:
2x 1 5y 5 25
The idea of the method of substitution is to solve one equation for one variable in
terms of the other, and then substitute this solution into the second equation. So
we solve the first equation for x, because that is the simpler unknown to isolate:
x 5 14 2 3y
And substitute this solution into the second equation:
2(14 2 3y) 1 5y 5 25
This gives us one equation in one unknown that we can solve:
www.petersons.com
376
28 2 6y 15y 5 25
2y 5 23
y53
Now that we know that y 5 3, we put this into x 5 14 2 3y to get:
x 5 14 2 3(3) 5 5
Thus, the adult tickets were $5 each, and the childrens tickets were $3 each.
Following is an example using the method of elimination.
Example 2
Paula and Dennis both went to the bakery. Paula bought 3 rolls and 5 muffins for
a total cost of $3.55. Dennis bought 6 rolls and 2 muffins for a total cost of $3.10.
What is the price of one roll?
Solution
Let us express all amounts in cents. Let r 5 cost of a roll; let m 5 cost of a
muffin. Paula paid 3r 1 5m 5 355; Dennis paid 6r 1 2m 5 310.
The idea of the method of elimination is that adding equal quantities to equal
quantities gives a true result. So we want to add some multiple of one equation to
the other one so that, when we sum the two equations, one variable will be
eliminated. In this case, it is not hard to see that if we multiply the first equation
by 22, the coefficient of r will become 26. Now, if we add the two equations, r
will drop out.
22 times the first equation is:
26r 2 10m 5 2710
The second equation is:
6r 1 2m 5 310
Adding the two equations:
28m 5 2400
Dividing by 28: m 5 50. We now substitute this value into either of the two
equations. Lets use the second:
6r 1 ~2!~50! 5 310
6r 5 210
r 5 35
Thus, muffins are 50 each and rolls are 35.
377
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example 1
Sally is 6 years older than Manuel. Three years ago, Sally was twice as old as
Manuel. How old is Sally today?
Solution
If you have trouble setting up the equations, try plugging in numbers. Suppose that
Sally is 20. If Sally is 6 years older than Manuel, how old is Manuel? He is 14. You
get from 14 to 20 by adding 6. So if S is Sallys age and M is Manuels, S 5 M 1 6.
Three years ago, Sally was S 2 3, and Manuel was M 2 3. So, from the second sentence, we see that S 2 3 5 2(M 2 3), or S 2 3 5 2M 2 6, or S 5 2M 2 3.
Now, substituting S 5 M 1 6, M 1 6 5 2M 2 3, and M 5 9; which means
Sally is 9 1 6 5 15.
Example 2
Three consecutive odd integers are written in increasing order. If the sum of the
first and second integers and twice the third integer is 46, what is the second
integer?
Solution
Calling the smallest number x, the second is x 1 2, and the third is x 1 4. Therefore:
x 1 ~x 1 2! 1 2~x 1 4! 5 46
x 1 x 1 2 1 2x 1 8 5 46
4x 1 10 5 46
4x 5 36
x59
Hence, the middle number is 9 1 2 5 11.
Example 3
www.petersons.com
1
It took Andrew 1 hours to drive from Aurora to Zalesville at an average speed of
2
50 miles per hour. How fast did he have to drive back in order to be home in 80
minutes?
378
Solution
AND POLYNOMIALS
When we add a collection of algebraic and arithmetic expressions, each expression is called a term. Monomial means one term. For example, we might say that
2x 1 3y2 1 7 is the sum of three terms or three monomials.
Technically, if we enclose an algebraic expression in parentheses, it becomes
one term, so that we could say that (x 1 2y) 1 (3x 2 5y2) is the sum of two
monomials. But usually when we talk about a monomial, we mean a term that is
just the product of constants and variables, possibly raised to various powers.
Examples might be 7, 2x, 23y2, and 4x2z5. The constant factor is called the
coefficient of the variable factor. Thus, in 23y2, 23 is the coefficient of y2.
If we restrict our attention to monomials of the form Axn, the sums of such
terms are called polynomials (in one variable). Polynomials with two terms are
called binomials, and those with three terms are called trinomials. Expressions
like 3x 1 5, 2x2 2 5x 1 8, and x4 2 7x5 2 11 are all examples of polynomials.
The highest power of the variable that appears is called the degree of the
polynomial. The three examples just given are of degrees 1, 2, and 5, respectively.
In evaluating monomials and polynomials for negative values of the variable,
the greatest pitfall is keeping track of the negative signs. Always remember that,
in an expression like 2x2, the power 2 is applied to the x and the negative sign
in front should be thought of as (21) times the expression. If you want to have
the power apply to 2x, you must write (2x)2.
Example
Solution
379
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example
Solution
~6y3!
.
~2y2!
AND MONOMIALS
Polynomials are added or subtracted by just combining like monomial terms in the
appropriate manner. Thus, (2x2 1 5x 2 3) 1 (3x2 1 5x 2 12) is summed by
removing the parentheses and combining like terms to yield 5x2 1 10x 2 15.
If there is a negative sign in front of a polynomial within parentheses, be
careful to change the signs of all the terms within the parentheses when you
remove the parentheses. Consider:
(2x2 1 5x 2 3) 2 (3x2 1 5x 2 12) 5 2x2 1 5x 2 3 2 3x2 2 5x 1 12
5 2x2 1 9
Did you notice that 2x2 2 3x2 5 21x2, but the 1 is not shown?
To multiply a polynomial by a monomial, use the distributive law to multiply
each term in the polynomial by the monomial factor. For example, 2x(2x2 1 5x 2
11) 5 4x3 1 10x2 2 22x.
When multiplying a polynomial by a polynomial, you are actually repeatedly
applying the distributive law to form all possible products of the terms in the first
polynomial with the terms in the second. The most common use of this is in multiplying two binomials, such as (x 1 3)(x 2 5). In this case, there are four terms in the
result: x 3 x 5 x2; x(25) 5 25x; 3 3 x 5 3x; and 3 3 (25) 5 215; but the two
middle terms are added together to give 22x. Thus, the product is x2 2 2x 2 15.
This process is usually remembered as the FOIL method. That is, form the
products of First, Outer, Inner, Last, as shown in the figure below.
O
F
Example
Solution
The product of the last terms, 6m, must be 18. Therefore, m 5 3. If m 5 3, then
the sum of the outer and inner products becomes 26x 2 3x 5 29x, which
equals rx. Hence, r 5 29, and m 1 r 5 3 1 (29) 5 26.
www.petersons.com
380
Example
Solution
We can see that 15y 2 3x 5 23(x 2 5y); hence, it must equal 23(12) 5 236,
which is less than 235.
or x 2 6 5 0
or
x56
Example
The area of a rectangle is 60 and its perimeter is 32. What are its dimensions?
Solution
381
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
~16 2 W!W 5 60
16W 2 W2 5 60
Grouping everything on the right side, we have:
0 5 W2 2 16W 1 60
Now, factoring:
0 5 (W 2 10)(W 2 6)
yields W 5 10 or W 5 6. Of course, if W 5 6, L 5 10, and if W 5 10, L 5 6. So,
the dimensions are 6 3 10.
or
4x 1 3 5 0
2
3
or x 5 2 . What can you do when faced with such a situation? You
3
4
use the quadratic formula: For any equation of the form ax2 1 bx 1 c 5 0, the
2b 6 =b2 2 4ac
roots are x 5
2a
yields x 5
Example 1
www.petersons.com
382
Solution
Example 2
Solution
WITH RADICALS
The square root of a number N, written =N, is a number that when squared
produces N. Thus, =4 5 2, =9 5 3, =16 5 4, and so on. You should be
aware that =0 5 0 and =1 5 1. Square roots of negative numbers are not real
numbers.
The symbol = is called a radical, and many people refer to =N as
radical N. When we write =N, it is understood to be a positive number. So
when you are faced with an algebraic equation like x2 5 4, where you must allow
for both positive and negative solutions, you must write x 5 6=4 5 62, where,
as you know, 6 is read positive or negative.
All positive numbers have square roots, but most are irrational numbers.
Only numbers that are perfect squares like 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, . . . have integer
square roots.
If you assume that you are working with non-negative numbers, you can use
certain properties of the square root to simplify radical expressions. The most
important of these rules is =AB 5 =A z =B.
This rule can be used to advantage in either direction. Reading it from right
to left, we may write =3 z =12 5 =36. But you should also know how to use
this rule to simplify radicals by extracting perfect squares from under the
radical. Thus,
=18 5 =9 z 2 5 3=2
The key to using this technique is to recognize the perfect squares in order to
factor them out in a sensible manner. Thus, it would do you little good to factor
18 as 3 3 6 in the preceding example, since neither 3 nor 6 is a perfect square.
Example
If
Solution
383
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
GEOMETRY
AND SUPPLEMENTS
An angle is formed when two rays originate from the same point. Angles are
usually measured in degrees or radians. We shall use only degree measure, which
is customary on the GRE.
A
ABC = x
A straight angle has a degree measure of 180. Any two angles that sum to a
straight angle are called supplementary. Thus, 80 and 100 are supplementary.
Two equal supplementary angles are 90 each, and a 90 angle is called a right
angle. Two angles that sum to a right angle are called complementary. Thus, 25
is the complement of 65.
Angles less than 90 are called acute, and angles between 90 and 180 are
called obtuse. The sum of all the angles around a given point must total to 360.
B
Straight Angle, m
ABC = 180
Right Angle, m
ABC = 90
z
a
a+b+c+...+z = 360
b
c
d
www.petersons.com
384
Example 1
x+40
x
Solution
Example 2
2xO
O
3x
xO
2xO+ 48O
Solution
8x 1 48 5 360
8x 5 312
x 5 39
IN A TRIANGLE
The sum of the measures of the three angles in any triangle is 180, which is the
measure of a straight angle. This fact is usually combined with other properties in
the solution of geometric problems.
Example
In triangle ABC, mB is 30 more than twice mA, and the degree measure of
C is equal to the sum of the other two angles. How many degrees are there in
the smallest angle of triangle ABC?
Solution
385
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Isosceles
Triangle
AB = BC
Equilateral
Triangle
AB = AC = BC
B
60
60
C
60
Example
y
A
Solution
Since the sides AC and BC are of equal length, the two base angles, A and B,
must also be equal. The three angles must total 180. Hence, x 1 2y 5 180,
1
~180 2 x!
which means that y 5
x. The smallest possible value for y is
5 90 2
2
2
achieved when x is as large as possible; that is, when x 5 50, for which y 5 65.
SD
www.petersons.com
386
Example 1
Solution
In order to form a triangle, the sum of any two sides must exceed the third.
Therefore, x 1 5 . 12, which means that x . 7. The smallest integer greater than
7 is 8. Hence, the minimum possible perimeter is 5 1 12 1 8 5 25. (Can you see
why the maximum length of the perimeter is 33?)
Example 2
70O
C
Solution
Since the triangle is isosceles, the base angles are equal. Thus, mA 5 mC 5 70.
This implies that mB 5 40, in order to reach the full 180 in the triangle. And that
means that AB . AC, because it is the side opposite the larger angle.
y
x
387
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example
yO
O
wO
Solution
zO
We know that the sum of the angles in any triangle is 180. Letting the measure
of ABC be m, we have in the upper triangle x 1 y 5 180 2 m. Similarly,
looking at the larger triangle, we know that w 1 z 5 180 2 m. Therefore,
x 1 y 5 w 1 z.
AND TRANSVERSALS
If you start with two lines parallel to one another (that is, running in the same
direction), and draw a line that crosses them, the crossing line is called a transversal. The intersections of the transversal with the parallel lines create several
sets of related angles. In particular, the corresponding angles, labeled B in the
diagram below, and the alternate interior angles, labeled A in the diagram, are
equal.
B
A
A
Combining these properties with your knowledge about vertical angles and
the angles in a triangle can lead to interesting examples.
www.petersons.com
388
Example 1
Solution
A x
26
We see that mDCE 5 26, which makes mACB 5 26. Since triangle ABC is a
right triangle, x is the complement of 26, or 64.
Example 2
xO
66O
Solution
32O
G
xO
66O
F
Look at the angles in triangle BCD. As alternate interior angles, mBCE 5 mBAF 5
66, so the supplement in the triangle, C 5 114. As vertical angles, mCDB 5
mHDG 5 32. Therefore, in the triangle, mD 5 32. Since the three angles in the
triangle must sum to 180, mB5 34. x is the supplement to 34, that is, 146.
389
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
AND PARALLELOGRAMS
A parallelogram is a quadrilateral (a four-sided figure) in which the pairs of
opposite sides are parallel. The opposite angles will be equal, and the opposite
sides will be of equal length (see the figure below).
x
H
x
y
L
For example, the area of a rectangular garden that is 20 yards long and 10 yards
deep is (20)(10) 5 200 square yards. However, to put a fence around the same
garden requires 2(20) 1 2(10) 5 60 running yards of fencing (the perimeter of
the rectangle).
These relatively easy formulas can lead to some tricky questions.
Example 1
If sod comes in 4 3 4 foot squares costing $3.50 per square, how much will it
cost to sod the lawn shown in the figure below?
A
12
B
12
C
16
40
www.petersons.com
390
Solution
12
12
C
16
40
28
We see that the large rectangle AGEF is 40 3 28 5 1120 square feet. The smaller
rectangle BGDC is 12 3 16 5 192 square feet. Hence, the area that must be sodded
is 1120 2 192 5 928 square feet. Each 4 3 4 piece of sod is 16 square feet. Therefore, we need 928 4 16 5 58 squares of sod at $3.50 each. (58)(3.50) 5 $203.
Example 2
Rectangle 1 has an area of 64, and Rectangle 2 has an area of 16. Which rectangle
has a larger perimeter?
Solution
You cant tell! For Rectangle 1, LW 5 64. If it were a square, each side would be
8 and the perimeter would be 32, but the length could be any number greater
64
than zero if W is . Thus, you could make its perimeter (virtually) as large as you
L
wish! For example, the rectangle could be 64 3 1, with a perimeter of 130.
For Rectangle 2, LW 5 16. If it were a square, each side would be 4 and the
perimeter would be 16, but, again, the length could be any number greater than
16
zero if W is . For example, the rectangle could be 16 3 1, with a perimeter of
L
34, which is less than 130 but greater than 32.
c2 = a2 + b2
There are other important cases that yield non-integer solutions for the
Pythagorean Theorem. For example, the hypotenuse of a triangle with one leg of
length 1 and the other of length 2 can be found by computing c2 5 12 1 22, that
is, c2 5 5 and c 5 =5.
391
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example 1
x
C
8
6
Solution
Using the Pythagorean Theorem, in triangle ACD, the theorem tells us that 62 1
62 5 c2. Hence, c2 5 72. In triangle ABC, if we let x represent the length of BC,
72 5 c2 5 x2 1 82. That is, x2 5 72 2 64 5 8. Thus, x 5 =8 5 2=2.
Example 2
A rectangle has one side with a length of 6 and a diagonal with a length of 10.
What is its perimeter?
Solution
Notice that the diagonal of a rectangle divides the rectangle into two identical
right triangles. Hence, the other side can be found by the Pythagorean Theorem.
We recognize that a side of 6 and a diagonal of 10 imply that we have a 6810
right triangle, so the unknown side is 8. The perimeter of the rectangle is,
therefore, 2(6) 1 2(8) 5 28.
OF A TRIANGLE
In any triangle, you can construct a line from any vertex perpendicular to the
opposite side, although sometimes that side may have to be extended outside the
triangle, as shown in the second illustration below. This line is called the altitude
or height of the triangle; the side to which the altitude is drawn is called the
1
base. The area of a triangle is given by the formula A 5 bh, where b 5 length of
2
the base and h 5 the length of the altitude.
A
A
h=5
h=5
B
b = 12
b = 12
1
Both triangles shown above have the same area: A 5 ~12!~5! 5 30.
2
Example
www.petersons.com
392
Solution
Since the sides are 6810, the triangle is a disguised 345 right triangle, with
AC being the hypotenuse. Drawing the triangle (see the diagram below), we see
that, by using the two legs as base and height, the area of the triangle must be
1
A 5 ~6!~8! 5 24. By using the hypotenuse and the unknown altitude, the area
2
1
must be A 5 ~10!~h! 5 5h. Therefore, 5h 5 24 and h 5 4.8.
2
B
10
30O
2L
45O
L 3
60O
The other important right triangle is the 306090 triangle. You can see by
dropping an altitude that this is half of an equilateral triangle. Hence, the shorter
leg is half the hypotenuse, and the longer leg (the one opposite the 60 angle) is
=3 times the shorter leg.
Example
3
45 o
393
3 3
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Solution
SD
S D
SD
S DS D
Example
2
E
Solution
2 2
Drawing BE and BD divides the region into three triangles as shown in the
diagram below.
2
2
E
2 2
Triangles ABE and BCD are both 454590 right triangles, making
BE 5 BD 5 2=2. This makes the central triangle an equilateral triangle. The area
1
of each of the two outer triangles is ~2!~2! 5 2; so the two together have area 4.
2
The center triangle has a base of 2=2. If you draw the altitude, you get a
306090 right triangle with a shorter leg of =2, which makes the height
1
=3 times that, or =6. This gives an area of 2~2=2!~=6! 5 =12 5 2=3.
Hence, the total area of the polygon is 4 1 2=3.
www.petersons.com
394
OF CIRCLES
A line segment from the center of a circle to any point on its circumference is
called a radius. All radii of the same circle are equal in length. A line segment that
passes through the center of the circle and cuts completely across the circle is
called a diameter, and it is, of course, twice as long as any radius. Thus, d 5 2r.
Any line cutting across a circle is called a chord, and no chord can be longer
than the diameter. Any portion of the circle is called an arc. The degree measure
of an arc is the measure of the central angle subtended by it, as shown in the
following diagram.
Example
If the arc PS in the diagram below has a degree measure of 62, is the chord PS
longer or shorter than the radius of the circle?
P
O
S
Solution
Since all radii are equal, triangle OPS is isosceles, and the angles at P and S must
be equal. Suppose each is x. Now, 2x 1 62 5 180. Hence, x 5 59. Therefore, PS
is opposite the largest angle in the triangle and must be the longest side. Therefore, PS is longer than a radius.
395
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example 1
Find the area of the shaded region shown in the figure below. The curved side is
a semicircle.
15
15
12
Solution
The dotted line completes the rectangle, which is 12 3 15 5 180 square units.
The radius of the circular arc must be 6, since its diameter is 12. The area of the
whole circle would be pr2 5 p(62) 5 36p. Hence, the area of the semicircle is
half of that, or 18p. Subtracting, the area of the shaded region is 180 2 18p.
Example 2
The larger circle shown in the figure below has an area of 36p. Find the circumference of the smaller circle.
Solution
The larger circle has an area of AL 5 p(r)2 5 36p. This means that r2 5 36 and
r 5 6. The diameter of the smaller circle equals the radius of the larger one, so its
1
radius is ~6! 5 3. Its circumference must be CS 5 2p(3) 5 6p.
2
OF SOLID FIGURES
A solid figure with straight-line edges and flat surfaces is called a polyhedron. The
surfaces bounding the solid are called faces. Thus, edges have lengths and surfaces have
areas, and the solid has a surface area, which is the sum of the areas of all its faces.
A solid figure also has a volume, expressed in cubic units. You should be
familiar with the following formulas for volumes of regular figures:
A rectangular solid is a polyhedron with rectangular faces at right angles
to one another.
H
L
W
www.petersons.com
396
A cube is a rectangular solid with all edges of equal length s; that is,
L 5 W 5 H 5 s. Therefore, V 5 s3.
A right circular cylinder is a solid with a circular base and a side perpendicular to the base (like a soda can). The volume is the area of the base
times the height, or V 5 pr2h.
r
Example 1
Find the length of a rectangular solid of height 6 that is twice as long as it is wide, if
its volume is the same as that of a cube with a total surface area of 864 square inches.
Solution
Let x 5 the width. Now 2x 5 length. The volume of the rectangular solid is
V 5 6(x)(2x) 5 12x2. Since the cube has six square faces, its total surface area is
6 times the area of one face. In symbols, 6s2 5 864. Dividing by 6, s2 5 144;
s 5 12. Hence, the volume of the cube is 123 5 1728. Since the two solids have
the same volume, 12x2 5 1728; x2 5 144; x 5 12. The length, which is twice the
width, is thus 24.
Example 2
Which has a greater volume, a rectangular solid that is 6 feet long and has a
square base of side 4, or a cylinder with a length of 7 feet and a diameter of 4?
Solution
The volume of the rectangular solid is V 5 (4)(4)(6) 5 96. The radius of the
22
cylinder is 2, so its volume is VC 5 p(2)2(7) 5 28p. Since p 5 about , 28p 5
7
about 88. Therefore, the rectangular solid is larger.
COORDINATE GEOMETRY
S D
397
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Example 1
Solution
If (2,6) is the midpoint of the line segment connecting (21,3) to P(x,y), which is
larger, 2x or y?
~x 2 1!
, or
2
4 5 x 2 1; x 5 5. Similarly, we know that the average of y and 3 must be 6.
~y 1 3!
, or 12 5 y 1 3; y 5 9. Since 2x 5 10, 2x . y.
Thus, 6 5
2
Example 2
Solution
We see that (3,6) is the midpoint of PQ. Therefore, in the x-direction, (3,b) will
be equidistant from both P and Q. However, if b , 6, then b must be closer to 2
than to 10. Therefore, (3,b) is closer to (0,2) than to (6,10).
Example 1
The point (t,21) lies on a circle with a radius of 5 and its center at (4,2). What
are the possible values of t?
Solution
Since every point on the circle must be 5 units from the center, we know that
(t,21) must be 5 units from (4,2). Using the distance formula,
Example 2
www.petersons.com
The point (4,t) is equidistant from (1,1) and (5,3). What is the value of t?
398
Solution
Since the distances from the two given points are the same, we use the distance
formula twice and equate the results, thus:
OF A LINE
Given two points P(x1,y1) and Q(x2,y2), the slope of the line passing through
P and Q is given by the formula:
m5
y1 2 y2
x1 2 x2
In other words, this says that the slope is the change in y divided by the change
in x. For example, the slope of the line passing through (6,4) to (3,21) is:
m5
~4 2 F21G! 5
5
~6 2 3!
3
Example
The points (21,21), (3,11), and (1,t) lie on the same line. What is the value of t?
Solution
Since the slope of a line is the same for any two points on the line, using (21,21)
and (3,11), we must have a slope of:
m5
11 2F21G 12
5
53
3 2F21G
4
t 2F21G ~t 1 1!
5
1 2F21G
2
Multiplying by 2, 6 5 t 1 1; t 5 5.
399
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
FOR COUNTING
If a set A has m elements, and a set B has n elements, and the two sets have no
elements in common, then the total number of elements in the two sets combined is m 1 n. But if there are k elements common to the two sets, then the
total in the combined set is m 1 n k. That is, you must take into account the
double counting of elements common to both groups.
This kind of situation is usually handled most easily by displaying the given
information in a Venn diagram.
Example 1
Solution
We let H be the set of colleges to which Helena applied, and S be those to which
Sergei applied. Letting x be the number that are common to both sets, the
following Venn diagram displays the data.
H=
S=
12
12 x
10
10 x
The central region includes the colleges common to both groups, and we can see
that the total is (12 2 x) 1 x 1 (10 2 x) 5 16. Removing parentheses and
combining like terms, we have 22 2 x 5 16; x 5 6.
Sometimes problems of this type can involve more than two sets.
Example 2
A survey of voters shows that 43% listen to radio news reports, 45% listen to TV
news reports, and 36% read a daily newspaper. What is the maximum percentage
of voters surveyed that do all three?
Solution
If the three sets were totally disjoint, that is, had no overlap, the sum of the
percentages would be 100%. The extent of various kinds of overlap will show up
as an excess over 100%. Everyone in two of the three categories will be counted
twice, and everyone common to all three will be counted three times.
If we total 43 1 45 1 36, we find that we have accounted for 124% of the
voters, a 24% overcount. Therefore, the number common to all three cannot be
greater than one third of that, or 8%. This maximum of 8% is reached only if no
one falls into two out of three categories, so that the entire overcount is the result
of people in all three.
www.petersons.com
400
FOR COUNTING
If a process can be broken down into two steps, and the first step can be
performed in m ways; and if, for each of those ways, the second step can be
performed in n ways; then the total number of ways of performing the complete
process is T 5 mn. This is known as the multiplication principle for counting.
For example, suppose that a jar contains five blocks of five different colors.
We pick a block, record the color, and then pick a second block without replacing the first. The number of ordered color combinations is (5)(4) 5 20.
This process extends to more than two steps in the natural way.
Example 1
The following diagram is a road map from Abbottsville to Cartersburg. How many
different routes can you follow to drive from Abbottsville to Cartersburg if you go
through Batestown only once?
Batestown
Abbottsville
Cartersburg
Solution
Example 2
How many different 3-digit license plate numbers can be produced if the first digit
on any license may not be 0?
Solution
Example 1
If the five starting members of a basketball team are lined up randomly for a
photograph, what is the chance that they will appear in order of height from
shortest to tallest, left to right?
401
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX A
Solution
Example 2
In how many ways can 3 men and 3 women be seated in theater seats if the
seating must alternate men and women, starting with a woman?
Solution
The 3 women can be arranged in the first, third, and fifth seats in 3! 5 6 ways.
However, for each of these six possibilities, the 3 men can be seated in the remaining seats in 3! 5 6 ways. Hence, there are really 6 3 6 5 36 ways altogether.
Example
A box contains five blocks numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Johnnie picks a block and
replaces it. Lisa then picks a block. What is the probability that the sum of the
numbers they picked is even?
Solution
Since each person had 5 choices, there are 25 possible pairs of numbers. The only
way the sum could be odd is if one person picked an odd number and the other
picked an even number. Suppose that Johnnie chose the odd number and Lisa the
even one. Johnnie had 3 possible even numbers to select from, and for each of
these, Lisa had 2 possible choices, for a total of (3)(2) 5 6 possibilities. However,
you could have had Johnnie pick an even number and Lisa pick an odd one, and
there are also 6 ways to do that. Hence, out of 25 possibilities, 12 have an odd
13
total, and 13 have an even total. The probability, then, is .
25
www.petersons.com
402
Appendix B
THE GRE CAT SUCCESS
STRESS-BUSTING GUIDE
by Mary-Jo D. Weber, M.S.
Psychiatric Nurse Practitioner
403
APPENDIX B
options, making you more creative and imaginative and helping you to retrieve
more of the useful information stored in your memory.
This appendix will give you specific, scientifically tested techniques to use in
the weeks before the exam, while you are studying, and on the very day you take
the GRE. If you practice these methods, you may find yourself almost looking
forward to the opportunity to tackle the testand beat it!
LEARNING
TO
RELAX
First, youll need to learn to relax whenever you decide you want to. Yesfor
most people, its a skill that must be learned. If youre like most people, you
probably tend to keep goingwith work, play, or just hanging arounduntil
youre physically exhausted, and then you crash. Its not the most efficient way to
harness the energy in your body and mind. Instead, if you learn to relax whenever
you want to, youll be able to modulate your stress responses so that youll feel
only the amount of anxiety you need to wake up your brain cells and perform
your best.
The following exercise is a good way to start. If youre feeling any sense of
tiredness or anxietyafter a couple of hours of studying, for examplethis is a
better way to refresh yourself than napping or taking a TV break. It takes only a
few minutes and will leave you feeling energized and alert. You can either read
through this suggested exercise and then try it, or, even better, get a friend with a
pleasant voice to read it aloud to you while you try it. (Later, you can return the
favor.) As you go through the exercise, feel free to alter it in any way that seems
pertinent to your individual situation.
www.petersons.com
404
Relaxation Exercise
Start by sitting comfortably with both feet flat on the floor. Take some time to
notice how the floor is supporting your feet. Allow the surface on which you are
resting to support you completely. Take all the time you need to notice the
comfort and security of this.
Next, turn your mind toward your breathing. Dont try to change it; just
observe it. Observe how effortless your breathing is, realizing that, with every
exhalation, the tension of the day is flowing out, and, with every inhalation,
revitalizing oxygen is flowing in to nourish all parts of your body.
Turn your attention again to your feet. Notice that they are comfortably
resting on the floor. Notice that feeling of comfort spreading up to your ankles,
calves, and knees. Feel how securely the chair is supporting your thighs, your
buttocks, your lower back, and your upper back.
Your hands may be in your lap or at your sides. Allow them to open, and as
you continue to breathe comfortably and naturally, experience any tension
flowing down from your shoulders to your arms and out your finger tips. You will
notice that the more relaxed you can keep your hands, the more relaxed and alert
you will be.
Notice whether your eyes are open or closed. Either way is fine. Take some
time now to notice the muscles around your eyes, in your cheeks, and around
your mouth. Notice whatever expression you naturally have on your face,
whether its frowning, neutral, or smiling. Dont feel you need to change it. Allow
these muscles to soften. Close your eyes if you wish. Feel the heaviness of your
jaw, and dont try to hold it up.
As you continue to notice the comfort in your body, pay attention to your
neck and scalp. If you perceive any tension there, allow it to flow out with your
next breath. Scan your body now, and if you find any areas of discomfort or
tension, notice that, as you breathe, any tension or discomfort flows out with
each exhalation, while energy flows in with each inhalation.
Now, as you continue to enjoy the comfort of your body securely supported
by the chair and energized by your breathing, imagine that you are in a special,
favorite place. It may be the beach, or the mountains, or your room, or just inside
yourself. Notice how comfortable and alert you are to all the things that make that
place pleasurable for you. Notice the sights, sounds, smells, and feelings that make
the place so nice.
Take your time enjoying your special place. When you are ready to return to
the room in which you are sitting, gently reorient yourself, experiencing your
calm alertness and renewed enthusiasm for all your endeavors.
Now that youre back from your special place, notice how revitalized you feel.
With practice, this process of relaxation will become easier and quicker, but
you already have noticed that from the very first attempt. You can recharge your
batteries in a way that is even better than a nap because your alertness will be
increased and your focus will be sharpened. Try using this method of relaxation
whenever the pressure of studying is making you feel exhausted or tense. Youll
find yourself learning moreand enjoying it more, too.
405
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX B
VISUALIZING SUCCESS
The next step is to add visualization of the test-taking situation and your desired
successful outcome. Its a favorite preparation strategy of many successful athletes
and entertainers; they find that visualizing themselves hitting the perfect tennis
stroke or playing a difficult piano concerto with fluency and ease makes it much
easier to actually perform that way.
It works for test-takers, too. In preparing for the computerized GRE, itll help
if you visit the testing center beforehand, so youll know what to expect; but you
can use our visualization exercise even if you dont have a chance to make such a
visit. Heres how it works.
Visualization Exercise
Repeat the relaxation exercise. This time, however, after youve imagined your
special place and while youre alertly and attentively noting the sights, sounds,
and feelings that you experience there, imagine that you are entering the test
room. Notice the rows of cubicles and the computer monitor and keyboard at
each location.
Take your seat, noting how comfortably your feet are supported by the floor,
how your body is supported by the chair, and how your breathing is energizing
your body and mind. You see that the computer monitor contains the directions
for the GRE exam. You review them and you begin your work, knowing that you
have prepared for this test and that you will correctly answer all the questions
you need to in order to achieve your desired goal.
You experience just the right amount of anxiety you need to feel in order to
achieve your peak performance. As you work, the questions appear familiar and
interesting to you. You look forward to reading each question because you know
you will find it to be an interesting challenge to the skills youve been learning
and practicing. You work efficiently, and, when you come to the end of the test,
you experience the sense of a job well done.
At this time, reorient to the room.
You may also use this exercise before going to sleep, perhaps after a
strenuous study session. If you do the exercise in bed, when its completed,
simply allow yourself to drift into a refreshing sleep.
During the weeks while you are studying for your exam, you can ensure
peak performance by practicing relaxation and visualization every day. The best
time for many people is at night, just before sleep. This will help your learning
because your mind is working even while you sleep. Thus, if you practice
visualizing test-taking success before you go to sleep, your brain will probably
continue to process that information while you sleep, reinforcing the positive
message.
Some people find it effective to make an audiotape of the relaxation and
visualization exercises, to be played while they fall asleep.
www.petersons.com
406
PHYSICAL CONDITIONING
407
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX B
MUSIC
TO
LEARN BY
Many people enjoy listening to music while they are studying. There is nothing
wrong with music as long as you like it and dont find it distracting, but there are
some things to consider when you choose music for your study sessions.
Music can help you to concentrate by filtering out extraneous sounds or
thoughts. For this purpose, it is helpful if the music is familiar, so listening to a
selection of favorite CDs would help you to study more efficiently than listening
to the radio (which will probably play both familiar and unfamiliar selections, as
well as interjecting a stream of chatter and commercials that may well be
distracting).
Music can also set a helpful mood while youre studying. Its a very personal
choice, but in certain recent studies, when research subjects listened to classical
music, particularly the works of Mozart, just before and during cognitive (mental)
tasks, their performance on those tasks improved. You might want to experiment
with different kinds of music to see which help you to concentrate best.
www.petersons.com
408
409
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX B
THE MORNING
www.petersons.com
OF THE EXAM
In the morning, eat something. Yes, we know that you never eat breakfastbut
just take our word on this one. Study after study has demonstrated that people
perform better on tests when they have eaten about 30 to 60 minutes beforehand.
The foods you should eat are the same as those recommended during studying
high protein, low fat, and complex carbohydrate. Bring a piece of fruit or a power
bar to the test center to eat during the brief mid-exam break.
During the exam itselfespecially during the short breaks provided between
test sectionsyou might try using the 3-minute relaxation technique if you feel
fatigued or stressed.
All these tips, if practiced along with the study outlined in this book, will
ensure your optimal performance on the GRE. Theyll also help you attain an even
higher goal: to feel balanced and sane before and after the test.
410
Appendix C
APPLYING TO GRADUATE SCHOOL
Applying to graduate school is a time-consuming and costly process that can
become overwhelming if you do not narrow your selection of graduate programs
to a manageable number. Once you have narrowed your selection of graduate
programs, its time to prepare and assemble your applications. If you have not
already done so, request an application and information packet from each
program to which you plan to apply. When you look over these materials, you
will see that there is a lot of work involved in applying to graduate school. It may
take you a year or more to assemble and submit all the necessary information,
especially if youre an international student or youve been out of school for a few
years. Because the process is complicated and time consuming, you should start
well in advance.
TIMETABLE
In general, its advisable to start the application process at least a year and a half
before you plan to enroll. Allow yourself even more time if you are applying for
national fellowships or if you are applying to a health-care program through your
colleges evaluation committee. In these cases, you may need to start two years
before matriculation in order to meet all of the deadlines for test scores, letters of
recommendation, and so on.
Application deadlines for fall admission may range from Augustone full
year prior to your planned enrollmentto late spring or summer for programs
with rolling admissions. However, most programs require that you submit your
application between January and March of the year in which you wish to start. Be
careful when you check the deadlines in the application packet. Different programs at the same university may have different deadlines.
In addition, if you are applying for financial aid, you should leave yourself
extra time to assemble all of the financial information youll need to support your
request for assistance. Applicants for aid usually have to send in the entire
application by an earlier date than the deadline for those not seeking aid. Be
certain that you understand which deadline applies to you. After all, whats the
point of being admitted if you cannot afford to attend?
Its usually advantageous to apply early if you can. For one thing, an early
application demonstrates strong interest and motivation on your part, especially
when a program uses rolling admissions. Even more important, however, applying
early means that the department or program will evaluate your application when
it still has a full budget of funding to award. When you apply late, you may not be
awarded full or even partial funding because the department has already used up
411
APPENDIX C
its resources. Deadlines are really important if you want to get funding, says
Suzette Vandeburg, Assistant Vice Provost for Graduate Studies at the State
University of New York at Binghamton. You may be highly qualified but lose out
if you miss a deadline.
This does not mean that you will necessarily miss out on funding if you just
squeeze in by the programs deadline, but given the competition for financial aid,
why gamble? While you could get lucky, you may be in for some weeks of nail
biting until a program makes all of its awards. When I applied to graduate school,
I noticed that many positions were offered early, especially in departments that
were very small and very competitive, says Cindy Liutkus, a Ph.D. candidate in
geology at Rutgers University in New Jersey. Because I hadnt applied as early as
most people, I had to wait until two of the departments obtained rejections from
their early offers before I knew whether I would receive a teaching assistantship
or a research assistantship. Still, you shouldnt rely on luck for something so
importantapply early!
THE ROLE
THE ROLE
www.petersons.com
412
four sources of information on which to base their decision about your application: your transcripts, your test scores, your personal essay, and your letters of
recommendation. The importance of each of these sources will vary from admissions committee to admissions committee and also will vary among the members
of a committee. Their decision-making processes will vary as well. Lets take a
look at how two actual admissions committees work to give you an idea of what
goes on behind closed doors.
413
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX C
ELEMENTS OF AN APPLICATION
From our description of the various admissions committees, you can see that you
cannot always tell which parts of your application will be considered most
important by a particular admissions committee. For that reason, you should work
hard to make each element of your application the best it can possibly be. For
each program to which you apply, you will have to submit a number of items to
make your application complete. For most programs, these include:
An application form
Undergraduate and other transcripts
Graduate admissions test scores
Letters of recommendation
Personal essay(s)
Tape, portfolio, writing sample, or audition for fine arts and design applicants
The application fee
In addition, a personal interview may be required for some programs, although for
most an interview is optional. Be sure you read the information packet thoroughly
so you understand what each program expects of you. They may require additional items, such as a rsum.
The basic elements of an application, except the personal essay, are discussed
below. Since the personal essay is such an importantand difficultitem to
compose, weve devoted a whole chapter to tips on writing it (see Appendix D).
www.petersons.com
414
TRANSCRIPTS
As proof of your academic background, you will need to submit official transcripts
from each college and university you have attended, even if you have taken just
one course from that institution. To request official transcripts, contact the
registrars of your undergraduate college and other institutions you have attended.
Be sure to allow two or three months for your request to be processed. It will
save time if you call ahead to find out what the fee for each transcript is and what
information they need in order to pull your file and send the transcript to the
proper recipient. Then you can enclose a check for that amount with your
written request.
When you review your transcript, look for weaknesses that may need
explanations. For example, a low GPA one semester, a very poor grade in a
course, or even a below-average overall GPA may hurt your chances of acceptance
unless you have good reasons for them. You can explain any shortfalls in your
transcripts in your personal essay, cover letter, or addendum to the application
(see Appendix D).
If you have been out of school for years and have been successful in your
professional and postgraduate endeavors, do not assume that a poor undergraduate GPA will not count against you because its ancient history. For example, one
58-year-old prospective graduate student who had an A2 average in his previous
415
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX C
masters program but a C average as an undergraduate found that the A2 did not
cancel out the C. He had to take a semester of masters-level courses and achieve
a minimum B average before he was admitted to the new masters program as a
matriculating student.
LETTERS
OF
RECOMMENDATION
You will have to provide letters of recommendation for each program to which
you apply. These letters are important because, like the personal essay, they give
the members of the admissions committee a more personal view of you than is
possible from your grades and test scores. Good letters of recommendation can
tremendously increase your chances of admission and funding and lukewarm
letters can harm your application. So its important to approach the task of
choosing and preparing your letter writers in a thoughtful and timely fashion.
In fact, its a good idea to start asking for references at least six months
before your application deadline. Contact the people who will be writing letters
www.petersons.com
416
When you are trying to decide whom to ask for recommendations, keep these criteria in mind. The
people you ask should:
have a high opinion of you.
know you well, preferably in more than one context.
be familiar with your field.
be familiar with the programs to which you are applying.
have taught a large number of students (or have managed a large number of employees) so
they have a good basis upon which to compare you (favorably!) to your peers.
be recognized by the admissions committee as someone whose opinion can be trusted.
have good writing skills.
be reliable enough to write and mail the letter on time.
A tall order? Yes. Its likely that no one person you choose will meet all of these criteria, but try to
find people who come close to this ideal.
417
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX C
well, I was skeptical as to the quality of the letter. Instead, I chose a professor
from each of my major disciplines, namely my thesis adviser and my favorite
undergraduate geology professor. I needed a third, and had a lot of trouble
deciding whom to ask. I eventually chose the woman in the geology department
whom I respected the most. . . . Although I had only one class with her, I felt she
would give the most honest and straightforward account of my undergraduate
accomplishments, my personality and work habits, and my goals for the future.
www.petersons.com
418
What should you do if the letter writer asks you to draft the letter? Accept gracefully. Then pretend
you are the writer and craft a letter extolling your virtues and accomplishments in detail. Remember,
if the letter writer does not like what youve written, he or she is free to change it in the final draft.
effective letter by reminding them of what youve done, advises Teresa Shaw,
Associate Dean for Arts and Humanities at Claremont Graduate University in
California. Letters that are not specific are ineffective letters.
When you meet with your letter writers to give them the forms, use the
opportunity to provide them with information about yourself. Bring a short
rsum that highlights your academic, professional, and personal accomplishments. List the course(s) you took with them, the grades you received, and any
significant work you did, such as a big research paper or lab project. The rsum
can be the basis of a conversation with the letter writer, amplifying your notable
accomplishments. Many of the people I asked to write me recommendation
letters found it helpful if I wrote down a list of my accomplishments and my
plans, recalls Jenn Wagaman, a masters candidate in public communications at
the University of Alaska at Fairbanks. Even though these people knew me, they
wrote better letters because they had the exact information right in front of
them.
You can help your letter writers by filling in as much of the information as
you can on the letter of recommendation forms. Its also a nice gesture to provide
stamped, addressed envelopes for the letters if they are to be mailed directly to
the programs or to you for inclusion in your application. Be sure your letter
writers understand what their deadlines are. In other words, do everything you
can to expedite the process, especially since you may be approaching your
professors at the beginning of the fall semester, when they are the busiest.
Finally, send thank-you notes to professors and employers who have come
through for you with letters of recommendation. Remember that you are hoping
someday to be their colleague in academia or a profession. Cementing good
relationships now can help you in the future.
419
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX C
If you are an undergraduate and unsure of your plans for graduate school,
you can ask your professors to write you letters of recommendation now, when
you are still fresh in their minds. Have the letters placed in your file in the
placement office and ask the office to keep your file active. Although there may
be a fee for this service, its worth it. When you do apply to graduate school a
few years down the road, you will already have several letters of recommendation
that you can use.
www.petersons.com
420
AND AUDITIONS
If you are applying to programs in the fine arts, design, or architecture, you will be
required to demonstrate your artistic or design abilities by means of a portfolio, writing sample, videotape, audiotape, or audition. Students in the visual arts must
present a portfolio of their work, usually in slide format, so that admissions committee members can judge their talent, conceptual ability, level of competence, and
technical skill. Film students may have to submit a film on which they have worked.
Students applying to an M.F.A. program in writing will generally have to submit a
sample of their written work. If you are an undergraduate or recent college graduate, take the opportunity to work with a professor in compiling your submission.
Your professor will have a good idea of what will impress an admissions committee.
Most music and performing arts students must audition as part of the application process. In fact, the more selective the institution, the more important and brief
the audition generally is. At the most competitive schools, an audition may last only
5 to 10 minutes. Although some schools hold regional auditions in different cities, in
most cases you are expected to travel to the school. If travel would be a hardship,
some schools may permit you to send a tape of your performance in lieu of an audition. Still, if you can audition in person, you should do so. In addition to giving the
faculty members an opportunity to judge your abilities, an audition gives you the
opportunity to evaluate a school first-hand. Since the requirements and instructions
for auditions and tapes vary considerably, be sure you understand what each program expects of you in order to prepare properly for your auditions.
INTERVIEWS
In most cases, an interview is not necessary. However, if you think you do well in
interviews, you can call each program and request an interview. A good interview
may be an opportunity to sway the admissions committee in your favor. Human
nature being what it is, an excellent half-hour interview may loom larger in the
minds of admissions staff and faculty members than four years of average grades.
Most interviewers are interested in the way you approach problems, think,
and articulate your ideas, and so they will concentrate on questions that will
reveal these aspects of your character, not on questions that test your technical
knowledge. They may ask you controversial questions or give you hypothetical
problems to solve. Or they may ask about your professional goals, motivation for
graduate study, and areas of interestmuch the same material that is in your
personal essay. Remember that interviewers are interested more in how you think
than in what you think.
When you prepare for an interview, it would be helpful if you have already
written your personal essay, because the thought processes involved in preparing
the essay will help you articulate many of the issues that are likely to come up in
an interview. It is also helpful to do your homework on the program, so if the
opportunity arises for you to ask questions, you can do so intelligently. Finally, be
sure you are dressed properly. That means dressing as if you are going to a
professional job interview.
421
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX C
FEES
Each application must be accompanied by a fee, or your papers are likely to sit in
the admissions office without action. If you cannot afford the fee, you can ask the
admissions office and your undergraduate financial aid office for a fee waiver.
If you are applying to half a dozen schools, you can see that the costs will
mount quickly. In addition to the program application fees, you must pay transcript fees, test fees, score report fees, photocopying fees, mailing costs, and
travel costs if you are interviewing or auditioning. Put aside some money for the
processit will cost more than you expect, especially if you are interviewing,
suggests Jennifer Cheavens, a Ph.D. candidate in clinical psychology at the
University of Kansas at Lawrence. The application process may cost hundreds of
dollars, even more if you are applying to many schools.
FOLLOWING UP
Its important that you check on the status of your applications, especially if
you dont receive acknowledgment that an application is complete. Give the
admissions office a couple of weeks to process your application and then call
to find out if its complete. Usually the missing items are transcripts or letters
of recommendation. Dont assume, warns Rose Ann Trantham, Assistant Director of Graduate Admissions and Records for the University of Tennessee at
Knoxville. Follow upnot every week, but call periodically. Suzette
Vandeburg agrees; she advises applicants to be proactive about their applications. Check in periodically, says Vandeburg. E-mail is a great way to check
on your application.
Cindy Liutkus remembers how anxious she was about her applications. The
application process is definitely nerve-wracking, Liutkus says. I was always
worried that something wouldnt make it on time. I eventually sent stamped
www.petersons.com
422
postcards along with every application and asked that the department secretary
check the package and send the card along if everything was okay. Not content
with that, Liutkus made sure by following up with e-mail, too.
IN SUMMARY
Preparing a thorough, focused, and well-written application is one of the most
important tasks you will ever undertake. In addition to gaining you admission to a
graduate program that can help you achieve your goals, a good application may
win you enough monetary support to finance your degree. With these future
benefits in mind, work on your applications as if they are the most important
things you can possibly be doingbecause they are.
423
www.petersons.com
Appendix D
WRITING A GOOD PERSONAL ESSAY
The application to graduate school is not all numbers and outside evaluations. Admissions committees are also interested in finding out about you as an individual and
in more intangible qualities, like your ability to write a good essay. Thus, the personal essay is the part of the application in which you can take control and demonstrate who you are and why you deserve to be admitted. Other parts of your applicationtest scores, GPA, and undergraduate transcriptsmay reflect your academic
ability but not much else. The letters of recommendation are beyond your control
once youve chosen the writers. But a good personal essay can make you stand out
from other applicants. It can show the committee the qualities that will make you an
excellent graduate student and professional. In other words, the essay is your showcase and you should make the most of it. Even if you can write superb prose in your
sleep, you still need to know what to write. In this appendix, youll get a step-bystep guide to preparing the personal essay.
REQUIREMENTS VARY
424
interests. I dont think my essay was all that remarkable, recalls a Ph.D. candidate in physics at Harvard University. Grad schools in science look for a clearminded view on the students part as to their research plans. J. W. Viers, Director
of Graduate Studies for the chemistry department at Virginia Tech, explains, The
personal essay doesnt carry much weight. We are simply looking for an indication
that the applicant has done research and enjoys doing research.
For applicants in literature or the arts, the personal essay may be judged on
its creativity or style as well as the information it conveys. Melany Kahn, who has
an M.F.A. in film from New York University, recalls that she tried to be imaginative when writing her essay. At NYU, its imperative to show imagination and the
ability to tell a story, not all your technical experience. Megan McAfee, an M.F.A.
candidate in costume technology at Virginia Tech, says, I think my essay was
really unusual since I wasnt going to go to a place that didnt like me and I
wasnt going to puff myself up to be something Im not. But I think thats
probably an attitude that someone in theater can take.
A WORD
USE
THE
ABOUT CREATIVITY
A word of warning about creativity. Its fine to be creative within the confines of
the genre. But admissions committees usually look askance at essays that are too
creative. The English literature applicant whose essay was written in light verse
undermined her application. Resist the temptation to be clever or cute; its likely
to backfire.
WRITING PROCESS
BE YOURSELF . . .
The most common words of advice from most admissions directors about writing
the personal essay are to be yourself. Remember, you are seeking to be accepted
by a program that is a good match for you. If you disguise who you really are in
an effort to impress an admissions committee, you are doing yourselfand
425
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX D
thema disservice. Be who you are. Dont try to second-guess what the committee is looking for, Donna Lau Smith advises. We can tell.
Cindy Liutkus, a Ph.D. candidate in geology at Rutgers, struggled with her
essay for several weeks. Eventually, though, I just wrote my thoughts and
feelings. . . . I think grad schools read an essay thats written from the heart and
they realize that the student is passionate about their work, dedicated to their
future in that field, and comfortable with expressing themselves.
In this introduction, Liutkus is candid about the late flowering of her interest
in geology. She does not sidestep the problems that arose because of the late
declaration of her major. In other words, she is straightforward and honest about
her interest in geology and the shortcomings in her preparation. This essay helped
Liutkus gain admission to several programs in geology.
Here is the beginning of Liutkuss essay:
The decision to further my education in the area of geological sciences came
later in my college career than for many others. I was originally a philosophy
major with only a minor in geology, even though it is an area of study which
has fascinated me since I was a child. . . . However, as I continued to take
more advanced classes in the field, I became more convinced that a major in
geology would better represent my true interests.
It was during my junior year abroad, while studying in Melbourne, Australia,
that the decision to double major in both philosophy and geology became final.
However, with such a late decision, I was caught between a rock and a hard
place. I had made the decision to follow my true interest but now had to play
catch-up with the other students in the field in order to fulfill the requirements
of the major. Despite doubling up on lab sciences during my senior year, I still
have some gaps in the areas of calculus, chemistry, and physics. However, I
plan to complete these classes upon enrollment in a graduate program.
So, be honest. If you demonstrate self-knowledge by presenting your strengths as
well as your limitations, your essay will be a true reflection of who you are.
. . . BUT BE DIPLOMATIC
Honesty is important, but so is diplomacy. Try not to reveal weaknesses in your
personality, such as laziness, dishonesty, or selfishness. Dont say you want to
attend a program because its cheap, within commuting distance, or you know
you can get in. Even though these things may be true, they are not reasons with
which the admissions committee will be sympathetic. Instead, frame your points
in a positive light: you can fulfill its admission requirements because you have the
proper prerequisites; you live nearby and know of its reputation; and so on.
www.petersons.com
426
DESCRIBE
AN IMPORTANT EXPERIENCE
Many essays begin, I would like to go to graduate school because . . . ,
complains Gladys Fleckles, Director of Graduate Studies at California State
University in Fullerton. This is boring! Instead, describe a pivotal experience that
made you decide that graduate school is what you want to do. Nestor Montilla,
who is pursuing a masters degree in public administration at John Jay College of
Criminal Justice in New York, described an experience that strengthened his
desire to go to graduate school.
My foremost reason [for pursuing graduate education] is my passion for public
service. . . . My aspiration was partially fulfilled after Ruth Messinger, Manhattan
Borough President, appointed me as a member of Planning Board 12. Thanks to
this opportunity, my commitment to public service has reinforced my quest for
civic responsibility. Indeed, the spirit of helping our community to be a better
place to live is what inspires me to pursue graduate studies.
By mentioning his planning board appointment, Montilla shows that he has a real
interest in and experience with public service, both of which are solid reasons for
pursuing a degree in public administration.
The opening is also the place to set forth any unusual experience you have had
that has contributed significantly to the person you are today. The experience may
be growing up poor, being an Olympic athlete, or moving to the United States at the
age of 14. Whatever the experience is, show how it has formed your character and
life and how it relates to the graduate education you now want to pursue.
BE SPECIFIC
What if you have not had a defining moment or experience that sparked your interest in graduate studies? Then write an opening that is specific enough to have some
real interest. Here is the first paragraph from Leslie Nelmans statement of purpose.
In applying for admission to the translation and interpretation program at
Monterey Institute of International Studies, Im following through on a goal I
set for myself over thirty years ago. I have always been fascinated by language, first by my mother tongue, then by other languages, once I became
aware of their existence. The cold war that was raging when I was young
was a war of words. It occurred to me then that misunderstandings were
likely when everything had to be translated for the international policy
makers. Surely translators and interpreters played a key role in the fate of
nations! And so my fascination with language grew into a vague career goal.
427
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX D
www.petersons.com
428
USE
THE
CATALOG
AS A RESOURCE
Although Chappell had the benefit of being familiar with the doctoral program
because she was a masters student, you can use the knowledge youve gained
from researching the program if you dont know it first-hand. In particular, the
program catalog can be a good resource when you are writing this section of the
essay. I read the Simmons College School of Library and Information Sciences
catalog thoroughly several times before deciding to apply. The time was well
spent, recalls a masters candidate in library and information science. It is
important to know what specific programs, services, faculty member expertise,
and resources a grad school has to offer before writing the essay. The admissions
committee will be looking for a good fit for their program.
In his personal statement, Bob Connelly, who earned an Ed.D. in educational
administration from Seton Hall University in New Jersey, explains why he would
be an asset to a cohort-based executive degree program in which students, who
are all educational administrators, enter as a group and stay together during the
time it takes to earn the degree.
Now that I have made the decision to commit to the program, I need to
balance optimism with the realities of meeting success in the program. I will
outline personal qualities that are predictors of success. I believe that I
possess the intellect, pragmatism, discipline, drive, and determination as well
as the interpersonal skills to be a success in this doctoral program. I define
success as completing the program within the prescribed time and contributing to the professional growth and development not only of myself but of
the entire cohort that will be venturing through this exciting new program
planned by Seton Hall.
429
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX D
In this paragraph, Connelly explains why he is a good match for the Seton Hall
programs instructional design. In this case, being a good match involves more
than academic considerations. It involves the self-discipline to keep up with a
paced program and the interpersonal skills to contribute to the educational
experience of the cohort.
www.petersons.com
430
FOLLOW
THE INSTRUCTIONS
When you sit down to draft your essay, the first thing you should make sure of is
that you are answering the question posed on the application. Be sure you read
the instructions for each programs personal statement carefully. Small differences
431
www.petersons.com
APPENDIX D
in wording can affect how you approach writing the essay. Read these two sets of
instructions for the personal statement.
1.
Please state your reasons for deciding to pursue a graduate degree in the
field you have chosen. Include references to your past study and research in
your chosen field, your plans for study at the university, including problems
and issues you want to address, and your personal goals.
2.
These instructions cover more or less the same ground, but the second school
asks you to describe the strengths and weaknesses of your preparation for
graduate study, whereas the first school merely asks you to describe your past
study. When writing the essay for the second school, therefore, you must be sure
to address your preparation in greater detail. You will have to both describe and
evaluate your readinessor lack thereof.
OR TOO LITTLE
The second thing you should keep in mind as you begin your draft is the length of
the essay. Often, the length is specified; for example, the second schools instructions above indicate that the statement should be two to three double-spaced pages.
What should you do if length is not specified, as it is not in the first set of instructions above? Then write one to two typed pages. An essay that is shorter than one
page does not allow room for you to develop your ideas. And an essay that is longer
than two pages becomes a chore for the admissions committee to read.
Finally, when you write your first draft, do not waste space by repeating
information that the admissions committee can get from other parts of your
application, like your transcript or rsum. Use the essay to provide them with
new information or to highlight particular accomplishments.
REVIEW
THE
FIRST DRAFT
Once you have drafted your essay, read the question again. Has your draft
answered the question fully? If the essay is incomplete, go back and fill in the
missing material. Then ask people for feedback. Although your spouse and friends
may be helpful, you may get more valuable suggestions from faculty members
who know you and who also know what a personal essay should be like. Ask
whether youve included things you should leave out or should add things youve
forgotten. Is the tone right? Have you achieved the right balance between
boasting and being too modest? Are there any problems with organization, clarity,
grammar, or spelling?
www.petersons.com
432
MAKE IT YOURS
If after reading this appendix you are still daunted by the prospect of writing your
personal statement, just put the whole task aside for a few days. You will find that
the ideas, suggestions, and excerpts youve just read will trigger some mental
activity and that soon you will have some ideas of your own to jot down.
Also remember that its not necessary to have an exotic background or a
dramatic event to recount in order to write a good essay and gain admission to a
program. Admissions committees are looking for diversityin gender, race,
ethnicity, nationality, and socioeconomic status, to name some obvious characteristics. But they are also looking for people with diverse life experiences to add
richness to their student body. Your background, which may seem perfectly
ordinary to you, nevertheless has unique and relevant elements that can be assets
to the program you choose. Your task is to identify and build upon these elements to persuade the admissions committee that you should be selected.
433
www.petersons.com